diff options
Diffstat (limited to '')
416 files changed, 30730 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c09b640c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /config/acpi +Date: July 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This represents the ACPI subsystem entry point directory. It + contains sub-groups corresponding to ACPI configurable options. + +What: /config/acpi/table +Date: July 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Description: + + This group contains the configuration for user defined ACPI + tables. The attributes of a user define table are: + + aml + - a binary attribute that the user can use to + fill in the ACPI aml definitions. Once the aml + data is written to this file and the file is + closed the table will be loaded and ACPI devices + will be enumerated. To check if the operation is + successful the user must check the error code + for close(). If the operation is successful, + subsequent writes to this attribute will fail. + + The rest of the attributes are read-only and are valid only + after the table has been loaded by filling the aml entry: + + signature + - ASCII table signature + + length + - length of table in bytes, including the header + + revision + - ACPI Specification minor version number + + oem_id + - ASCII OEM identification + + oem_table_id + - ASCII OEM table identification + + oem_revision + - OEM revision number + + asl_compiler_id + - ASCII ASL compiler vendor ID + + asl_compiler_revision + - ASL compiler version diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aebda53ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-iio @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /config/iio +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This represents Industrial IO configuration entry point + directory. It contains sub-groups corresponding to IIO + objects. + +What: /config/iio/triggers +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Description: + Industrial IO software triggers directory. + +What: /config/iio/triggers/hrtimers +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Description: + High resolution timers directory. Creating a directory here + will result in creating a hrtimer trigger in the IIO subsystem. + +What: /config/iio/devices +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Description: + Industrial IO software devices directory. + +What: /config/iio/devices/dummy +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Description: + Dummy IIO devices directory. Creating a directory here will result + in creating a dummy IIO device in the IIO subystem. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc6b8bd18 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-most @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_<component> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: Interface is used to configure and connect device channels + to component drivers. + + Attributes are visible only when configfs is mounted. To mount + configfs in /sys/kernel/config directory use: + # mount -t configfs none /sys/kernel/config/ + + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_cdev/<link> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel + + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data) + + + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this + channel + + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over + this channel + + direction + configure whether this link will be an input + or output + + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + for MediaLB communication only) + + packets_per_xact + configure the number of packets that will be + collected from the network before being + transmitted via USB (this is used for USB + communication only) + + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to + + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to + + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components + + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + creation of the link. In case of speculative + configuration, the creation is post-poned until + a physical device is being attached to the bus. + + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + active link + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_video/<link> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel + + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data) + + + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this + channel + + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over + this channel + + direction + configure whether this link will be an input + or output + + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + for MediaLB communication only) + + packets_per_xact + configure the number of packets that will be + collected from the network before being + transmitted via USB (this is used for USB + communication only) + + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to + + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to + + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components + + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + creation of the link. In case of speculative + configuration, the creation is post-poned until + a physical device is being attached to the bus. + + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + active link + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_net/<link> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel + + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data) + + + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this + channel + + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over + this channel + + direction + configure whether this link will be an input + or output + + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + for MediaLB communication only) + + packets_per_xact + configure the number of packets that will be + collected from the network before being + transmitted via USB (this is used for USB + communication only) + + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to + + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to + + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components + + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + creation of the link. In case of speculative + configuration, the creation is post-poned until + a physical device is being attached to the bus. + + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + active link + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + create_card + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + registration of the sound card with the ALSA + subsystem. + +What: /sys/kernel/config/most_sound/<card>/<link> +Date: March 8, 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + The attributes: + + buffer_size + configure the buffer size for this channel + + subbuffer_size + configure the sub-buffer size for this channel + (needed for synchronous and isochrnous data) + + + num_buffers + configure number of buffers used for this + channel + + datatype + configure type of data that will travel over + this channel + + direction + configure whether this link will be an input + or output + + dbr_size + configure DBR data buffer size (this is used + for MediaLB communication only) + + packets_per_xact + configure the number of packets that will be + collected from the network before being + transmitted via USB (this is used for USB + communication only) + + device + name of the device the link is to be attached to + + channel + name of the channel the link is to be attached to + + comp_params + pass parameters needed by some components + + create_link + write '1' to this attribute to trigger the + creation of the link. In case of speculative + configuration, the creation is post-poned until + a physical device is being attached to the bus. + + destroy_link + write '1' to this attribute to destroy an + active link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74f9506f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-rdma_cm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /config/rdma_cm +Date: November 29, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Description: Interface is used to configure RDMA-cable HCAs in respect to + RDMA-CM attributes. + + Attributes are visible only when configfs is mounted. To mount + configfs in /config directory use: + # mount -t configfs none /config/ + + In order to set parameters related to a specific HCA, a directory + for this HCA has to be created: + mkdir -p /config/rdma_cm/<hca> + + +What: /config/rdma_cm/<hca>/ports/<port-num>/default_roce_mode +Date: November 29, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Description: RDMA-CM based connections from HCA <hca> at port <port-num> + will be initiated with this RoCE type as default. + The possible RoCE types are either "IB/RoCE v1" or "RoCE v2". + This parameter has RW access. + +What: /config/rdma_cm/<hca>/ports/<port-num>/default_roce_tos +Date: February 7, 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11.0 +Description: RDMA-CM QPs from HCA <hca> at port <port-num> + will be created with this TOS as default. + This can be overridden by using the rdma_set_option API. + The possible RoCE TOS values are 0-255. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf877bd34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /config/pcie-gadget +Date: Feb 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + + Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller + as device and then program its various registers to configure it + as a particular device type. + This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability. + + Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs + in /config directory use:: + + # mount -t configfs none /config/ + + For nth PCIe Device Controller /config/pcie-gadget.n/: + + =============== ====================================================== + link used to enable ltssm and read its status. + int_type used to configure and read type of supported interrupt + no_of_msi used to configure number of MSI vector needed and + to read no of MSI granted. + inta write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert. + send_msi write MSI vector to be sent. + vendor_id used to write and read vendor id (hex) + device_id used to write and read device id (hex) + bar0_size used to write and read bar0_size + bar0_address used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex. + bar0_rw_offset used to write and read offset of bar0 where bar0_data + will be written or read. + bar0_data used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset. + =============== ====================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..421ce6825 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /config/stp-policy +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + This group contains policies mandating Master/Channel allocation + for software sources wishing to send trace data over an STM + device. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy> +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + This group is the root of a policy; its name is a concatenation + of an stm device name to which this policy applies and an + arbitrary string. If <device> part doesn't match an existing + stm device, mkdir will fail with ENODEV; if that device already + has a policy assigned to it, mkdir will fail with EBUSY. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/device +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + STM device to which this policy applies, read only. Same as the + <device> component of its parent directory. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node> +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Policy node is a string identifier that software clients will + use to request a master/channel to be allocated and assigned to + them. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/masters +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Range of masters from which to allocate for users of this node. + Write two numbers: the first master and the last master number. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>.<policy>/<node>/channels +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Description: + Range of channels from which to allocate for users of this node. + Write two numbers: the first channel and the last channel + number. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b290d1c00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/uuid +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: + UUID source identifier string, RW. + Default value is randomly generated at the mkdir <node> time. + Data coming from trace sources that use this <node> will be + tagged with this UUID in the MIPI SyS-T packet stream, to + allow the decoder to discern between different sources + within the same master/channel range, and identify the + higher level decoders that may be needed for each source. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/do_len +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: + Include payload length in the MIPI SyS-T header, boolean. + If enabled, the SyS-T protocol encoder will include payload + length in each packet's metadata. This is normally redundant + if the underlying transport protocol supports marking message + boundaries (which STP does), so this is off by default. + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/ts_interval +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: + Time interval in milliseconds. Include a timestamp in the + MIPI SyS-T packet metadata, if this many milliseconds have + passed since the previous packet from this source. Zero is + the default and stands for "never send the timestamp". + +What: /config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/clocksync_interval +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: + Time interval in milliseconds. Send a CLOCKSYNC packet if + this many milliseconds have passed since the previous + CLOCKSYNC packet from this source. Zero is the default and + stands for "never send the CLOCKSYNC". It makes sense to + use this option with sources that generate constant and/or + periodic data, like stm_heartbeat. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc351e9af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created + USB gadgets. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + The attributes of a gadget: + + ================ ============================================ + UDC bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget; + write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/* + to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind. + + max_speed maximum speed the driver supports. Valid + names are super-speed-plus, super-speed, + high-speed, full-speed, and low-speed. + + bDeviceClass USB device class code + bDeviceSubClass USB device subclass code + bDeviceProtocol USB device protocol code + bMaxPacketSize0 maximum endpoint 0 packet size + bcdDevice bcd device release number + bcdUSB bcd USB specification version number + idProduct product ID + idVendor vendor ID + ================ ============================================ + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains a USB gadget's configurations + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes of a configuration: + + ================ ====================================== + bmAttributes configuration characteristics + MaxPower maximum power consumption from the bus + ================ ====================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this configuration. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ================ ========================= + configuration configuration description + ================ ========================= + + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains functions available to this USB gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n> +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "Feature Descriptors" specific for one + gadget's USB interface or one interface group described + by an IAD. + + The attributes: + + ================= ===================================== + compatible_id 8-byte string for "Compatible ID" + sub_compatible_id 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID" + ================= ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property> +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "Extended Property Descriptors" specific for one + gadget's USB interface or one interface group described + by an IAD. + + The attributes: + + ===== =============================================== + type value 1..7 for interpreting the data + + - 1: unicode string + - 2: unicode string with environment variable + - 3: binary + - 4: little-endian 32-bit + - 5: big-endian 32-bit + - 6: unicode string with a symbolic link + - 7: multiple unicode strings + data blob of data to be interpreted depending on + type + ===== =============================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ============ ================================= + serialnumber gadget's serial number (string) + product gadget's product description + manufacturer gadget's manufacturer description + ============ ================================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes. + + ============= =============================================== + use flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off + b_vendor_code one-byte value used for custom per-device and + per-interface requests + qw_sign an identifier to be reported as "OS String" + proper + ============= =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d21092d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with acm function's instance "name". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..272bc1e4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname + - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult + - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr + - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr + - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem new file mode 100644 index 000000000..178c3d5fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========== ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + ========== ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e39b27653 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it. + + A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed. + There are no attributes here. + + All parameters are set through FunctionFS. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..748705c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/hid.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + ============= ============================================ + protocol HID protocol to use + report_desc blob corresponding to HID report descriptors + except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N> + report_length HID report length + subclass HID device subclass to use + ============= ============================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6c6ba5ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + ======= ======================= + qlen depth of loopback queue + buflen buffer length + ======= ======================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c86b63a7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name +Date: Oct 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + =========== ============================================== + stall Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints. + Disabled on some USB devices known not to work + correctly. You should set it to true. + num_buffers Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers + are 2..4. Available only if + CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set. + =========== ============================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name +Date: Oct 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + =========== ============================================== + file The path to the backing file for the LUN. + Required if LUN is not marked as removable. + ro Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be + read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation + is enabled as well as when it was impossible + to open "filename" in R/W mode. + removable Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as + being removable. + cdrom Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as + being a CD-ROM. + nofua Flag specifying that FUA flag + in SCSI WRITE(10,12) + =========== ============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07389cddd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========== ==================================== + index index value for the USB MIDI adapter + id ID string for the USB MIDI adapter + buflen MIDI buffer length + qlen USB read request queue length + in_ports number of MIDI input ports + out_ports number of MIDI output ports + ========== ==================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fe723eff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6a9327ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with obex function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7037a358e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname. + It contains the network interface name assigned during + network device registration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7aa731bac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/printer.name +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========== =========================================== + pnp_string Data to be passed to the host in pnp string + q_len Number of requests per endpoint + ========== =========================================== + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9416eda7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========= ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + class USB interface class, default is 02 (hex) + subclass USB interface subclass, default is 06 (hex) + protocol USB interface protocol, default is 00 (hex) + ========= ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial new file mode 100644 index 000000000..474d249f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with gser function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f3d31b60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + ============== ================================== + pattern 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none) + isoc_interval 1..16 + isoc_maxpacket 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss) + isoc_mult 0..2 (hs/ss only) + isoc_maxburst 0..15 (ss only) + buflen buffer length + bulk_qlen depth of queue for bulk + iso_qlen depth of queue for iso + ============== ================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0061b8643 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========== ============================================= + ifname network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + ========== ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a29ed2dd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-tcm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/tcm.name +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Description: + There are no attributes because all the configuration + is performed in the "target" subsystem of configfs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc23fd776 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1.name +Date: June 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========== =================================== + c_chmask capture channel mask + c_srate capture sampling rate + c_ssize capture sample size (bytes) + p_chmask playback channel mask + p_srate playback sampling rate + p_ssize playback sample size (bytes) + req_number the number of pre-allocated request + for both capture and playback + ========== =================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2eaefd9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1_legacy @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1_legacy.name +Date: Sep 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Description: + The attributes: + + audio_buf_size - audio buffer size + fn_cap - capture pcm device file name + fn_cntl - control device file name + fn_play - playback pcm device file name + req_buf_size - ISO OUT endpoint request buffer size + req_count - ISO OUT endpoint request count diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4356c8b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac2.name +Date: Sep 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Description: + The attributes: + + ========= ============================ + c_chmask capture channel mask + c_srate capture sampling rate + c_ssize capture sample size (bytes) + p_chmask playback channel mask + p_srate playback sampling rate + p_ssize playback sample size (bytes) + ========= ============================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b1813994 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc @@ -0,0 +1,326 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: UVC function directory + + =================== ============================= + streaming_maxburst 0..15 (ss only) + streaming_maxpacket 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss) + streaming_interval 1..16 + =================== ============================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Control descriptors + + All attributes read only: + + ================ ============================= + bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this + streaming interface + ================ ============================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Super speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Full speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Output terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Default output terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only except bSourceID: + + ============== ============================================= + iTerminal index of string descriptor + bSourceID id of the terminal to which this terminal + is connected + bAssocTerminal id of the input terminal to which this output + terminal is associated + wTerminalType terminal type + bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal + ============== ============================================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Camera terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Default camera terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only: + + ======================== ==================================== + bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wOcularFocalLength the value of Locular + wObjectiveFocalLengthMax the value of Lmin + wObjectiveFocalLengthMin the value of Lmax + iTerminal index of string descriptor + bAssocTerminal id of the output terminal to which + this terminal is connected + wTerminalType terminal type + bTerminalID a non-zero id of this terminal + ======================== ==================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Processing unit descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Default processing unit descriptors + + All attributes read only: + + =============== ======================================== + iProcessing index of string descriptor + bmControls bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wMaxMultiplier maximum digital magnification x100 + bSourceID id of the terminal to which this unit is + connected + bUnitID a non-zero id of this unit + =============== ======================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Control header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific control header descriptors + +dwClockFrequency +bcdUVC +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Streaming descriptors + + All attributes read only: + + ================ ============================= + bInterfaceNumber USB interface number for this + streaming interface + ================ ============================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Super speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/hs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: High speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Full speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Color matching descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Default color matching descriptors + + All attributes read only: + + ======================== ====================================== + bMatrixCoefficients matrix used to compute luma and + chroma values from the color primaries + bTransferCharacteristics optoelectronic transfer + characteristic of the source picutre, + also called the gamma function + bColorPrimaries color primaries and the reference + white + ======================== ====================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: MJPEG format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors + + All attributes read only, + except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex: + + =================== ===================================== + bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor; + only defined after parent header is + linked into the streaming class; + read-only + bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bmFlags characteristics of this format, + read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream + =================== ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors + + ========================= ===================================== + bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor; + only defined after parent format is + linked into the streaming header; + read-only + dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + ========================= ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Uncompressed format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors + + ================== ======================================= + bFormatIndex unique id for this format descriptor; + only defined after parent header is + linked into the streaming class; + read-only + bmaControls this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterfaceFlags specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex optimum frame index for this stream + bBitsPerPixel number of bits per pixel used to + specify color in the decoded video + frame + guidFormat globally unique id used to identify + stream-encoding format + ================== ======================================= + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors + + ========================= ===================================== + bFrameIndex unique id for this framedescriptor; + only defined after parent format is + linked into the streaming header; + read-only + dwFrameInterval indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + ========================= ===================================== + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Streaming header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Description: Specific streaming header descriptors + + All attributes read only: + + ==================== ===================================== + bTriggerUsage how the host software will respond to + a hardware trigger interrupt event + bTriggerSupport flag specifying if hardware + triggering is supported + bStillCaptureMethod method of still image caputre + supported + bTerminalLink id of the output terminal to which + the video endpoint of this interface + is connected + bmInfo capabilities of this video streaming + interface + ==================== ===================================== + +What: /sys/class/udc/udc.name/device/gadget/video4linux/video.name/function_name +Date: May 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Description: UVC configfs function instance name diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8debcb08a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cec/*/error-inj +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil-cisco@xs4all.nl> +Description: + +The CEC Framework allows for CEC error injection commands through +debugfs. Drivers that support this will create an error-inj file +through which the error injection commands can be given. + +The basic syntax is as follows: + +Leading spaces/tabs are ignored. If the next character is a '#' or the +end of the line was reached, then the whole line is ignored. Otherwise +a command is expected. + +It is up to the driver to decide what commands to implement. The only +exception is that the command 'clear' without any arguments must be +implemented and that it will remove all current error injection +commands. + +This ensures that you can always do 'echo clear >error-inj' to clear any +error injections without having to know the details of the driver-specific +commands. + +Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'. +So this must work:: + + $ cat error-inj >einj.txt + $ cat einj.txt >error-inj + +Other than these basic rules described above this ABI is not considered +stable and may change in the future. + +Drivers that implement this functionality must document the commands as +part of the CEC documentation and must keep that documentation up to date +when changes are made. + +The following CEC error injection implementations exist: + +- Documentation/userspace-api/media/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fe0add99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cros-ec @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/console_log +Date: September 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Description: + If the EC supports the CONSOLE_READ command type, this file + can be used to grab the EC logs. The kernel polls for the log + and keeps its own buffer but userspace should grab this and + write it out to some logs. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/panicinfo +Date: September 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Description: + This file dumps the EC panic information from the previous + reboot. This file will only exist if the PANIC_INFO command + type is supported by the EC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/pdinfo +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Description: + This file provides the port role, muxes and power debug + information for all the USB PD/type-C ports available. If + the are no ports available, this file will be just an empty + file. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/uptime +Date: June 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + A u32 providing the time since EC booted in ms. This is + is used for synchronizing the AP host time with the EC + log. An error is returned if the command is not supported + by the EC or there is a communication problem. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/<cros-ec-device>/last_resume_result +Date: June 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Some ECs have a feature where they will track transitions to + the (Intel) processor's SLP_S0 line, in order to detect cases + where a system failed to go into S0ix. When the system resumes, + an EC with this feature will return a summary of SLP_S0 + transitions that occurred. The last_resume_result file returns + the most recent response from the AP's resume message to the EC. + + The bottom 31 bits contain a count of the number of SLP_S0 + transitions that occurred since the suspend message was + received. Bit 31 is set if the EC attempted to wake the + system due to a timeout when watching for SLP_S0 transitions. + Callers can use this to detect a wake from the EC due to + S0ix timeouts. The result will be zero if no suspend + transitions have been attempted, or the EC does not support + this feature. + + Output will be in the format: "0x%08x\n". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c2f25674 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/ddcb_info +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: DDCB queue dump used for debugging queueing problems. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_regs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump of the current error registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid0 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID0 (unit id 0). + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid1 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID1. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid2 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID2. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_regs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of + the card occured. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid0 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID0 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid1 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID1 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid2 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID2 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/info +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Comprehensive summary of bitstream version and software + version. Used bitstream and bitstream clocking information. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/err_inject +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Possibility to inject error cases to ensure that the drivers + error handling code works well. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/vf<0..14>_jobtimeout_msec +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Default VF timeout 250ms. Testing might require 1000ms. + Using 0 will use the cards default value (whatever that is). + + The timeout depends on the max number of available cards + in the system and the maximum allowed queue size. + + The driver ensures that the settings are done just before + the VFs get enabled. Changing the timeouts in flight is not + possible. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/jobtimer +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump job timeout register values for PF and VFs. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time +Date: Dec 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump queue working time register values for PF and VFs. + Only available for PF. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5d678d39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/addr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets the device address to be used for read or write through + PCI bar, or the device VA of a host mapped memory to be read or + written directly from the host. The latter option is allowed + only when the IOMMU is disabled. + The acceptable value is a string that starts with "0x" + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_gate +Date: May 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allow the root user to disable/enable in runtime the clock + gating mechanism in Gaudi. Due to how Gaudi is built, the + clock gating needs to be disabled in order to access the + registers of the TPC and MME engines. This is sometimes needed + during debug by the user and hence the user needs this option. + The user can supply a bitmask value, each bit represents + a different engine to disable/enable its clock gating feature. + The bitmask is composed of 20 bits: + + ======= ============ + 0 - 7 DMA channels + 8 - 11 MME engines + 12 - 19 TPC engines + ======= ============ + + The bit's location of a specific engine can be determined + using (1 << GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_*). GAUDI_ENGINE_ID_* values + are defined in uapi habanalabs.h file in enum gaudi_engine_id + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_buffers +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays a list with information about the currently allocated + command buffers + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays a list with information about the currently active + command submissions + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission_jobs +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays a list with detailed information about each JOB (CB) of + each active command submission + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data32 +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allows the root user to read or write directly through the + device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a write + transaction while reading from the file generates a read + transaction. This custom interface is needed (instead of using + the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar + is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can + move the bar before and after the transaction. + + If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read + or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data64 +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allows the root user to read or write 64 bit data directly + through the device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a + write transaction while reading from the file generates a read + transaction. This custom interface is needed (instead of using + the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar + is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can + move the bar before and after the transaction. + + If the IOMMU is disabled, it also allows the root user to read + or write from the host a device VA of a host mapped memory + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Enables the root user to set the device to specific state. + Valid values are "disable", "enable", "suspend", "resume". + User can read this property to see the valid values + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/engines +Date: Jul 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the status registers values of the device engines and + their derived idle status + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_addr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets I2C device address for I2C transaction that is generated + by the device's CPU + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_bus +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets I2C bus address for I2C transaction that is generated by + the device's CPU + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_data +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's + CPU. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while + reading from the file generates a read transcation + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_reg +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets I2C register id for I2C transaction that is generated by + the device's CPU + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led0 +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led1 +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led2 +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/mmu +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID + and virtual address. The user should write the ASID and VA into + the file and then read the file to get the result. + e.g. to display info about VA 0x1000 for ASID 1 you need to do: + echo "1 0x1000" > /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/set_power_state +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets the PCI power state. Valid values are "1" for D0 and "2" + for D3Hot + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/userptr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays a list with information about the currently user + pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped + to DMA addresses + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/vm +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays a list with information about all the active virtual + address mappings per ASID + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/stop_on_err +Date: Mar 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Sets the stop-on_error option for the device engines. Value of + "0" is for disable, otherwise enable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab6099daa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io} +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de> +Description: + +General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether +the global lock should get used. +Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to +the EC here (XY -> GPE number from `/sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe`): +/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY + +The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here: +ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/ +should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers +or writing to them. + +CAUTION: + Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know + what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea. + This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may + not get switched on again after you did a wrong write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4be5f1db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-hpre @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE cluster. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/cluster[0-3]/cluster_ctrl +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Write the HPRE core selection in the cluster into this file, + and then we can read the debug information of the core. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/rdclr_en +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: HPRE cores debug registers read clear control. 1 means enable + register read clear, otherwise 0. Writing to this file has no + functional effect, only enable or disable counters clear after + reading of these registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One HPRE controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function + has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the HPRE. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/regs +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump debug registers from the QM. + Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only + has one debug register. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to + show its debug registers in above regs. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Sep 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable + register read clear, otherwise 0. + Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or + disable counters clear after reading of these registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for + QM task completion. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. + Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests sent + with returning busy. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/send_fail_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of completed but error requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/invalid_req_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/overtime_thrhld +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Set the threshold time for counting the request which is + processed longer than the threshold. + 0: disable(default), 1: 1 microsecond. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_hpre/<bdf>/hpre_dfx/over_thrhld_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of time out requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on HPRE. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85feb4408 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-sec @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/clear_enable +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading + the SEC debug registers. + 0: disable, 1: enable. + Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One SEC controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function + has a QM. This file can be used to select the QM which below + qm refers to. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/qm_regs +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of QM related debug registers. + Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only + has one debug register. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM of SEC may contain multiple queues. Select specific + queue to show its debug registers in above 'regs'. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Oct 2019 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Enabling/disabling of clear action after reading + the SEC's QM debug registers. + 0: disable, 1: enable. + Only available for PF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for + QM task completion. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. + Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests sent with returning busy. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/err_bd_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests + to be received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/invalid_req_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of invalid requests being received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_sec2/<bdf>/sec_dfx/done_flag_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of completed but marked error requests + to be received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on SEC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3034a2bf9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hisi-zip @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/comp_core[01]/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of compression cores related debug registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/decomp_core[0-5]/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of decompression cores related debug registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/clear_enable +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Compression/decompression core debug registers read clear + control. 1 means enable register read clear, otherwise 0. + Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or + disable counters clear after reading of these registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/current_qm +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One ZIP controller has one PF and multiple VFs, each function + has a QM. Select the QM which below qm refers to. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/regs +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump of QM related debug registers. + Available for PF and VF in host. VF in guest currently only + has one debug register. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/current_q +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: One QM may contain multiple queues. Select specific queue to + show its debug registers in above regs. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/clear_enable +Date: Nov 2018 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: QM debug registers(regs) read clear control. 1 means enable + register read clear, otherwise 0. + Writing to this file has no functional effect, only enable or + disable counters clear after reading of these registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/err_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of invalid interrupts for + QM task completion. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/aeq_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of QM async event queue interrupts. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/abnormal_irq +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of interrupts for QM abnormal event. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/create_qp_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of queue allocation errors. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/mb_err +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the number of failed QM mailbox commands. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/qm/status +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the status of the QM. + Four states: initiated, started, stopped and closed. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of sent requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/recv_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of received requests. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/send_busy_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of requests received + with returning busy. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hisi_zip/<bdf>/zip_dfx/err_bd_cnt +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +Description: Dump the total number of BD type error requests + to be received. + Available for both PF and VF, and take no other effect on ZIP. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9185e1b06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-hyperv @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/fuzz_test_state +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com> +Description: Fuzz testing status of a vmbus device, whether its in an ON + state or a OFF state +Users: Debugging tools + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/delay/fuzz_test_buffer_interrupt_delay +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com> +Description: Fuzz testing buffer interrupt delay value between 0 - 1000 + microseconds (inclusive). +Users: Debugging tools + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/hyperv/<UUID>/delay/fuzz_test_message_delay +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Branden Bonaby <brandonbonaby94@gmail.com> +Description: Fuzz testing message delay value between 0 - 1000 microseconds + (inclusive). +Users: Debugging tools diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7079c0b21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com> +Description: + +cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine +capability and what graphic component within the machine. + + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com> +Description: + +status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6eee10c3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-moxtet @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/input +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) Read input from the shift registers, in hexadecimal. + Returns N+1 bytes, where N is the number of Moxtet connected + modules. The first byte is from the CPU board itself. + + Example:: + + 101214 + + == ======================================= + 10 CPU board with SD card + 12 2 = PCIe module, 1 = IRQ not active + 14 4 = Peridot module, 1 = IRQ not active + == ======================================= + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/moxtet/output +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (RW) Read last written value to the shift registers, in + hexadecimal, or write values to the shift registers, also + in hexadecimal. + + Example:: + + 0102 + + == ================================================ + 01 01 was last written, or is to be written, to the + first module's shift register + 02 the same for second module + == ================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd76cc6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd +Date: Dec 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org +Description: + +A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and +reading their responses. + +To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A +CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A +are optional (hex) arguments. + +To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing +a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from +the immediately previous command. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f75a655c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/* +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + +These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in +arch/powerpc/crypto/nx. + +Error Detection +=============== + +errors: + A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The + only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP. + +last_error: + The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not + recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away). + +last_error_pid: + The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the + hcall. + +Device Use +========== + +aes_bytes: + The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's + supported modes. + +aes_ops: + The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha256_bytes: + The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256. + +sha256_ops: + The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha512_bytes: + The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512. + +sha512_ops: + The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6f65a4fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7] +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> +Description: + +The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates +these files in debugfs: + +/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/ + + ==== ====== ==================================== + info 0444 Lots of driver statistics and infos. + ==== ====== ==================================== + +Example:: + + cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..326df1b74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-turris-mox-rwtm @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/turris-mox-rwtm/do_sign +Date: Jun 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: + + ======= =========================================================== + (Write) Message to sign with the ECDSA private key stored in + device's OTP. The message must be exactly 64 bytes + (since this is intended for SHA-512 hashes). + (Read) The resulting signature, 136 bytes. This contains the + R and S values of the ECDSA signature, both in + big-endian format. + ======= =========================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..682e3c09e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/h1_gpio +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + As part of Chrome OS's FAFT (Fully Automated Firmware Testing) + tests, we need to ensure that the H1 chip is properly setting + some GPIO lines. The h1_gpio attribute exposes the state + of the lines: + - ENTRY_TO_FACT_MODE in BIT(0) + - SPI_CHROME_SEL in BIT(1) + + Output will formatted with "0x%02x\n". + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw +Date: January 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Description: + Write and read raw mailbox commands to the EC. + + You can write a hexadecimal sentence to raw, and that series of + bytes will be sent to the EC. Then, you can read the bytes of + response by reading from raw. + + For writing, bytes 0-1 indicate the message type, one of enum + wilco_ec_msg_type. Byte 2+ consist of the data passed in the + request, starting at MBOX[0]. At least three bytes are required + for writing, two for the type and at least a single byte of + data. + + Example:: + + // Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date) + // Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with + // MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00] + $ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw + // View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is + // included after the raw hex. + // Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...] + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw + 00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00 ..12/21/18.8... + + Note that the first 16 bytes of the received MBOX[] will be + printed, even if some of the data is junk, and skipping bytes + 17 to 32. It is up to you to know how many of the first bytes of + data are the actual response. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f3a0dc67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dell-smbios-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /dev/wmi/dell-smbios +Date: November 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Description: + Perform SMBIOS calls on supported Dell machines. + through the Dell ACPI-WMI interface. + + IOCTL's and buffer formats are defined in: + <uapi/linux/wmi.h> + + 1) To perform an SMBIOS call from userspace, you'll need to + first determine the minimum size of the calling interface + buffer for your machine. + Platforms that contain larger buffers can return larger + objects from the system firmware. + Commonly this size is either 4k or 32k. + + To determine the size of the buffer read() a u64 dword from + the WMI character device /dev/wmi/dell-smbios. + + 2) After you've determined the minimum size of the calling + interface buffer, you can allocate a structure that represents + the structure documented above. + + 3) In the 'length' object store the size of the buffer you + determined above and allocated. + + 4) In this buffer object, prepare as necessary for the SMBIOS + call you're interested in. Typically SMBIOS buffers have + "class", "select", and "input" defined to values that coincide + with the data you are interested in. + Documenting class/select/input values is outside of the scope + of this documentation. Check with the libsmbios project for + further documentation on these values. + + 6) Run the call by using ioctl() as described in the header. + + 7) The output will be returned in the buffer object. + + 8) Be sure to free up your allocated object. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a377b6c09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +What: /dev/kmsg +Date: Mai 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org> +Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access + to the kernel's printk buffer. + + Injecting messages: + + Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in + the kernel's printk buffer. + + The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which + carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal + prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog + priority and the next 8 bits the syslog facility number. + + If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel + log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It + is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the + facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of + the messages can always be reliably determined. + + Accessing the buffer: + + Every read() from the opened device node receives one record + of the kernel's printk buffer. + + The first read() directly following an open() always returns + first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal + persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device + and read from it, without affecting other readers. + + Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more + records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is + used -EAGAIN returned. + + Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole, + there are never partial messages received by read(). + + In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while + the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE, + and the seek position be updated to the next available record. + Subsequent reads() will return available records again. + + Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record + sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost + messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow + to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position + if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader. + + The device supports seek with the following parameters: + + SEEK_SET, 0 + seek to the first entry in the buffer + SEEK_END, 0 + seek after the last entry in the buffer + SEEK_DATA, 0 + seek after the last record available at the time + the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued. + + Other seek operations or offsets are not supported because of + the special behavior this device has. The device allows to read + or write only whole variable length messages (records) that are + stored in a ring buffer. + + Because of the non-standard behavior also the error values are + non-standard. -ESPIPE is returned for non-zero offset. -EINVAL + is returned for other operations, e.g. SEEK_CUR. This behavior + and values are historical and could not be modified without the + risk of breaking userspace. + + The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog + prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message + sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds, + and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','. + + Future extensions might add more comma separated values before + the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be + gracefully ignored. + + The human readable text string starts directly after the ';' + and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from + hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore + all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message + are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding. + + A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding + key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine + readable context of the message, for reliable processing in + userspace. + + Example:: + + 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored) + SUBSYSTEM=acpi + DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00 + 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10 + 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181 + + The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way: + + ============ ================= + b12:8 block dev_t + c127:3 char dev_t + n8 netdev ifindex + +sound:card0 subsystem:devname + ============ ================= + + The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a + fragment of a line. Note, that these hints about continuation + lines are not necessarily correct, and the stream could be + interleaved with unrelated messages, but merging the lines in + the output usually produces better human readable results. A + similar logic is used internally when messages are printed to + the console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall. + + By default, kernel tries to avoid fragments by concatenating + when it can and fragments are rare; however, when extended + console support is enabled, the in-kernel concatenation is + disabled and /dev/kmsg output will contain more fragments. If + the log consumer performs concatenation, the end result + should be the same. In the future, the in-kernel concatenation + may be removed entirely and /dev/kmsg users are recommended to + implement fragment handling. + +Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw new file mode 100644 index 000000000..259ed2948 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/devlink-resource-mlxsw @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /kvd/ +Date: 08-Jan-2018 +KernelVersion: v4.16 +Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com +Description: The main database in the Spectrum device is a centralized + KVD database used for many of the tables used to configure + the chip including L2 FDB, L3 LPM, ECMP and more. The KVD + is divided into two sections, the first is hash-based table + and the second is a linear access table. The division + between the linear and hash-based sections is static and + require reload before the changes take effect. + +What: /kvd/linear +Date: 08-Jan-2018 +KernelVersion: v4.16 +Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com +Description: The linear section of the KVD is managed by software as a + flat memory accessed using an index. + +What: /kvd/hash_single +Date: 08-Jan-2018 +KernelVersion: v4.16 +Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com +Description: The hash based section of the KVD is managed by the switch + device. Used in case the key size is smaller or equal to + 64bit. + +What: /kvd/hash_double +Date: 08-Jan-2018 +KernelVersion: v4.16 +Contact: mlxsw@mellanox.com +Description: The hash based section of the KVD is managed by the switch + device. Used in case the key is larger than 64 bit. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2243b72e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: security/evm +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> +Description: + EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs) + against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an + HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the + value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'. + + EVM supports two classes of security.evm. The first is + an HMAC-sha1 generated locally with a + trusted/encrypted key stored in the Kernel Key + Retention System. The second is a digital signature + generated either locally or remotely using an + asymmetric key. These keys are loaded onto root's + keyring using keyctl, and EVM is then enabled by + echoing a value to <securityfs>/evm made up of the + following bits: + + === ================================================== + Bit Effect + === ================================================== + 0 Enable HMAC validation and creation + 1 Enable digital signature validation + 2 Permit modification of EVM-protected metadata at + runtime. Not supported if HMAC validation and + creation is enabled. + 31 Disable further runtime modification of EVM policy + === ================================================== + + For example:: + + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + + will enable HMAC validation and creation + + :: + + echo 0x80000003 ><securityfs>/evm + + will enable HMAC and digital signature validation and + HMAC creation and disable all further modification of policy. + + :: + + echo 0x80000006 ><securityfs>/evm + + will enable digital signature validation, permit + modification of EVM-protected metadata and + disable all further modification of policy + + Echoing a value is additive, the new value is added to the + existing initialization flags. + + For example, after:: + + echo 2 ><securityfs>/evm + + another echo can be performed:: + + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + + and the resulting value will be 3. + + Note that once an HMAC key has been loaded, it will no longer + be possible to enable metadata modification. Signaling that an + HMAC key has been loaded will clear the corresponding flag. + For example, if the current value is 6 (2 and 4 set):: + + echo 1 ><securityfs>/evm + + will set the new value to 3 (4 cleared). + + Loading an HMAC key is the only way to disable metadata + modification. + + Until key loading has been signaled EVM can not create + or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but returns + INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN. Loading keys and signaling EVM + should be done as early as possible. Normally this is + done in the initramfs, which has already been measured + as part of the trusted boot. For more information on + creating and loading existing trusted/encrypted keys, + refer to: + Documentation/security/keys/trusted-encrypted.rst. Both + dracut (via 97masterkey and 98integrity) and systemd (via + core/ima-setup) have support for loading keys at boot + time. + +What: security/integrity/evm/evm_xattrs +Date: April 2018 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@google.com> +Description: + Shows the set of extended attributes used to calculate or + validate the EVM signature, and allows additional attributes + to be added at runtime. Any signatures generated after + additional attributes are added (and on files possessing those + additional attributes) will only be valid if the same + additional attributes are configured on system boot. Writing + a single period (.) will lock the xattr list from any further + modification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66bdcd188 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/gpio-cdev @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /dev/gpiochip[0-9]+ +Date: November 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: linux-gpio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The character device files /dev/gpiochip* are the interface + between GPIO chips and userspace. + + The ioctl(2)-based ABI is defined and documented in + [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h>. + + The following file operations are supported: + + open(2) + Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. + + ioctl(2) + Initiate various actions. + + See the inline documentation in [include/uapi]<linux/gpio.h> + for descriptions of all ioctls. + + close(2) + Stops and free up the I/O contexts that was associated + with the file descriptor. + +Users: TBD diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e35263f97 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +What: security/ima/policy +Date: May 2008 +Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity + Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash + values of executables and other sensitive system files + loaded into the run-time of this system. At runtime, + the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data. + Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy + by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and + then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after + the file ima/policy is closed. + + IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements + for local measurement appraisal. + + :: + + rule format: action [condition ...] + + action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | + audit | hash | dont_hash + condition:= base | lsm [option] + base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=] + [euid=] [fowner=] [fsname=]] + lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=] + [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] + option: [[appraise_type=]] [template=] [permit_directio] + [appraise_flag=] [keyrings=] + base: + func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK]MODULE_CHECK] + [FIRMWARE_CHECK] + [KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK] + [KEXEC_CMDLINE] [KEY_CHECK] + mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] + [[^]MAY_EXEC] + fsmagic:= hex value + fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6) + uid:= decimal value + euid:= decimal value + fowner:= decimal value + lsm: are LSM specific + option: + appraise_type:= [imasig] [imasig|modsig] + appraise_flag:= [check_blacklist] + Currently, blacklist check is only for files signed with appended + signature. + keyrings:= list of keyrings + (eg, .builtin_trusted_keys|.ima). Only valid + when action is "measure" and func is KEY_CHECK. + template:= name of a defined IMA template type + (eg, ima-ng). Only valid when action is "measure". + pcr:= decimal value + + default policy: + # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0 + # SYSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572 + # DEBUGFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720 + # TMPFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994 + # RAMFS_MAGIC + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6 + # DEVPTS_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x1cd1 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x1cd1 + # BINFMTFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x42494e4d + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x42494e4d + # SECURITYFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673 + # SELINUX_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + # CGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x27e0eb + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x27e0eb + # NSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x6e736673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x6e736673 + + measure func=BPRM_CHECK + measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC + measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0 + measure func=MODULE_CHECK + measure func=FIRMWARE_CHECK + appraise fowner=0 + + The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check, + all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files + open for read by root in do_filp_open. The default appraisal + policy appraises all files owned by root. + + Examples of LSM specific definitions: + + SELinux:: + + dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t + dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t + measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + + Smack:: + + measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + + Example of measure rules using alternate PCRs:: + + measure func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK pcr=4 + measure func=KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK pcr=5 + + Example of appraise rule allowing modsig appended signatures: + + appraise func=KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK appraise_type=imasig|modsig + + Example of measure rule using KEY_CHECK to measure all keys: + + measure func=KEY_CHECK + + Example of measure rule using KEY_CHECK to only measure + keys added to .builtin_trusted_keys or .ima keyring: + + measure func=KEY_CHECK keyrings=.builtin_trusted_keys|.ima diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9606aed33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ppc-memtrace @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This folder contains the relevant debugfs files for the + hardware trace macro to use. CONFIG_PPC64_HARDWARE_TRACING + must be set. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/enable +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Write an integer containing the size in bytes of the memory + you want removed from each NUMA node to this file - it must be + aligned to the memblock size. This amount of RAM will be removed + from each NUMA node in the kernel mappings and the following + debugfs files will be created. Once memory is successfully + removed from each node, the following files are created. To + re-add memory to the kernel, echo 0 into this file (it will be + automatically onlined). + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id> +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This directory contains information about the removed memory + from the specific NUMA node. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/size +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This contains the size of the memory removed from the node. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/start +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This contains the start address of the removed memory. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/memtrace/<node-id>/trace +Date: Aug 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: This is where the hardware trace macro will output the trace + it generates. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e58d64144 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /proc/diskstats +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics + of block devices. Each line contains the following 14 + fields: + + == =================================== + 1 major number + 2 minor mumber + 3 device name + 4 reads completed successfully + 5 reads merged + 6 sectors read + 7 time spent reading (ms) + 8 writes completed + 9 writes merged + 10 sectors written + 11 time spent writing (ms) + 12 I/Os currently in progress + 13 time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 14 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + == =================================== + + Kernel 4.18+ appends four more fields for discard + tracking putting the total at 18: + + == =================================== + 15 discards completed successfully + 16 discards merged + 17 sectors discarded + 18 time spent discarding + == =================================== + + Kernel 5.5+ appends two more fields for flush requests: + + == ===================================== + 19 flush requests completed successfully + 20 time spent flushing + == ===================================== + + For more details refer to Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4e31c465 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-smaps_rollup @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /proc/pid/smaps_rollup +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Daniel Colascione <dancol@google.com> +Description: + This file provides pre-summed memory information for a + process. The format is almost identical to /proc/pid/smaps, + except instead of an entry for each VMA in a process, + smaps_rollup has a single entry (tagged "[rollup]") + for which each field is the sum of the corresponding + fields from all the maps in /proc/pid/smaps. + Additionally, the fields Pss_Anon, Pss_File and Pss_Shmem + are not present in /proc/pid/smaps. These fields represent + the sum of the Pss field of each type (anon, file, shmem). + For more details, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.rst + and the procfs man page. + + Typical output looks like this:: + + 00100000-ff709000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 [rollup] + Size: 1192 kB + KernelPageSize: 4 kB + MMUPageSize: 4 kB + Rss: 884 kB + Pss: 385 kB + Pss_Anon: 301 kB + Pss_File: 80 kB + Pss_Shmem: 4 kB + Shared_Clean: 696 kB + Shared_Dirty: 0 kB + Private_Clean: 120 kB + Private_Dirty: 68 kB + Referenced: 884 kB + Anonymous: 68 kB + LazyFree: 0 kB + AnonHugePages: 0 kB + ShmemPmdMapped: 0 kB + Shared_Hugetlb: 0 kB + Private_Hugetlb: 0 kB + Swap: 0 kB + SwapPss: 0 kB + Locked: 385 kB diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b0254078 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...) +Date: March 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: tony.luck@intel.com +Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage. + + Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data + across system reboots can register with this driver to + provide a generic interface to show records captured in + the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part + of the console log is captured, but other interesting + data can also be saved:: + + # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore + + $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/ + total 0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1 + + Different users of this interface will result in different + filename prefixes. Currently two are defined: + + - "dmesg" - saved console log + - "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error + + Once the information in a file has been read, removing + the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage + device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use:: + + $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1 + + The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/ + will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store + soon after boot to free up space ready for the next + catastrophe. + + The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of + data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly + multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying + persistent storage until at least this amount is reached. + Default is 10 Kbytes. + + Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple + backends are available, the preferred backend may be + set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at + boot time. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25910c3c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/rtc-cdev @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /dev/rtcX +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The ioctl interface to drivers for real-time clocks (RTCs). + Following actions are supported: + + * RTC_RD_TIME, RTC_SET_TIME: Read or set the RTC time. Time + format is a Gregorian calendar date and 24 hour wall clock + time. + + * RTC_AIE_ON, RTC_AIE_OFF: Enable or disable the alarm interrupt + for RTCs that support alarms + + * RTC_ALM_READ, RTC_ALM_SET: Read or set the alarm time for + RTCs that support alarms. Can be set upto 24 hours in the + future. Requires a separate RTC_AIE_ON call to enable the + alarm interrupt. (Prefer to use RTC_WKALM_*) + + * RTC_WKALM_RD, RTC_WKALM_SET: For RTCs that support a more + powerful interface, which can issue alarms beyond 24 hours and + enable IRQs in the same request. + + * RTC_PIE_ON, RTC_PIE_OFF: Enable or disable the periodic + interrupt for RTCs that support periodic interrupts. + + * RTC_UIE_ON, RTC_UIE_OFF: Enable or disable the update + interrupt for RTCs that support it. + + * RTC_IRQP_READ, RTC_IRQP_SET: Read or set the frequency for + periodic interrupts for RTCs that support periodic interrupts. + Requires a separate RTC_PIE_ON call to enable the periodic + interrupts. + + * RTC_VL_READ: Read the voltage inputs status of the RTC when + supported. The value is a bit field of RTC_VL_*, giving the + status of the main and backup voltages. + + * RTC_VL_CLEAR: Clear the voltage status of the RTC. Some RTCs + need user interaction when the backup power provider is + replaced or charged to be able to clear the status. + + The ioctl() calls supported by the older /dev/rtc interface are + also supported by the newer RTC class framework. However, + because the chips and systems are not standardized, some PC/AT + functionality might not be provided. And in the same way, some + newer features -- including those enabled by ACPI -- are exposed + by the RTC class framework, but can't be supported by the older + driver. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata new file mode 100644 index 000000000..299e0d1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/class/ata_... +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the + system. This allows retrieving various information about ATA + objects. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_port +------------------------------- + +For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of the +port. The device parent is the ata host device. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/nr_pmp_links +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/idle_irq +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + nr_pmp_links: (RO) If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is + connected, the number of links behind it. + + idle_irq: (RO) Number of IRQ received by the port while + idle [some ata HBA only]. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/port_no +Date: May, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.11 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + (RO) Host local port number. While registering host controller, + port numbers are tracked based upon number of ports available on + the controller. This attribute is needed by udev for composing + persistent links in /dev/disk/by-path. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_link +------------------------------- + +Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the topology, 15 +ata_link objects are created. + +If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is ata_port_id +of the port. If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is +ata_port_id of the parent port and Y the PM port. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/hw_sata_spd_limit +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/sata_spd_limit +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/sata_spd +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + hw_sata_spd_limit: (RO) Maximum speed supported by the + connected SATA device. + + sata_spd_limit: (RO) Maximum speed imposed by libata. + + sata_spd: (RO) Current speed of the link + eg. 1.5, 3 Gbps etc. + + +Files under /sys/class/ata_device +--------------------------------- + +Behind each link, up to two ata devices are created. +The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where: +- X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected, +- Y the port of the PM if any, and +- Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1], only 1 for SATA. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/spdn_cnt +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/gscr +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/ering +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/id +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/pio_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/xfer_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/dma_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/class +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + spdn_cnt: (RO) Number of times libata decided to lower the + speed of link due to errors. + + gscr: (RO) Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR + register. Valid registers are: + + 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID, + 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV, + 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO, + 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR, + 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN, + 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT, + 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN, + 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO + + Only valid if the device is a PM. + + ering: (RO) Formatted output of the error ring of the + device. + + id: (RO) Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as + described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. Only valid if + the device is not a PM. + + pio_mode: (RO) PIO transfer mode used by the device. + Mostly used by PATA devices. + + xfer_mode: (RO) Current transfer mode. Mostly used by + PATA devices. + + dma_mode: (RO) DMA transfer mode used by the device. + Mostly used by PATA devices. + + class: (RO) Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, + "atapi" for packet device, "pmp" for PM, or + "none" if no device was found behind the link. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/trim +Date: May, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + (RO) Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid + values are: + + unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM + + unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only + + queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM + + forced_unqueued: Drive's queued DSM support is known to + be buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands + are sent diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e34cdeeeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ +What: /sys/block/<disk>/stat +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O + statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields: + + == ============================================== + 1 reads completed successfully + 2 reads merged + 3 sectors read + 4 time spent reading (ms) + 5 writes completed + 6 writes merged + 7 sectors written + 8 time spent writing (ms) + 9 I/Os currently in progress + 10 time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 11 weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 12 discards completed + 13 discards merged + 14 sectors discarded + 15 time spent discarding (ms) + 16 flush requests completed + 17 time spent flushing (ms) + == ============================================== + + For more details refer Documentation/admin-guide/iostats.rst + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the + I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the + same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat + format. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Metadata format for integrity capable block device. + E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether the block layer should verify the + integrity of read requests serviced by devices that + support sending integrity metadata. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per + 512 bytes of data. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/device_is_integrity_capable +Date: July 2014 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether a storage device is capable of storing + integrity metadata. Set if the device is T10 PI-capable. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/protection_interval_bytes +Date: July 2015 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Describes the number of data bytes which are protected + by one integrity tuple. Typically the device's logical + block size. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether the block layer should automatically + generate checksums for write requests bound for + devices that support receiving integrity metadata. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report a physical block size that is + bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive + with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical + blocks to the operating system). This parameter + indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is + offset from the disk's natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report a physical block size that is + bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive + with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical + blocks to the operating system). This parameter + indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition + is offset from the disk's natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size +Date: May 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + This is the smallest unit the storage device can + address. It is typically 512 bytes. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size +Date: May 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can + write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical + block size but may be bigger. One example is SATA + drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical + block size to the operating system. For stacked block + devices the physical_block_size variable contains the + maximum physical_block_size of the component devices. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred + minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the + device can perform without incurring a performance + penalty. For disk drives this is often the physical + block size. For RAID arrays it is often the stripe + chunk size. A properly aligned multiple of + minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for + workloads where a high number of I/O operations is + desired. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is + the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is + rarely reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is + usually the stripe width or the internal track size. A + properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the + preferred request size for workloads where sustained + throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is + reported this file contains 0. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges +Date: January 2010 +Contact: +Description: + Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to + merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these + attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles + being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off + this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex + merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges + with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2, + all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 - + which enables all types of merge tries. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + device is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space using units that are bigger + than the logical block size. The discard_granularity + parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation + unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the + discard_granularity will be set to match the device's + physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means + that the device does not support discard functionality. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may have + internal limits on the number of bytes that can be + trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage + protocols also have inherent limits on the number of + blocks that can be described in a single command. The + discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver + to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in + a single operation. Discard requests issued to the + device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes + value of 0 means that the device does not support + discard functionality. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Will always return 0. Don't rely on any specific behavior + for discards, and don't read this file. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Some devices support a write same operation in which a + single data block can be written to a range of several + contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe + areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID + configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many + bytes can be written in a single write same command. If + write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported + by the device. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_zeroes_max_bytes +Date: November 2016 +Contact: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com> +Description: + Devices that support write zeroes operation in which a + single request can be issued to zero out the range of + contiguous blocks on storage without having any payload + in the request. This can be used to optimize writing zeroes + to the devices. write_zeroes_max_bytes indicates how many + bytes can be written in a single write zeroes command. If + write_zeroes_max_bytes is 0, write zeroes is not supported + by the device. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/zoned +Date: September 2016 +Contact: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> +Description: + zoned indicates if the device is a zoned block device + and the zone model of the device if it is indeed zoned. + The possible values indicated by zoned are "none" for + regular block devices and "host-aware" or "host-managed" + for zoned block devices. The characteristics of + host-aware and host-managed zoned block devices are + described in the ZBC (Zoned Block Commands) and ZAC + (Zoned Device ATA Command Set) standards. These standards + also define the "drive-managed" zone model. However, + since drive-managed zoned block devices do not support + zone commands, they will be treated as regular block + devices and zoned will report "none". + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nr_zones +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com> +Description: + nr_zones indicates the total number of zones of a zoned block + device ("host-aware" or "host-managed" zone model). For regular + block devices, the value is always 0. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_active_zones +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> +Description: + For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating + "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to + any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN, IMPLICIT OPEN or CLOSED, + is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/max_open_zones +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com> +Description: + For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating + "host-managed" or "host-aware"), the sum of zones belonging to + any of the zone states: EXPLICIT OPEN or IMPLICIT OPEN, + is limited by this value. If this value is 0, there is no limit. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/chunk_sectors +Date: September 2016 +Contact: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com> +Description: + chunk_sectors has different meaning depending on the type + of the disk. For a RAID device (dm-raid), chunk_sectors + indicates the size in 512B sectors of the RAID volume + stripe segment. For a zoned block device, either + host-aware or host-managed, chunk_sectors indicates the + size in 512B sectors of the zones of the device, with + the eventual exception of the last zone of the device + which may be smaller. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/io_timeout +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Weiping Zhang <zhangweiping@didiglobal.com> +Description: + io_timeout is the request timeout in milliseconds. If a request + does not complete in this time then the block driver timeout + handler is invoked. That timeout handler can decide to retry + the request, to fail it or to start a device recovery strategy. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5837765b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/block/etherd*/mac +Date: Apr, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.12 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) The ethernet address of the remote Ata over Ethernet (AoE) + device. + +What: /sys/block/etherd*/netif +Date: Apr, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.12 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) The names of the network interfaces on the localhost (comma + separated) through which we are communicating with the remote + AoE device. + +What: /sys/block/etherd*/state +Date: Apr, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.12 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) Device status. The state attribute is "up" when the device + is ready for I/O and "down" if detected but unusable. The + "down,closewait" state shows that the device is still open and + cannot come up again until it has been closed. The "up,kickme" + state means that the driver wants to send more commands to the + target but found out there were already the max number of + commands waiting for a response. It will retry again after being + kicked by the periodic timer handler routine. + +What: /sys/block/etherd*/firmware-version +Date: Apr, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.12 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) Version of the firmware in the target. + +What: /sys/block/etherd*/payload +Date: Dec, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org> +Description: + (RO) The amount of user data transferred (in bytes) inside each AoE + command on the network, network headers excluded. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e4bbc5d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/unregister +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be + unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache, + writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is + flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister + all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/clear_stats +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to + the bcache/ dir of that cache. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hits +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits, + counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_misses +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of cache misses. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hit_ratio +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/sequential_cutoff +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will + skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable + units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff). + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bypassed +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due + to the sequential cutoff). Expressed as bytes in human + readable units. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and + writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in + writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the + cache but no write buffering will take place. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_running +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written + from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be + used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point + writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only + for benchmarking/testing. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_delay +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is + written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that + backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts + after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_percent +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to + backing device only takes place when more than this percentage + of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take + place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing + device. Integer between 0 and 40. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/synchronous +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be + switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered + such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown; + if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to + complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data + will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with + writeback caching enabled. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/discard +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, a boolean allowing discard/TRIM to be turned off + or back on if the device supports it. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bucket_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at + cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the + SSD for optimal performance. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/nbuckets +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, the number of usable buckets. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/tree_depth +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a + one node tree will have a depth of 0). + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_cache_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in + memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to + memory pressure from the rest of the system. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units + written to the cache, excluding all metadata. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa0fb500e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/block/*/device/sw_activity +Date: Jun, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Used by drivers which support software controlled activity + LEDs. + + It has the following valid values: + + == ======================================================== + 0 OFF - the LED is not activated on activity + 1 BLINK_ON - the LED blinks on every 10ms when activity is + detected. + 2 BLINK_OFF - the LED is on when idle, and blinks off + every 10ms when activity is detected. + == ======================================================== + + Note that the user must turn sw_activity OFF it they wish to + control the activity LED via the em_message file. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/unload_heads +Date: Sep, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.28 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Hard disk shock protection + + Writing an integer value to this file will take the heads of the + respective drive off the platter and block all I/O operations + for the specified number of milliseconds. + + - If the device does not support the unload heads feature, + access is denied with -EOPNOTSUPP. + - The maximal value accepted for a timeout is 30000 + milliseconds. + - A previously set timeout can be cancelled and disk can resume + normal operation immediately by specifying a timeout of 0. + - Some hard drives only comply with an earlier version of the + ATA standard, but support the unload feature nonetheless. + There is no safe way Linux can detect these devices, so this + is not enabled by default. If it is known that your device + does support the unload feature, then you can tell the kernel + to enable it by writing -1. It can be disabled again by + writing -2. + - Values below -2 are rejected with -EINVAL + + For more information, see + Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/disk-shock-protection.rst + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/ncq_prio_enable +Date: Oct, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write to the file to turn on or off the SATA ncq (native + command queueing) support. By default this feature is turned + off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9f2339b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device name. + Read-only string containing mapped device name. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device UUID. + Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string + if DM-UUID is not set. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device suspend state. + Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Allow control over how long a request that is a + reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request + queue. The resolution of this deadline is in + microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs). + Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable + request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra + accounting. This attribute is not applicable to + bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for + them. + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/use_blk_mq +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode. + Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..627f4eb87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/autoclear +Date: Aug, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Shows if the device is in autoclear mode or not ( "1" or + "0"). Autoclear (if set) indicates that the loopback device will + self-distruct after last close. + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/backing_file +Date: Aug, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The path of the backing file that the loop device maps its + data blocks to. + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/offset +Date: Aug, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Start offset (in bytes). + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/sizelimit +Date: Aug, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The size (in bytes) that the block device maps, starting + from the offset. + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/partscan +Date: Aug, 2011 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Shows if automatic partition scanning is enabled for the + device or not ("1" or "0"). This can be requested individually + per loop device during its setup by setting LO_FLAGS_PARTSCAN in + in the ioctl request. By default, no partition tables are + scanned. + +What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/dio +Date: Aug, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Shows if direct IO is being used to access backing file or + not ("1 or "0"). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14a6fe942 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rnbd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/unmap_device +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: To unmap a volume, "normal" or "force" has to be written to: + /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/unmap_device + + When "normal" is used, the operation will fail with EBUSY if any process + is using the device. When "force" is used, the device is also unmapped + when device is in use. All I/Os that are in progress will fail. + + Example:: + + # echo "normal" > /sys/block/rnbd0/rnbd/unmap_device + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/state +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: The file contains the current state of the block device. The state file + returns "open" when the device is successfully mapped from the server + and accepting I/O requests. When the connection to the server gets + disconnected in case of an error (e.g. link failure), the state file + returns "closed" and all I/O requests submitted to it will fail with -EIO. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/session +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RNBD uses RTRS session to transport the data between client and + server. The entry "session" contains the name of the session, that + was used to establish the RTRS session. It's the same name that + was passed as server parameter to the map_device entry. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/mapping_path +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the path that was passed as "device_path" to the map_device + operation. + +What: /sys/block/rnbd<N>/rnbd/access_mode +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..beef30c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /sys/block/rssd*/status +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com> +Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14b2bf2e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/disksize +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size + which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data + that can be stored in this disk. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/initstate +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The initstate file is read-only and shows the initialization + state of the device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/reset +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The reset file is write-only and allows resetting the + device. The reset operation frees all the memory associated + with this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/max_comp_streams +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The max_comp_streams file is read-write and specifies the + number of backend's zcomp_strm compression streams (number of + concurrent compress operations). + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/comp_algorithm +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The comp_algorithm file is read-write and lets to show + available and selected compression algorithms, change + compression algorithm selection. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max +Date: August 2014 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The mem_used_max file is write-only and is used to reset + the counter of maximum memory zram have consumed to store + compressed data. For resetting the value, you should write + "0". Otherwise, you could see -EINVAL. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit +Date: August 2014 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The mem_limit file is write-only and specifies the maximum + amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. + The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable + the limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compact +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The compact file is write-only and trigger compaction for + allocator zrm uses. The allocator moves some objects so that + it could free fragment space. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The io_stat file is read-only and accumulates device's I/O + statistics not accounted by block layer. For example, + failed_reads, failed_writes, etc. File format is similar to + block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm + statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format + similar to block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/debug_stat +Date: July 2016 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The debug_stat file is read-only and represents various + device's debugging info useful for kernel developers. Its + format is not documented intentionally and may change + anytime without any notice. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/backing_dev +Date: June 2017 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The backing_dev file is read-write and set up backing + device for zram to write incompressible pages. + For using, user should enable CONFIG_ZRAM_WRITEBACK. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/idle +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + idle file is write-only and mark zram slot as idle. + If system has mounted debugfs, user can see which slots + are idle via /sys/kernel/debug/zram/zram<id>/block_state + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The writeback file is write-only and trigger idle and/or + huge page writeback to backing device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/bd_stat +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The bd_stat file is read-only and represents backing device's + statistics (bd_count, bd_reads, bd_writes) in a format + similar to block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_limit_enable +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The writeback_limit_enable file is read-write and specifies + eanbe of writeback_limit feature. "1" means eable the feature. + No limit "0" is the initial state. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_limit +Date: November 2018 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The writeback_limit file is read-write and specifies the maximum + amount of writeback ZRAM can do. The limit could be changed + in run time. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58abacf59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../path +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace + object associated with the device object. For example, + \_SB_.PCI0. + + This file is not present for device objects representing + fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep + buttons). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../modalias +Date: July 2007 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the PNP IDs of the device object. + That is acpi:HHHHHHHH:[CCCCCCC:]. Where each HHHHHHHH or + CCCCCCCC contains device object's PNPID (_HID or _CID). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hid +Date: April 2005 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the hardware ID (_HID) of the + device object. For example, PNP0103. + This file is present for device objects having the _HID + control method. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../description +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _STR control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../adr +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _ADR control method, which is present for ACPI device + objects representing devices having standard enumeration + algorithms, such as PCI. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../uid +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _UID control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../eject +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of + this device object. This file exists for every device + object that has _EJ0 method. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../status +Date: Jan, 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + (RO) Returns the ACPI device status: enabled, disabled or + functioning or present, if the method _STA is present. + + The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's + status bitmap: + + =========== ================================================== + Bit [0] Set if the device is present. + Bit [1] Set if the device is enabled and decoding its + resources. + Bit [2] Set if the device should be shown in the UI. + Bit [3] Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared + if device failed its diagnostics). + Bit [4] Set if the battery is present. + Bits [31:5] Reserved (must be cleared) + =========== ================================================== + + If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device + that is not present cannot be enabled). + + Bit 0 can be clear (not present) with bit [3] set (device is + functional). This case is used to indicate a valid device for + which no device driver should be loaded. + + More special cases are covered in the ACPI specification. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hrv +Date: Apr, 2016 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + (RO) Allows users to read the hardware version of non-PCI + hardware, if the _HRV control method is present. It is mostly + useful for non-PCI devices because lspci can list the hardware + version for PCI devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7b54677c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/amba/devices/.../driver_override +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Antonios Motakis <a.motakis@virtualopensystems.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to + the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vfio-amba > driver_override) and may + be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will + not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of + driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none". + Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is + no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..721b4aea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See + include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by + id field. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending + on their revision. Use it for detailed programming. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it + belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf2869c41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-cti @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/enable +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Enable/Disable the CTI hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/powered +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Indicate if the CTI hardware is powered. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/ctmid +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Display the associated CTM ID + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/nr_trigger_cons +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Number of devices connected to triggers on this CTI + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/name +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Name of connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_signals +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Input trigger signals from connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/in_types +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Functional types for the input trigger signals + from connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_signals +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Output trigger signals to connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/triggers<N>/out_types +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Functional types for the output trigger signals + to connected device <N> + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inout_sel +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Select the index for inen and outen registers. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/inen +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Read or write the CTIINEN register selected by inout_sel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/outen +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Read or write the CTIOUTEN register selected by inout_sel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/gate +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Read or write CTIGATE register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/asicctl +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Read or write ASICCTL register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/intack +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Write the INTACK register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appset +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Set CTIAPPSET register to activate channel. Read back to + determine current value of register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/appclear +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Write APPCLEAR register to deactivate channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/apppulse +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Write APPPULSE to pulse a channel active for one clock + cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/chinstatus +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Read current status of channel inputs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/choutstatus +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) read current status of channel outputs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/triginstatus +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) read current status of input trigger signals + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/regs/trigoutstatus +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) read current status of output trigger signals. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_attach +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Attach a CTI input trigger to a CTM channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigin_detach +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Detach a CTI input trigger from a CTM channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_attach +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Attach a CTI output trigger to a CTM channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_detach +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Detach a CTI output trigger from a CTM channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_enable +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Enable CTIGATE for single channel (Write) or list enabled + channels through the gate (R). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_gate_disable +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Disable CTIGATE for single channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_set +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Activate a single channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_clear +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Deactivate a single channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_pulse +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Pulse a single channel - activate for a single clock cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trigout_filtered +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) List of output triggers filtered across all connections. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/trig_filter_enable +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Enable or disable trigger output signal filtering. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_inuse +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) show channels with at least one attached trigger signal. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_free +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) show channels with no attached trigger signals. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_sel +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (RW) Write channel number to select a channel to view, read to + see selected channel number. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_in +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Read to see input triggers connected to selected view + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_out +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Read) Read to see output triggers connected to selected view + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<cti-name>/channels/chan_xtrigs_reset +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion 5.7 +Contact: Mike Leach or Mathieu Poirier +Description: (Write) Clear all channel / trigger programming. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a383f6a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/enable_sink +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple + source for a single sink. + + ex:: + + echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written + into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the + value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rdp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Defines the depth, in words, of the trace RAM in powers of + 2. The value is read directly from HW register RDP, 0x004. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/sts +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB status register. The value + is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rrp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Read Pointer register + that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB + interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP, + 0x014. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/rwp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB RAM Write Pointer register + that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from + the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly + from HW register RWP, 0x018. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/trg +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is + read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ctl +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Control register. The value + is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffsr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Status + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR, + 0x300. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/mgmt/ffcr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the ETB Formatter and Flush Control + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR, + 0x304. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..651602a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_source +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_acctype +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies + characteristics about the address comparator being configure, + for example the access type, the kind of instruction to trace, + processor contect ID to trigger on, etc. Individual fields in + the access type register may vary on the version of the trace + entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_range +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the range of + addresses to trigger on. Inclusion or exclusion is specificed + in the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_single +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to trigger on, highly influenced by the configuration + options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_start +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to start tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_stop +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to stop tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Specifies the counter to work on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Specifies the index of the context ID register to be + selected. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_mask +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask to apply to all the context ID comparator. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_pid +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used with the ctxid_idx, specify with context ID to trigger + on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines which event triggers a trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/etmsr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Gives access to the ETM status register, which holds + programming information and status on certains events. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/fifofull_level +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Number of byte left in the fifo before considering it full. + Depending on the tracer's version, can also hold threshold for + data suppression. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mode +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Interface with the driver's 'mode' field, controlling + various aspect of the trace entity such as time stamping, + context ID size and cycle accurate tracing. Driver specific + and bound to change depending on the driver. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible + on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit, + as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a + trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_13_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_21_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_23_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_31_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_32_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Holds the current state of the sequencer. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace synchronization frequency value - must be + programmed with the various implementation behavior in mind. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/timestamp_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines an event that requests the insertion of a timestamp + into the trace stream. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/traceid +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cpu +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Holds the cpu number this tracer is affined to. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code register + (0x004). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmccer +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Configuration Code Extension + register (0x1e8). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmscr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM System Configuration + register (0x014). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmidr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM ID register (0x1e4). The + value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmcr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Main Control register (0x000). + The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtraceidr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace ID register (0x200). + The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmteevr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Enable Event register + (0x020). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtsscr +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Trace Start/Stop Conrol + register (0x018). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr1 +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #1 + register (0x024). The value is read directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mgmt/etmtecr2 +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RO) Print the content of the ETM Enable Conrol #2 + register (0x01c). The value is read directly from the HW. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..881f0cd99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm4x @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/enable_source +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cpu +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) The CPU this tracing entity is associated with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_pe_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of PE comparator inputs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_addr_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of address comparator pairs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_cntr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of counters that are available for + tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ext_inp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates how many external inputs are implemented. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numcidc +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of Context ID comparators that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/numvmidc +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of VMID comparators that are available + for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nrseqstate +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of sequencer states that are + implemented. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_resource +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of resource selection pairs that are + available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/nr_ss_cmp +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the number of single-shot comparator controls that + are available for tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/reset +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Write) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mode +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls various modes supported by this ETM, for example + P0 instruction tracing, branch broadcast, cycle counting and + context ID tracing. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/pe +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls which PE to trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the tracing of arbitrary events from bank 0 to 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_instren +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the behavior of the events in bank 0 to 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_ts +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the insertion of global timestamps in the trace + streams. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/syncfreq +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls how often trace synchronization requests occur. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cyc_threshold +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Sets the threshold value for cycle counting. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/bb_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls which regions in the memory map are enabled to + use branch broadcasting. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/event_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls instruction trace filtering. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/s_exlevel_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) In Secure state, each bit controls whether instruction + tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ns_exlevel_vinst +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) In non-secure state, each bit controls whether instruction + tracing is enabled for the corresponding exception level. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_instdatatype +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls what type of comparison the trace unit performs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_single +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to setup single address comparator values. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_range +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to setup address range comparator values. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which sequensor. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_state +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Use this to set, or read, the sequencer state. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer state to a specific state. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/seq_reset_event +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Moves the sequencer to state 0 when a programmed event + occurs. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which counter unit to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntrldvr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) This sets or returns the reload count value of the + specific counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) This sets or returns the current count value of the + specific counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/cntr_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the operation of the selected counter. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/res_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which resource selection unit to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/res_ctrl +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Controls the selection of the resources in the trace unit. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which context ID comparator to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_pid +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Get/Set the context ID comparator value to trigger on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/ctxid_masks +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 context ID comparator value + registers (if implemented). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_idx +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select which virtual machine ID comparator to work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_val +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Get/Set the virtual machine ID comparator value to + trigger on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vmid_masks +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask for all 8 virtual machine ID comparator value + registers (if implemented). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_exlevel_s_ns +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Set the Exception Level matching bits for secure and + non-secure exception levels. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/vinst_pe_cmp_start_stop +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Access the start stop control register for PE input + comparators. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/addr_cmp_view +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the current settings for the selected address + comparator. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_idx +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Select the single shot control register to access. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_ctrl +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Access the selected single shot control register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_status +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the current value of the selected single shot + status register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/sshot_pe_ctrl +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Access the selected single show PE comparator control + register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcoslsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the OS Lock Status Register (0x304). + The value it taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdcr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Control Register + (0x310). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpdsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Power Down Status Register + (0x314). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trclsr +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the SW Lock Status Register + (0xFB4). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcauthstatus +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Authentication Status Register + (0xFB8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevid +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device ID Register + (0xFC8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcdevtype +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Device Type Register + (0xFCC). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr0 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID0 Register + (0xFE0). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr1 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID1 Register + (0xFE4). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr2 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID2 Register + (0xFE8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcpidr3 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the Peripheral ID3 Register + (0xFEC). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trcconfig +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.07 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace configuration register + (0x010) as currently set by SW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/mgmt/trctraceid +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.07 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Print the content of the trace ID register (0x040). + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr0 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E0). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr1 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the tracing capabilities of the trace unit (0x1E4). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr2 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the maximum size of the data value, data address, + VMID, context ID and instuction address in the trace unit + (0x1E8). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr3 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the value associated with various resources + available to the trace unit. See the Trace Macrocell + architecture specification for more details (0x1E8). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr4 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F0). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr5 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns how many resources the trace unit supports (0x1F4). + The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr8 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the maximum speculation depth of the instruction + trace stream. (0x180). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr9 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of P0 right-hand keys that the trace unit + can use (0x184). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr10 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of P1 right-hand keys that the trace unit + can use (0x188). The value is taken directly from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr11 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of special P1 right-hand keys that the + trace unit can use (0x18C). The value is taken directly from + the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr12 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of conditional P1 right-hand keys that + the trace unit can use (0x190). The value is taken directly + from the HW. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/etm<N>/trcidr/trcidr13 +Date: April 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.01 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Returns the number of special conditional P1 right-hand keys + that the trace unit can use (0x194). The value is taken + directly from the HW. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d75acda5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/funnel_ctrl +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enables the slave ports and defines the hold time of the + slave ports. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/priority +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines input port priority order. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53e1f4815 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/enable_source +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace macrocell. + Enabling the trace macrocell implies it has been configured + properly and a sink has been identified for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/hwevent_enable +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Provides access to the HW event enable register, used in + conjunction with HW event bank select register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/hwevent_select +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Gives access to the HW event block select register + (STMHEBSR) in order to configure up to 256 channels. Used in + conjunction with "hwevent_enable" register as described above. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/port_enable +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Provides access to the stimulus port enable register + (STMSPER). Used in conjunction with "port_select" described + below. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/port_select +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used to determine which bank of stimulus port bit in + register STMSPER (see above) apply to. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/status +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.stm/traceid +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6aa527296 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. Additional interface for this + driver are expected to be added as it matures. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rsz +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Defines the size, in 32-bit words, of the local RAM buffer. + The value is read directly from HW register RSZ, 0x004. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/sts +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC status register. The value + is read directly from HW register STS, 0x00C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rrp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Read Pointer register + that is used to read entries from the Trace RAM over the APB + interface. The value is read directly from HW register RRP, + 0x014. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/rwp +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC RAM Write Pointer register + that is used to sets the write pointer to write entries from + the CoreSight bus into the Trace RAM. The value is read directly + from HW register RWP, 0x018. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/trg +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Similar to "trigger_cntr" above except that this value is + read directly from HW register TRG, 0x01C. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ctl +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Control register. The value + is read directly from HW register CTL, 0x020. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffsr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Status + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFSR, + 0x300. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/ffcr +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Formatter and Flush Control + register. The value is read directly from HW register FFCR, + 0x304. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/mode +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Shows the value held by the TMC Mode register, which + indicate the mode the device has been configured to enact. The + The value is read directly from the MODE register, 0x028. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/mgmt/devid +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (Read) Indicates the capabilities of the Coresight TMC. + The value is read directly from the DEVID register, 0xFC8, + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/buffer_size +Date: December 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Size of the trace buffer for TMC-ETR when used in SYSFS + mode. Writable only for TMC-ETR configurations. The value + should be aligned to the kernel pagesize. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter new file mode 100644 index 000000000..566bd99fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count data of Count Y represented as a string. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/ceiling +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count value ceiling for Count Y. This is the upper limit for the + respective counter. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/floor +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count value floor for Count Y. This is the lower limit for the + respective counter. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count mode for channel Y. The ceiling and floor values for + Count Y are used by the count mode where required. The following + count modes are available: + + normal: + Counting is continuous in either direction. + + range limit: + An upper or lower limit is set, mimicking limit switches + in the mechanical counterpart. The upper limit is set to + the Count Y ceiling value, while the lower limit is set + to the Count Y floor value. The counter freezes at + count = ceiling when counting up, and at count = floor + when counting down. At either of these limits, the + counting is resumed only when the count direction is + reversed. + + non-recycle: + The counter is disabled whenever a counter overflow or + underflow takes place. The counter is re-enabled when a + new count value is loaded to the counter via a preset + operation or direct write. + + modulo-n: + A count value boundary is set between the Count Y floor + value and the Count Y ceiling value. The counter is + reset to the Count Y floor value at count = ceiling when + counting up, while the counter is set to the Count Y + ceiling value at count = floor when counting down; the + counter does not freeze at the boundary points, but + counts continuously throughout. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action_available +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Discrete set of available values for the respective Count Y + configuration are listed in this file. Values are delimited by + newline characters. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/direction +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the count direction of Count + Y. Two count directions are available: forward and backward. + + Some counter devices are able to determine the direction of + their counting. For example, quadrature encoding counters can + determine the direction of movement by evaluating the leading + phase of the respective A and B quadrature encoding signals. + This attribute exposes such count directions. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/enable +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Whether channel Y counter is enabled. Valid attribute values are + boolean. + + This attribute is intended to serve as a pause/unpause mechanism + for Count Y. Suppose a counter device is used to count the total + movement of a conveyor belt: this attribute allows an operator + to temporarily pause the counter, service the conveyor belt, + and then finally unpause the counter to continue where it had + left off. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates whether excessive noise is + present at the channel Y counter inputs. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Count function mode of Count Y; count function evaluation is + triggered by conditions specified by the Count Y signalZ_action + attributes. The following count functions are available: + + increase: + Accumulated count is incremented. + + decrease: + Accumulated count is decremented. + + pulse-direction: + Rising edges on signal A updates the respective count. + The input level of signal B determines direction. + + quadrature x1 a: + If direction is forward, rising edges on quadrature pair + signal A updates the respective count; if the direction + is backward, falling edges on quadrature pair signal A + updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding + determines the direction. + + quadrature x1 b: + If direction is forward, rising edges on quadrature pair + signal B updates the respective count; if the direction + is backward, falling edges on quadrature pair signal B + updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding + determines the direction. + + quadrature x2 a: + Any state transition on quadrature pair signal A updates + the respective count. Quadrature encoding determines the + direction. + + quadrature x2 b: + Any state transition on quadrature pair signal B updates + the respective count. Quadrature encoding determines the + direction. + + quadrature x4: + Any state transition on either quadrature pair signals + updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding + determines the direction. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/name +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of + Count Y. If possible, this should match the name of the + respective channel as it appears in the device datasheet. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the counter device supports preset registers -- registers + used to load counter channels to a set count upon device-defined + preset operation trigger events -- the preset count for channel + Y is provided by this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset_enable +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Whether channel Y counter preset operation is enabled. Valid + attribute values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Action mode of Count Y for Signal Z. This attribute indicates + the condition of Signal Z that triggers the count function + evaluation for Count Y. The following action modes are + available: + + none: + Signal does not trigger the count function. In + Pulse-Direction count function mode, this Signal is + evaluated as Direction. + + rising edge: + Low state transitions to high state. + + falling edge: + High state transitions to low state. + + both edges: + Any state transition. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/name +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of + the Counter. This should match the name of the device as it + appears in its respective datasheet. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/num_counts +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Counts + belonging to the Counter. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/num_signals +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Signals + belonging to the Counter. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/signal +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal data of Signal Y represented as a string. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/name +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of + Signal Y. If possible, this should match the name of the + respective signal as it appears in the device datasheet. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eac32180c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8 @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only attribute that indicates whether a differential + encoder cable fault (not connected or loose wires) is detected + for the respective channel of Signal Y. Valid attribute values + are boolean. Detection must first be enabled via the + corresponding cable_fault_enable attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/cable_fault_enable +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Whether detection of differential encoder cable faults for the + respective channel of Signal Y is enabled. Valid attribute + values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/filter_clock_prescaler +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Filter clock factor for input Signal Y. This prescaler value + affects the inputs of both quadrature pair signals. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Active level of index input Signal Y; irrelevant in + non-synchronous load mode. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity_available +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode_available +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Discrete set of available values for the respective Signal Y + configuration are listed in this file. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configure the counter associated with Signal Y for + non-synchronous or synchronous load mode. Synchronous load mode + cannot be selected in non-quadrature (Pulse-Direction) clock + mode. + + non-synchronous: + A logic low level is the active level at this index + input. The index function (as enabled via preset_enable) + is performed directly on the active level of the index + input. + + synchronous: + Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in + quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured + via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via + preset_enable) is performed synchronously with the + quadrature clock on the active level of the index input. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d2e7b363 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler_available +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Discrete set of available values for the respective Count Y + configuration are listed in this file. Values are delimited by + newline characters. + +What: /sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configure the prescaler value associated with Count Y. + On the FlexTimer, the counter clock source passes through a + prescaler (i.e. a counter). This acts like a clock + divider. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12a733fe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type +Date: March 2008 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware. + This attribute is present for all subchannel types. + +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2008 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents. + It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all + subchannel types. + +What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids +Date: December 2002 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this + subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem + during subchannel recognition. + + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. +Users: s390-tools, HAL + +What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom +Date: December 2002 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the + channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O + layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily + in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem). + + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. +Users: s390-tools, HAL + +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../driver_override +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file allows the driver for a device to be specified. When + specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written + to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the + device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vfio-ccw > driver_override) and + may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device + will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to + opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as + "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, + there is no support for parsing delimiters. + + Note that unlike the mechanism of the same name for pci, this + file does not allow to override basic matching rules. I.e., + the driver must still match the subchannel type of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0265ab17 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-dfl @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/type +Date: Aug 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns type of DFL FIU of the device. Now DFL + supports 2 FIU types, 0 for FME, 1 for PORT. + + Format: 0x%x + +What: /sys/bus/dfl/devices/dfl_dev.X/feature_id +Date: Aug 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns feature identifier local to its DFL FIU + type. + + Format: 0x%x diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63a32ddcb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-dfl_fme @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/format +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed + below:: + + event = "config:0-11" - event ID + evtype = "config:12-15" - event type + portid = "config:16-23" - event source + + For example:: + + fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + + It shows this fab_mmio_read is a fabric type (0x02) event with + 0x06 local event id for overall monitoring (portid=0xff). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/cpumask +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. This file always returns cpu which the PMU is bound + for access to all fme pmu performance monitoring events. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/dfl_fmeX/events +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe performance monitoring + events specific to fme. Each attribute in this group describes + a single performance monitoring event supported by this fme pmu. + The name of the file is the name of the event. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events). + + All supported performance monitoring events are listed below. + + Basic events (evtype=0x00):: + + clock = "event=0x00,evtype=0x00,portid=0xff" + + Cache events (evtype=0x01):: + + cache_read_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_read_miss = "event=0x01,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_write_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_write_miss = "event=0x03,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_hold_request = "event=0x05,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_data_write_port_contention = + "event=0x06,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_tag_write_port_contention = + "event=0x07,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_tx_req_stall = "event=0x08,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_rx_req_stall = "event=0x09,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + cache_eviction = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x01,portid=0xff" + + Fabric events (evtype=0x02):: + + fab_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_pcie1_read = "event=0x02,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_pcie1_write = "event=0x03,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_upi_read = "event=0x04,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_upi_write = "event=0x05,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=0xff" + fab_port_pcie0_read = "event=0x00,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_pcie0_write = "event=0x01,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_pcie1_read = "event=0x02,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_pcie1_write = "event=0x03,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_upi_read = "event=0x04,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_upi_write = "event=0x05,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_mmio_read = "event=0x06,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + fab_port_mmio_write = "event=0x07,evtype=0x02,portid=?" + + VTD events (evtype=0x03):: + + vtd_port_read_transaction = "event=0x00,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_write_transaction = "event=0x01,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_read_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_write_hit = "event=0x03,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_4k_fill = "event=0x04,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_2m_fill = "event=0x05,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + vtd_port_devtlb_1g_fill = "event=0x06,evtype=0x03,portid=?" + + VTD SIP events (evtype=0x04):: + + vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_hit = "event=0x00,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_hit = "event=0x01,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_1g_hit = "event=0x02,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_slpwc_l3_hit = "event=0x03,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_slpwc_l4_hit = "event=0x04,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_rcc_hit = "event=0x05,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_4k_miss = "event=0x06,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_2m_miss = "event=0x07,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_iotlb_1g_miss = "event=0x08,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_slpwc_l3_miss = "event=0x09,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_slpwc_l4_miss = "event=0x0a,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" + vtd_sip_rcc_miss = "event=0x0b,evtype=0x04,portid=0xff" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events new file mode 100644 index 000000000..505f080d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/ + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles + +Date: 2013/01/08 + +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + +Description: Generic performance monitoring events + + A collection of performance monitoring events that may be + supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored + using the 'perf(1)' tool. + + The contents of each file would look like: + + event=0xNNNN + + where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the + "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's + "basename". + + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event> +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Per-pmu performance monitoring events specific to the running system + + Each file (except for some of those with a '.' in them, '.unit' + and '.scale') in the 'events' directory describes a single + performance monitoring event supported by the <pmu>. The name + of the file is the name of the event. + + File contents: + + <term>[=<value>][,<term>[=<value>]]... + + Where <term> is one of the terms listed under + /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/format/ and <value> is + a number is base-16 format with a '0x' prefix (lowercase only). + If a <term> is specified alone (without an assigned value), it + is implied that 0x1 is assigned to that <term>. + + Examples (each of these lines would be in a seperate file): + + event=0x2abc + event=0x423,inv,cmask=0x3 + domain=0x1,offset=0x8,starting_index=0xffff + domain=0x1,offset=0x8,core=? + + Each of the assignments indicates a value to be assigned to a + particular set of bits (as defined by the format file + corresponding to the <term>) in the perf_event structure passed + to the perf_open syscall. + + In the case of the last example, a value replacing "?" would + need to be provided by the user selecting the particular event. + This is referred to as "event parameterization". Event + parameters have the format 'param=?'. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.unit +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Perf event units + + A string specifying the English plural numerical unit that <event> + (once multiplied by <event>.scale) represents. + + Example: + + Joules + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.scale +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Perf event scaling factors + + A string representing a floating point value expressed in + scientific notation to be multiplied by the event count + recieved from the kernel to match the unit specified in the + <event>.unit file. + + Example: + + 2.3283064365386962890625e-10 + + This is provided to avoid performing floating point arithmetic + in the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df7ccc1b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format +Date: January 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com> +Description: + Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into + perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu. + Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask + we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane + name/value pairs. + + Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes + define overlapping bit ranges. For example:: + + attr1 = 'config:0-23' + attr2 = 'config:0-7' + attr3 = 'config:12-35' + + Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44' + Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of + perf_event_attr::config1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de390a010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/format +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed + below:: + + chip = "config:16-31" + core = "config:16-31" + domain = "config:0-3" + lpar = "config:0-15" + offset = "config:32-63" + vcpu = "config:16-31" + + For example:: + + PM_PB_CYC = "domain=1,offset=0x80,chip=?,lpar=0x0" + + In this event, '?' after chip specifies that + this value will be provided by user while running this event. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides access to the binary "24x7 catalog" provided by the + hypervisor on POWER7 and 8 systems. This catalog lists events + available from the powerpc "hv_24x7" pmu. Its format is + documented here: + https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jmesmon/catalog-24x7/master/hv-24x7-catalog.h + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_length +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number equal to the length in bytes of the catalog. This is + also extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Exposes the "version" field of the 24x7 catalog. This is also + extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/sockets +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs interface exposes the number of sockets present in the + system. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/chipspersocket +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs interface exposes the number of chips per socket + present in the system. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/interface/coresperchip +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs interface exposes the number of cores per chip + present in the system. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_24x7/cpumask +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make + HCALLs to retrieve hv-24x7 pmu event counter data. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_descs/<event-name> +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides the description of a particular event as provided by + the firmware. If firmware does not provide a description, no + file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_long_descs/<event-name> +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides the "long" description of a particular event as + provided by the firmware. If firmware does not provide a + description, no file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12e2bf927 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/format +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: Read-only. Attribute group to describe the magic bits + that go into perf_event_attr.config for a particular pmu. + (See ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format). + + Each attribute under this group defines a bit range of the + perf_event_attr.config. All supported attributes are listed + below:: + + counter_info_version = "config:16-23" + length = "config:24-31" + partition_id = "config:32-63" + request = "config:0-31" + sibling_part_id = "config:32-63" + hw_chip_id = "config:32-63" + offset = "config:32-63" + phys_processor_idx = "config:32-63" + secondary_index = "config:0-15" + starting_index = "config:32-63" + + For example:: + + processor_core_utilization_instructions_completed = "request=0x94, + phys_processor_idx=?,counter_info_version=0x8, + length=8,offset=0x18" + + In this event, '?' after phys_processor_idx specifies this value + this value will be provided by user while running this event. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/collect_privileged +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + '0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event + counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical + domain event counters. + + '1' if that access is allowed. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "GA" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/expanded +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "EXPANDED" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/lab +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "LAB" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number indicating the version of the gpci interface that the + hypervisor reports supporting. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/kernel_version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number indicating the latest version of the gpci interface + that the kernel is aware of. + +What: /sys/devices/hv_gpci/cpumask +Date: October 2020 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: read only + This sysfs file exposes the cpumask which is designated to make + HCALLs to retrieve hv-gpci pmu event counter data. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fe787cc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/ +Date: August 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces. + +Attributes: + + ctlr_create: + 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an + <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a + fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any + per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's + 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login + process. + + ctlr_destroy: + 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a + fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the + fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected + FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated + for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated + with it, this includes the scsi_host. + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus. + The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process. + 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE + Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin + discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by + writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file. + +Attributes: + + fcf_dev_loss_tmo: + Device loss timeout period (see below). Changing + this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all + FCFs discovered by this controller. + + mode: + Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible + modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller + is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is + initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted. + If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then + FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE + Controller only supports one mode at a time. + + enabled: + Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled. + 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1 + to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller. + + lesb/link_fail: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count. + + lesb/vlink_fail: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link + failure count. + + lesb/miss_fka: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE + Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA). + + lesb/symb_err: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count. + + lesb/err_block: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. + + lesb/fcs_error: + Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel + Services error count. + +Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0) + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel + Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE + (Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded + Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take + outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to + be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment. + +Attributes: + + fabric_name: + Identifies the fabric that the FCF services. + + switch_name: + Identifies the FCF. + + priority: + The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same + fabric. + + selected: + 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; + 0 indicates that the switch will not be used. + + fc_map: + The Fibre Channel MAP + + vfid: + The Virtual Fabric ID + + mac: + The FCF's MAC address + + fka_period: + The FIP Keep-Alive period + + fabric_state: The internal kernel state + + - "Unknown" - Initialization value + - "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric + - "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF + - "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system + + dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout period for this FCF. + +Notes: A device loss infrastructure similar to the FC Transport's + is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a + link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count + used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a + "Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the + FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes + "Connected." + + +Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application, + which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d14821418 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsi @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/rescan +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Initiates a FSI master scan for all connected slave devices + on its links. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/break +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Sends an FSI BREAK command on a master's communication + link to any connnected slaves. A BREAK resets connected + device's logic and preps it to receive further commands + from the master. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/slave@00:00/term +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Sends an FSI terminate command from the master to its + connected slave. A terminate resets the slave's state machines + that control access to the internally connected engines. In + addition the slave freezes its internal error register for + debugging purposes. This command is also needed to abort any + ongoing operation in case of an expired 'Master Time Out' + timer. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../fsi-master/fsi0/slave@00:00/raw +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Provides a means of reading/writing a 32 bit value from/to a + specified FSI bus address. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/../cfam_reset +Date: Sept 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-fsi@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + Provides a means of resetting the cfam that is attached to the + FSI device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf3c6af6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../bind +Date: December 2016 +Contact: stuart.yoder@nxp.com +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause + the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at + this location. The format for the location is Object.Id + and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/. + + For example:: + + # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/bind + +What: /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/.../unbind +Date: December 2016 +Contact: stuart.yoder@nxp.com +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause the + driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at + this location. The format for the location is Object.Id + and is the same as found in /sys/bus/fsl-mc/devices/. + + For example:: + + # echo dpni.2 > /sys/bus/fsl-mc/drivers/fsl_dpaa2_eth/unbind diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b1b282a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hsi +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing + the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement + those protocols. + +What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k new file mode 100644 index 000000000..398b258fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-bq32k @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../trickle_charge_bypass +Date: Jan 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetbo@gmail.com> +Description: Attribute for enable/disable the trickle charge bypass + The trickle_charge_bypass attribute allows the userspace to + enable/disable the Trickle charge FET bypass. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42dfc9399 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> +Description: + show what device is attached + + ======= ====================== + NONE no device + USB USB device is attached + UART UART is attached + CHARGER Charger is attaced + JIG JIG is attached + ======= ====================== + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> +Description: + show or set the state of manual switch + + ======= ============================== + VAUDIO switch to VAUDIO path + UART switch to UART path + AUDIO switch to AUDIO path + DHOST switch to DHOST path + AUTO switch automatically by device + ======= ============================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a251b7f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating + point value in degrees. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into + sleep mode, 1 wakes it up. + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the + chip data sheet. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b62230b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current + sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1). + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink + LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6c69eb80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/.../idle_state +Date: January 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: Robert Shearman <robert.shearman@att.com> +Description: + Value that exists only for mux devices that can be + written to control the behaviour of the multiplexer on + idle. Possible values: + + =========== =============================================== + -2 disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used + channel, which is useful when there is a device + with an address that conflicts with another + device on another mux on the same parent bus. + -1 leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal + setting in terms of I2C operations and is the + default mode. + 0..<nchans> set the mux to a predetermined channel, + which is useful if there is one channel that is + used almost always, and you want to reduce the + latency for normal operations after rare + transactions on other channels + =========== =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f4a26623 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id> +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An I3C bus. This directory will contain one sub-directory per + I3C device present on the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/current_master +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Expose the master that owns the bus (<bus-id>-<master-pid>) at + the time this file is read. Note that bus ownership can change + overtime, so there's no guarantee that when the read() call + returns, the value returned is still valid. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/mode +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + I3C bus mode. Can be "pure", "mixed-fast" or "mixed-slow". See + the I3C specification for a detailed description of what each + of these modes implies. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/i3c_scl_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The frequency (expressed in Hz) of the SCL signal when + operating in I3C SDR mode. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/i2c_scl_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The frequency (expressed in Hz) of the SCL signal when + operating in I2C mode. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/dynamic_address +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dynamic address assigned to the master controller. This + address may change if the bus is re-initialized. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/bcr +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + BCR stands for Bus Characteristics Register and express the + device capabilities in term of speed, maximum read/write + length, etc. See the I3C specification for more details. + This entry describes the BCR of the master controller driving + the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/dcr +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + DCR stands for Device Characteristics Register and express the + device capabilities in term of exposed features. See the I3C + specification for more details. + This entry describes the DCR of the master controller driving + the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/pid +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + PID stands for Provisional ID and is used to uniquely identify + a device on a bus. This PID contains information about the + vendor, the part and an instance ID so that several devices of + the same type can be connected on the same bus. + See the I3C specification for more details. + This entry describes the PID of the master controller driving + the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/hdrcap +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device. + Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated + by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl". + See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR + modes. + + This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller + driving the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid> +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An I3C device present on I3C bus identified by <bus-id>. Note + that all devices are represented including the master driving + the bus. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dynamic_address +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Dynamic address assigned to device <bus-id>-<device-pid>. This + address may change if the bus is re-initialized. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/bcr +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + BCR stands for Bus Characteristics Register and express the + device capabilities in term of speed, maximum read/write + length, etc. See the I3C specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dcr +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + DCR stands for Device Characteristics Register and express the + device capabilities in term of exposed features. See the I3C + specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/pid +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + PID stands for Provisional ID and is used to uniquely identify + a device on a bus. This PID contains information about the + vendor, the part and an instance ID so that several devices of + the same type can be connected on the same bus. + See the I3C specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/hdrcap +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device. + Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated + by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl". + + See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR + modes. + +What: /sys/bus/i3c/devices/<bus-id>-<device-pid> +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org +Description: + These directories are just symbolic links to + /sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53f07fc41 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -0,0 +1,1804 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port. + Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO + index of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer. + May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device + based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or + provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g. + periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer). + + Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not + generalize well and hence are not documented in this file. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the physical chip / device for device X. + Typically a part number. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/current_timestamp_clock +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + String identifying current posix clock used to timestamp + buffered samples and events for device X. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the + resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this + parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than + simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this + affects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs + direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the + relevant directories. If it affects all of the above + then it is to be found in the base device directory. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When the internal sampling clock can only take a specific set of + frequencies, we can specify the available values with: + + - a small discrete set of values like "0 2 4 6 8" + - a range with minimum, step and maximum frequencies like + "[min step max]" + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio + of the digital filter if available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are millivolts. + + Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both + channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase + component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature + component. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are millivolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) current measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are milliamps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_powerY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) power measurement from + channel Y. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are milliwatts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-capacitanceZ_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_ambient_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement. + If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature + sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g. + a gyroscope axis). The ambient and object modifiers distinguish + between ambient (reference) and distant temperature for contact- + less measurements. Units after application of scale and offset + are milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned + but should match other such assignments on device). + Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units + after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gravity_z_raw +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Gravity in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned + but should match other such assignments on device). + Units after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_raw +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angle of rotation. Units after application of scale and offset + are radians. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_y_raw +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Relative position in direction x or y on a pad (may be + arbitrarily assigned but should match other such assignments on + device). + Units after application of scale and offset are milli percents + from the pad's size in both directions. Should be calibrated by + the consumer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. + Units after application of scale and offset are radians per + second. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be + arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset + and scale to degrees. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Data converted by application of offset + then scale to Gauss. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Highest value since some reset condition. These + attributes allow access to this and are otherwise + the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of + the underlying value in the specified directions. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_input +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled pressure measurement from channel Y, in kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw humidity measurement of air. Units after application of + scale and offset are milli percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_input +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_X_mean_raw +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Averaged raw measurement from channel X. The number of values + used for averaging is device specific. The converting rules for + normal raw values also applies to the averaged raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_offset +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior + to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the + <type> units as specified in <type>[Y]_raw documentation. + Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or + axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all + in channels of <type>. + May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the + device. Note that this is different to calibbias which + is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate + for variation between different instances of the part, typically + adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure. + Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace + to the _raw output. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_q_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_i_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_q_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_angl_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_scale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw + post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the + measured value in <type> units as specified in + <type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in + channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is + called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this + value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production + inaccuracies). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_i_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_q_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_i_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_q_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix + production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels, + <type>_calibscale is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibheight +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Height of the user (in meters) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers + to compute the calories burnt by the user. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a discrete set of scale values is available, they + are listed in this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_hardwaregain +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels, + <type>_hardwaregain is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_hardwaregain_available +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available hardware applied gain factors. Shared across all + channels. + +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_high_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable high pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for + channel Y. The number must always be specified and + unique if the output corresponds to a single channel. + While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage, + a continuous frequency generating device, such as + a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of + channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases + where a single output sets the value for multiple channels + simultaneously. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the output powerdown mode. + DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and + 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor, + 2.5kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 2.5kOhm resistor, + 6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor, + 20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor, + 90kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 90kOhm resistor, + 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor, + 125kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 125kOhm resistor, + 500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor, + 640kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 640kOhm resistor, + three_state: left floating. + For a list of available output power down options read + outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the + mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available output power down modes. + If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified + by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is + disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal + operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled + together. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y + (out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output + (out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up + to user-space. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified + (_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified, + then either the device will report an event which ever direction + a single threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds + or neither. + + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary + depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of + change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling) + direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the + device will report an event which ever direction a single + threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both rate of + change thresholds or neither. + + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may + vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_falling_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en. + + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + threshold value applies to both directions. + + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_supply_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_temp_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_scale +KernelVersion: 3.21 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the conversion factor from the standard units + to device specific units used to set the event trigger + threshold. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hysteresis of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_(rising|falling)]_hysteresis. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + hysteresis value applies to both directions. + + For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for + this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to + normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value + attribute. E.g. if in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_value is set to 1200 + and in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_hysteresis is set to 50. The event + will get activated once in_voltage0_raw goes above 1200 and will become + deactivated again once the value falls below 1150. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en. + + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, + but direction is not specified for this attribute, + then a single threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_thresh_either_period +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be + met before an event is generated. If direction is not + specified then this period applies to both directions. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_low_pass_filter_3db +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a low pass filter can be applied to the event generation + this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz. + A value of zero disables the filter. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_thresh_rising_high_pass_filter_3db +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a high pass filter can be applied to the event generation + this property gives its 3db frequency in Hz. + A value of zero disables the filter. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enables or disables activity events. Depending on direction + an event is generated when sensor ENTERS or LEAVES a given state. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Confidence value (in units as percentage) to be used + for deciding when an event should be generated. E.g for + running: If the confidence value reported by the sensor + is greater than in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value + then the sensor ENTERS running state. Conversely, if the + confidence value reported by the sensor is lower than + in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value then the sensor + is LEAVING running state. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the + magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its + signed value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If + number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of + this type. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute + change in value. E.g. for steps: a step change event is + generated each time the user takes N steps, where N is set using + in_steps_change_value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling|]_en. E.g. for steps: + if set to 3, a step change event will be generated every 3 + steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given + in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of scans contained by the buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger + if first device and appropriate. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be + captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scan element control for triggered data capture. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer + and hence the form in which it is read from user-space. + Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift]. + be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if + signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits + of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it + occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that + needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some + devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements + with additional information on both sides. Note that some + devices will have additional information in the unused bits + so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask + the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value + also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a + signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to + a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2 + and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result. + For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended + appropriately. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values, + this attribute lists them. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_q_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_i_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_q_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the position of this + scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on + what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space + to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction + with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present, + and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage + format. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_still_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_walking_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_jogging_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_running_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the confidence for an activity + expressed in units as percentage. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error + present in the device at a given time. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_accelX_power_mode +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the chip power mode. + low_noise: reduce noise level from ADC, + low_power: enable low current consumption. + For a list of available output power modes read + in_accel_power_mode_available. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the + device (e.g.: human activity sensors report energy burnt by the + user). Units after application of scale are Joules. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the measured distance to an object + or the distance covered by the user since the last reboot while + activated. Units after application of scale are meters. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into + on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will + automatically load the saved configuration. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximityY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Proximity measurement indicating that some + object is near the sensor, usually by observing + reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. + + Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion + to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements + indicate closer objects, and vice versa. Units after + application of scale and offset are meters. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_clear_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Illuminance measurement, units after application of scale + and offset are lux. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_uv_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_duv_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate + that measurements contain visible and infrared light + components or just infrared light, respectively. Modifier + uv indicates that measurements contain ultraviolet light + components. Modifier duv indicates that measurements + contain deep ultraviolet light components. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_uvindex_input +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + UV light intensity index measuring the human skin's response to + different wavelength of sunlight weighted according to the + standardised CIE Erythemal Action Spectrum. UV index values range + from 0 (low) to >=11 (extreme). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_integration_time +KernelVersion: 3.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in + seconds. If shared across all channels of a given type, + <type>_integration_time is used. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of seconds in which to compute speed. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternion_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of quaternion components using a format + x y z w. Here x, y, and z component represents the axis about + which a rotation will occur and w component represents the + amount of rotation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with + or without compensation from tilt sensors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_i_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_q_raw +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw current measurement from channel X. Units are in milliamps + after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is + present, output should be considered as processed with the + unit in milliamps. + + Channels with 'i' and 'q' modifiers always exist in pairs and both + channels refer to the same signal. The 'i' channel contains the in-phase + component of the signal while the 'q' channel contains the quadrature + component. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Activates a device feature that runs in firmware/hardware. + E.g. for steps: the pedometer saves power while not used; + when activated, it will count the steps taken by the user in + firmware and export them through in_steps_input. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the number of steps taken by the user + since the last reboot while activated. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_raw +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the current speed value of the + user (which is the norm or magnitude of the velocity vector). + Units after application of scale are m/s. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the number of steps that must occur within + in_steps_filter_debounce_time for the pedometer to decide the + consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps + that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan + elements to wait for. + + Poll will block until the watermark is reached. + + Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested + read amount or the low water mark is available. + + Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the + buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This + allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read + the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a + maximum delay guarantee. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/data_available +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read-only value indicating the bytes of data available in the + buffer. In the case of an output buffer, this indicates the + amount of empty space available to write data to. In the case of + an input buffer, this indicates the amount of data available for + reading. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_enabled +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read-only boolean value that indicates if the hardware fifo is + currently enabled or disabled. If the device does not have a + hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The hardware fifo is enabled when the buffer is enabled if the + current hardware fifo watermark level is set and other current + device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples + data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo + will not enabled). + + If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware + fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will + flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non + blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the + device buffer will also force a flush. + + When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a + trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings + guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device + buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:device*/buffer/hwfifo_timeout +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read/write property to provide capability to delay reporting of + samples till a timeout is reached. This allows host processors to + sleep, while the sensor is storing samples in its internal fifo. + The maximum timeout in seconds can be specified by setting + hwfifo_timeout.The current delay can be read by reading + hwfifo_timeout. A value of 0 means that there is no timeout. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only entry that contains a single integer specifying the + current watermark level for the hardware fifo. If the device + does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The watermark level for the hardware fifo is set by the driver + based on the value set by the user in buffer/watermark but + taking into account hardware limitations (e.g. most hardware + buffers are limited to 32-64 samples, some hardware buffers + watermarks are fixed or have minimum levels). A value of 0 + means that the hardware watermark is unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_min +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one, + then the hardware watermark will remain unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_max +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this + one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_available +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A list of positive integers specifying the available watermark + levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it + is not present it means that all the values between + hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported. + + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than + hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this + list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the + hardware fifo watermark level. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibemissivity +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_object_calibemissivity +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The emissivity ratio of the surface in the field of view of the + contactless temperature sensor. Emissivity varies from 0 to 1, + with 1 being the emissivity of a black body. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_oversampling_ratio +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_oversampling_ratio +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied number of measurements for acquiring one + data point. The HW will do <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio + measurements and return the average value as output data. Each + value resulted from <type>[_name]_oversampling_ratio measurements + is considered as one sample for <type>[_name]_sampling_frequency. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_co2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_ethanol_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_ethanol_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_h2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_h2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_o2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_o2_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_voc_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_voc_raw +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) reading of a substance. Units + after application of scale and offset are percents. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistance_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_resistanceX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistance_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistanceX_raw +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) resistance reading that can be processed + into an ohm value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/heater_enable +KernelVersion: 4.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + '1' (enable) or '0' (disable) specifying the enable + of heater function. Same reading values apply. + + This ABI is especially applicable for humidity sensors + to heatup the device and get rid of any condensation + in some humidity environment + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_ph_raw +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) pH reading of a substance as a negative + base-10 logarithm of hydrodium ions in a litre of water. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_mount_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_mount_matrix +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mounting matrix for IIO sensors. This is a rotation matrix which + informs userspace about sensor chip's placement relative to the + main hardware it is mounted on. + + Main hardware placement is defined according to the local + reference frame related to the physical quantity the sensor + measures. + + Given that the rotation matrix is defined in a board specific + way (platform data and / or device-tree), the main hardware + reference frame definition is left to the implementor's choice + (see below for a magnetometer example). + + Applications should apply this rotation matrix to samples so + that when main hardware reference frame is aligned onto local + reference frame, then sensor chip reference frame is also + perfectly aligned with it. + + Matrix is a 3x3 unitary matrix and typically looks like + [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Identity matrix + [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and main hardware + are perfectly aligned with each other. + + For example, a mounting matrix for a magnetometer sensor informs + userspace about sensor chip's ORIENTATION relative to the main + hardware. + + More specifically, main hardware orientation is defined with + respect to the LOCAL EARTH GEOMAGNETIC REFERENCE FRAME where : + + * Y is in the ground plane and positive towards magnetic North ; + * X is in the ground plane, perpendicular to the North axis and + positive towards the East ; + * Z is perpendicular to the ground plane and positive upwards. + + An implementor might consider that for a hand-held device, a + 'natural' orientation would be 'front facing camera at the top'. + The main hardware reference frame could then be described as : + + * Y is in the plane of the screen and is positive towards the + top of the screen ; + * X is in the plane of the screen, perpendicular to Y axis, and + positive towards the right hand side of the screen ; + * Z is perpendicular to the screen plane and positive out of the + screen. + + Another example for a quadrotor UAV might be : + + * Y is in the plane of the propellers and positive towards the + front-view camera; + * X is in the plane of the propellers, perpendicular to Y axis, + and positive towards the starboard side of the UAV ; + * Z is perpendicular to propellers plane and positive upwards. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_electricalconductivity_raw +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no offset etc.) electric conductivity reading that + can be processed to siemens per meter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Raw counter device counts from channel Y. For quadrature + counters, multiplication by an available [Y]_scale results in + the counts of a single quadrature signal phase from channel Y. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Raw counter device index value from channel Y. This attribute + provides an absolute positional reference (e.g. a pulse once per + revolution) which may be used to home positional systems as + required. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_count_direction_available +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + A list of possible counting directions which are: + + - "up" : counter device is increasing. + - "down": counter device is decreasing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_count_direction +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Raw counter device counters direction for channel Y. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_phaseY_raw +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) phase difference reading from channel Y + that can be processed to radians. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm1_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm1_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm2p5_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm2p5_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm4_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm4_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm10_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm10_input +KernelVersion: 4.22 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mass concentration reading of particulate matter in ug / m3. + pmX consists of particles with aerodynamic diameter less or + equal to X micrometers. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_illuminance_period_available +Date: November 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + List of valid periods (in seconds) for which the light intensity + must be above the threshold level before interrupt is asserted. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_filter_notch_center_frequency +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Center frequency in Hz for a notch filter. Used i.e. for line + noise suppression. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_thermocouple_type +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + One of the following thermocouple types: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_calibambient +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_object_calibambient +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Calibrated ambient temperature for object temperature + calculation in milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_z_raw +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unscaled light intensity according to CIE 1931/DIN 5033 color space. + Units after application of scale are nano nanowatts per square meter. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47e34f865 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-adxl372 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "adxl372-devX-peak" +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The adxl372 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets the device in a mode in which it will record only the peak acceleration + sensed over the set period of time in the events sysfs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99847a913 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmc150_accel-any-motion-devX" +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The BMC150 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer + only when there is any motion. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8315202c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-ad7192 @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/ac_excitation_en +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute, if available, is used to enable the AC + excitation mode found on some converters. In ac excitation mode, + the polarity of the excitation voltage is reversed on + alternate cycles, to eliminate DC errors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/bridge_switch_en +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute, if available, is used to close or open the + bridge power down switch found on some converters. + In bridge applications, such as strain gauges and load cells, + the bridge itself consumes the majority of the current in the + system. To minimize the current consumption of the system, + the bridge can be disconnected (when it is not being used + using the bridge_switch_en attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltagex_sys_calibration +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Initiates the system calibration procedure. This is done on a + single channel at a time. Write '1' to start the calibration. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage2-voltage2_shorted_raw +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Measure voltage from AIN2 pin connected to AIN(+) + and AIN(-) shorted. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltagex_sys_calibration_mode_available +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns a list with the possible calibration modes. + There are two available options: + "zero_scale" - calibrate to zero scale + "full_scale" - calibrate to full scale + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltagex_sys_calibration_mode +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets up the calibration mode used in the system calibration + procedure. Reading returns the current calibration mode. + Writing sets the system calibration mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c2a07f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-envelope-detector @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_invert +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + The DAC is used to find the peak level of an alternating + voltage input signal by a binary search using the output + of a comparator wired to an interrupt pin. Like so:: + + _ + | \ + input +------>-------|+ \ + | \ + .-------. | }---. + | | | / | + | dac|-->--|- / | + | | |_/ | + | | | + | | | + | irq|------<-------' + | | + '-------' + + The boolean invert attribute (0/1) should be set when the + input signal is centered around the maximum value of the + dac instead of zero. The envelope detector will search + from below in this case and will also invert the result. + + The edge/level of the interrupt is also switched to its + opposite value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_altvoltageY_compare_interval +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + Number of milliseconds to wait for the comparator in each + step of the binary search for the input peak level. Needs + to relate to the frequency of the input signal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b01150af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-hi8435 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_sensing_mode +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Program sensor type for threshold detector inputs. + Could be either "GND-Open" or "Supply-Open" mode. Y is a + threshold detector input channel. Channels 0..7, 8..15, 16..23 + and 24..31 has common sensor types. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_value +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Channel Y low voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes lower then + this value then the threshold falling event is pushed. + Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the low voltage threshold + is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes. + Channels 0..31 have common low threshold values, but could have different + sensing_modes. + + The low voltage threshold range is between 2..21V. + Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and + can not be odd. + + If falling threshold results hysteresis to odd value then rising + threshold is automatically subtracted by one. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_value +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2.0 +Contact: source@cogentembedded.com +Description: + Channel Y high voltage threshold. If sensor input voltage goes higher then + this value then the threshold rising event is pushed. + Depending on in_voltageY_sensing_mode the high voltage threshold + is separately set for "GND-Open" and "Supply-Open" modes. + + Channels 0..31 have common high threshold values, but could have different + sensing_modes. + + The high voltage threshold range is between 3..22V. + Hysteresis between low and high thresholds can not be lower then 2 and + can not be odd. + + If rising threshold results hysteresis to odd value then falling + threshold is automatically appended by one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max9611 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max9611 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d2d2b094 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-max9611 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_power_shunt_resistor +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: The value of the shunt resistor used to compute power drain on + common input voltage pin (RS+). In Ohms. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_shunt_resistor +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: The value of the shunt resistor used to compute current flowing + between RS+ and RS- voltage sense inputs. In Ohms. + +These attributes describe a single physical component, exposed as two distinct +attributes as it is used to calculate two different values: power load and +current flowing between RS+ and RS- inputs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1975c7a1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-adc-stm32 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com +Description: + The STM32 ADC can be configured to use external trigger sources + (e.g. timers, pwm or exti gpio). Then, it can be tuned to start + conversions on external trigger by either: + + - "rising-edge" + - "falling-edge" + - "both-edges". + + Reading returns current trigger polarity. + + Writing value before enabling conversions sets trigger polarity. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_polarity_available +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: fabrice.gasnier@st.com +Description: + List all available trigger_polarity settings. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d512f8656 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_VOC_short_raw +Date: September 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> +Description: + Get the raw calibration VOC value from the sensor. + This value has little application outside of calibration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bac3d0d48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8 @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_count_mode_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_noise_error_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_quadrature_mode_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_index_index_polarity_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_index_synchronous_mode_available +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Discrete set of available values for the respective counter + configuration are listed in this file. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_count_mode +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Count mode for channel Y. Four count modes are available: + normal, range limit, non-recycle, and modulo-n. The preset value + for channel Y is used by the count mode where required. + + Normal: + Counting is continuous in either direction. + + Range Limit: + An upper or lower limit is set, mimicking limit switches + in the mechanical counterpart. The upper limit is set to + the preset value, while the lower limit is set to 0. The + counter freezes at count = preset when counting up, and + at count = 0 when counting down. At either of these + limits, the counting is resumed only when the count + direction is reversed. + + Non-recycle: + Counter is disabled whenever a 24-bit count overflow or + underflow takes place. The counter is re-enabled when a + new count value is loaded to the counter via a preset + operation or write to raw. + + Modulo-N: + A count boundary is set between 0 and the preset value. + The counter is reset to 0 at count = preset when + counting up, while the counter is set to the preset + value at count = 0 when counting down; the counter does + not freeze at the bundary points, but counts + continuously throughout. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_noise_error +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Read-only attribute that indicates whether excessive noise is + present at the channel Y count inputs in quadrature clock mode; + irrelevant in non-quadrature clock mode. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_preset +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + If the counter device supports preset registers, the preset + count for channel Y is provided by this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_quadrature_mode +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Configure channel Y counter for non-quadrature or quadrature + clock mode. Selecting non-quadrature clock mode will disable + synchronous load mode. In quadrature clock mode, the channel Y + scale attribute selects the encoder phase division (scale of 1 + selects full-cycle, scale of 0.5 selects half-cycle, scale of + 0.25 selects quarter-cycle) processed by the channel Y counter. + + Non-quadrature: + The filter and decoder circuit are bypassed. Encoder A + input serves as the count input and B as the UP/DOWN + direction control input, with B = 1 selecting UP Count + mode and B = 0 selecting Down Count mode. + + Quadrature: + Encoder A and B inputs are digitally filtered and + decoded for UP/DN clock. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_countY_set_to_preset_on_index +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Whether to set channel Y counter with channel Y preset value + when channel Y index input is active, or continuously count. + Valid attribute values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_index_polarity +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Active level of channel Y index input; irrelevant in + non-synchronous load mode. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_indexY_synchronous_mode +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem. + + Configure channel Y counter for non-synchronous or synchronous + load mode. Synchronous load mode cannot be selected in + non-quadrature clock mode. + + Non-synchronous: + A logic low level is the active level at this index + input. The index function (as enabled via + set_to_preset_on_index) is performed directly on the + active level of the index input. + + Synchronous: + Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in + quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured + via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via + set_to_preset_on_index) is performed synchronously with + the quadrature clock on the active level of the index + input. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adf24c401 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-cros-ec @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibrate +Date: July 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' will perform a FOC (Fast Online Calibration). The + corresponding calibration offsets can be read from `*_calibbias` + entries. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/location +Date: July 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute returns a string with the physical location where + the motion sensor is placed. For example, in a laptop a motion + sensor can be located on the base or on the lid. Current valid + values are 'base' and 'lid'. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/id +Date: September 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is exposed by the CrOS EC sensors driver and + represents the sensor ID as exposed by the EC. This ID is used + by the Android sensor service hardware abstraction layer (sensor + HAL) through the Android container on ChromeOS. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac new file mode 100644 index 000000000..580e93f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dac-dpot-dac @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw_available +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + The range of available values represented as the minimum value, + the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in square brackets. + Example: [0 1 256] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91439d6d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dfsdm-adc-stm32 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_spi_clk_freq +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: arnaud.pouliquen@st.com +Description: + For audio purpose only. + + Used by audio driver to set/get the spi input frequency. + + This is mandatory if DFSDM is slave on SPI bus, to + provide information on the SPI clock frequency during runtime + Notice that the SPI frequency should be a multiple of sample + frequency to ensure the precision. + + if DFSDM input is SPI master: + + Reading SPI clkout frequency, + error on writing + + If DFSDM input is SPI Slave: + + Reading returns value previously set. + Writing value before starting conversions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40df5c9fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-distance-srf08 @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity +Date: January 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range. + default 31 + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_max_range +Date: January 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Show or set the maximum range between the sensor and the + first object echoed in meters. Default value is 6.020. + This setting limits the time the driver is waiting for a + echo. + + Showing the range of available values is represented as the + minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed + in square brackets. + + Example:: + + [0.043 0.043 11.008] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d526e6571 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-dma-buffer @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length_align_bytes +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + DMA buffers tend to have a alignment requirement for the + buffers. If this alignment requirement is not met samples might + be dropped from the buffer. + + This property reports the alignment requirements in bytes. + This means that the buffer size in bytes needs to be a integer + multiple of the number reported by this file. + + The alignment requirements in number of sample sets will depend + on the enabled channels and the bytes per channel. This means + that the alignment requirement in samples sets might change + depending on which and how many channels are enabled. Whereas + the alignment requirement reported in bytes by this property + will remain static and does not depend on which channels are + enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d065cda7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. + + '1' means that the clock in question is present. + + '0' means that the clock is missing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the + pllY is locked. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization + functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start + with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase). + Writing this file has the effect as driving the external + /SYNC pin low. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1254457a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz. + The value given directly influences the MODULUS used by + the fractional-N PLL. It is assumed that the algorithm + that is used to compute the various dividers, is able to + generate proper values for multiples of channel spacing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained + applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may + change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to + adjust the reference frequency accordingly. + The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency + is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power + down the PLL and its RFOut buffers during REFin changes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..544548ee7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4371 @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Stores the PLL frequency in Hz for channel Y. + Reading returns the actual frequency in Hz. + The ADF4371 has an integrated VCO with fundamendal output + frequency ranging from 4000000000 Hz 8000000000 Hz. + + out_altvoltage0_frequency: + A divide by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or circuit generates + frequencies from 62500000 Hz to 8000000000 Hz. + out_altvoltage1_frequency: + This channel duplicates the channel 0 frequency + out_altvoltage2_frequency: + A frequency doubler generates frequencies from + 8000000000 Hz to 16000000000 Hz. + out_altvoltage3_frequency: + A frequency quadrupler generates frequencies from + 16000000000 Hz to 32000000000 Hz. + + Note: writes to one of the channels will affect the frequency of + all the other channels, since it involves changing the VCO + fundamental output frequency. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_name +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns the datasheet name for channel Y:: + + out_altvoltage0_name: RF8x + out_altvoltage1_name: RFAUX8x + out_altvoltage2_name: RF16x + out_altvoltage3_name: RF32x + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown +KernelVersion: +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute allows the user to power down the PLL and it's + RFOut buffers. + Writing 1 causes the specified channel to power down. + Clearing returns to normal operation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e98209c91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmg160-any-motion-devX" +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The BMG160 gyro kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer + only when there is any motion. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66b621f10 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-health-afe440x @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw +Date: May 2016 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get measured values from the ADC for these stages. Y is the + specific stage number corresponding to datasheet stage names + as follows: + + == ========== + 1 LED2 + 2 ALED2/LED3 + 3 LED1 + 4 ALED1/LED4 + == ========== + + Note that channels 5 and 6 represent LED2-ALED2 and LED1-ALED1 + respectively which simply helper channels containing the + calculated difference in the value of stage 1 - 2 and 3 - 4. + The values are expressed in 24-bit twos complement. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_offset +Date: May 2016 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get and set the offset cancellation DAC setting for these + stages. The values are expressed in 5-bit sign-magnitude. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_resistance +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_capacitance +Date: May 2016 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get and set the resistance and the capacitance settings for the + Transimpedance Amplifier during the associated stage. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw +Date: May 2016 +KernelVersion: +Contact: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com> +Description: + Get and set the LED current for the specified LED active during + this stage. Y is the specific stage number. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b72bb6255 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc100x @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get + rid of excess condensation. + + Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b78af5f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-humidity-hdc2010 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_current_heater_raw_available +KernelVersion: 5.3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Controls the heater device within the humidity sensor to get + rid of excess condensation. + + Valid control values are 0 = OFF, and 1 = ON. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bf1fd4f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-icm42600 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production + inaccuracies). Values represent a real physical offset expressed + in SI units (m/s^2 for accelerometer and rad/s for gyroscope). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_calibbias_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_calibbias_available +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of available values for hardware offset. Values in SI + units (m/s^2 for accelerometer and rad/s for gyroscope). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e86747c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933 @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_start +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 3.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Frequency sweep start frequency in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_increment +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 3.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Frequency increment in Hz (step size) between consecutive + frequency points along the sweep. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_points +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 3.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of frequency points (steps) in the frequency sweep. + This value, in conjunction with the + out_altvoltageY_frequency_start and the + out_altvoltageY_frequency_increment, determines the frequency + sweep range for the sweep operation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_settling_cycles +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 3.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of output excitation cycles (settling time cycles) + that are allowed to pass through the unknown impedance, + after each frequency increment, and before the ADC is triggered + to perform a conversion sequence of the response signal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8916f7ec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-ina2xx-adc @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_allow_async_readout +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + By default (value '0'), the capture thread checks for the Conversion + Ready Flag to being set prior to committing a new value to the sample + buffer. This synchronizes the in-chip conversion rate with the + in-driver readout rate at the cost of an additional register read. + + Writing '1' will remove the polling for the Conversion Ready Flags to + save the additional i2c transaction, which will improve the bandwidth + available for reading data. However, samples can be occasionally skipped + or repeated, depending on the beat between the capture and conversion + rates. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_shunt_resistor +Date: December 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value of the shunt resistor may be known only at runtime fom an + eeprom content read by a client application. This attribute allows to + set its value in ohms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d009cfbbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-isl29501 @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_agc_gain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_agc_gain_bias +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This sensor has an automatic gain control (agc) loop + which sets the analog signal levels at an optimum + level by controlling programmable gain amplifiers. The + criteria for optimal gain is determined by the sensor. + + Return the actual gain value as an integer in [0; 65536] + range when read from. + + The agc gain read when measuring crosstalk shall be + written into in_proximity0_agc_gain_bias. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_a +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_b +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_a +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_b +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The sensor is able to perform correction of distance + measurements due to changing temperature and ambient + light conditions. It can be programmed to correct for + a second order error polynomial. + + Phase data has to be collected when temperature and + ambient light are modulated independently. + + Then a least squares curve fit to a second order + polynomial has to be generated from the data. The + resultant curves have the form ax^2 + bx + c. + + From those two curves, a and b coefficients shall be + stored in in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_a and + in_proximity0_calib_phase_temp_b for temperature and + in in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_a and + in_proximity0_calib_phase_light_b for ambient light. + + Those values must be integer in [0; 8355840] range. + + Finally, the c constant is set by the sensor + internally. + + The value stored in sensor is displayed when read from. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..220206a20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-isl29018 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/proximity_on_chip_ambient_infrared_suppression +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + From ISL29018 Data Sheet (FN6619.4, Oct 8, 2012) regarding the + infrared suppression: + + Scheme 0, makes full n (4, 8, 12, 16) bits (unsigned) proximity + detection. The range of Scheme 0 proximity count is from 0 to + 2^n. Logic 1 of this bit, Scheme 1, makes n-1 (3, 7, 11, 15) + bits (2's complementary) proximity_less_ambient detection. The + range of Scheme 1 proximity count is from -2^(n-1) to 2^(n-1). + The sign bit is extended for resolutions less than 16. While + Scheme 0 has wider dynamic range, Scheme 1 proximity detection + is less affected by the ambient IR noise variation. + + == ============================================= + 0 Sensing IR from LED and ambient + 1 Sensing IR from LED with ambient IR rejection + == ============================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22c5ea670 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds + in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs. + The corresponding light zone can be read from + in_illuminance0_zone. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is, + threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling + +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3. + + Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to + threshY_raising. + + These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary + registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light + zones. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the + in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is, + out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone + Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4. + + These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for + ALS-mapper Y + 1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f130cdb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-si1133 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_small_raw +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less infrared intensity. The intensity is measured from 1 + dark photodiode. "small" indicate the surface area capturing + infrared. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_ir_large_raw +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less infrared intensity. The intensity is measured from 4 + dark photodiodes. "large" indicate the surface area capturing + infrared. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_large_raw +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less light intensity with more diodes. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2e19964e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2583 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_calibrate +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This property causes an internal calibration of the als gain trim + value which is later used in calculating illuminance in lux. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_lux_table +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This property gets/sets the table of coefficients + used in calculating illuminance in lux. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance_input_target +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This property is the known externally illuminance (in lux). + It is used in the process of calibrating the device accuracy. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2798b258 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-tsl2772 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_illuminance0_calibrate +KernelVersion: 3.3-rc1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Causes an internal calibration of the als gain trim + value which is later used in calculating illuminance in lux. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/device[n]/in_proximity0_calibrate +KernelVersion: 3.3-rc1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Causes a recalculation and adjustment to the + proximity_thresh_rising_value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f099ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-magnetometer-hmc5843 @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/meas_conf +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/meas_conf_available +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current configuration and available configurations + for the bias current. + + ============ ============================================ + normal Normal measurement configurations (default) + positivebias Positive bias configuration + negativebias Negative bias configuration + disabled Only available on HMC5983. Disables magnetic + sensor and enables temperature sensor. + ============ ============================================ + + Note: + The effect of this configuration may vary + according to the device. For exact documentation + check the device's datasheet. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d47e548e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-meas-spec @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/battery_low +KernelVersion: 4.1.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the + battery level supplied to sensor is below 2.25V. + This ABI is available for tsys02d, htu21, ms8607 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb53737aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix + is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like + [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be + easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their + positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix + [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly + aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a91fbe39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-potentiometer-mcp4531 @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_resistance_raw_available +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + The range of available values represented as the minimum value, + the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in square brackets. + Example: [0 1 256] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2172f3bb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_nearlevel +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Near level for proximity sensors. This is a single integer + value that tells user space when an object should be + considered close to the device. If the value read from the + sensor is above or equal to the value in this file an object + should typically be considered near. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c59d95346 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> +Description: + Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps) + 1000-40000 = distance in meters + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> +Description: + Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range. + 18 = indoors (default) + 14 = outdoors + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/noise_level_tripped +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> +Description: + When 1 the noise level is over the trip level and not reporting + valid data diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9712f390 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-scd30 @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_auto_enable +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Contaminants build-up in the measurement chamber or optical + elements deterioration leads to sensor drift. + + One can compensate for sensor drift by using automatic self + calibration procedure (asc). + + Writing 1 or 0 to this attribute will respectively activate or + deactivate asc. + + Upon reading current asc status is returned. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/calibration_forced_value +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Contaminants build-up in the measurement chamber or optical + elements deterioration leads to sensor drift. + + One can compensate for sensor drift by using forced + recalibration (frc). This is useful in case there's known + co2 reference available nearby the sensor. + + Picking value from the range [400 1 2000] and writing it to the + sensor will set frc. + + Upon reading current frc value is returned. Note that after + power cycling default value (i.e 400) is returned even though + internally sensor had recalibrated itself. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06e1c2725 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/start_cleaning +Date: December 2018 +KernelVersion: 5.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing 1 starts sensor self cleaning. Internal fan accelerates + to its maximum speed and keeps spinning for about 10 seconds in + order to blow out accumulated dust. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/cleaning_period +Date: January 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sensor is capable of triggering self cleaning periodically. + Period can be changed by writing a new value here. Upon reading + the current one is returned. Units are seconds. + + Writing 0 disables periodical self cleaning entirely. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/cleaning_period_available +Date: January 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The range of available values in seconds represented as the + minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in + square brackets. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ac775901 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sx9310 @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity3_comb_raw +Date: February 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: Daniel Campello <campello@chromium.org> +Description: + Proximity measurement indicating that some object is + near the combined sensor. The combined sensor presents + proximity measurements constructed by hardware by + combining measurements taken from a given set of + physical sensors. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5ef6d8e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_oc +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults, + such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires. + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. + + === ======================================================= + '1' An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires + has been detected. + '0' No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected + === ======================================================= + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Overvoltage or Undervoltage Input Fault. The internal circuitry + is protected from excessive voltages applied to the thermocouple + cables by integrated MOSFETs at the T+ and T- inputs, and the + BIAS output. These MOSFETs turn off when the input voltage is + negative or greater than VDD. + + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. + + === ======================================================= + '1' The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD. + '0' The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal + state). + === ======================================================= diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4a4497c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-timer-stm32 @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode_available +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the list possible master modes which are: + + + - "reset" + The UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is + used as trigger output (TRGO). + - "enable" + The Counter Enable signal CNT_EN is used + as trigger output. + - "update" + The update event is selected as trigger output. + For instance a master timer can then be used + as a prescaler for a slave timer. + - "compare_pulse" + The trigger output send a positive pulse + when the CC1IF flag is to be set. + - "OC1REF" + OC1REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC2REF" + OC2REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC3REF" + OC3REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC4REF" + OC4REF signal is used as trigger output. + + Additional modes (on TRGO2 only): + + - "OC5REF" + OC5REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "OC6REF" + OC6REF signal is used as trigger output. + - "compare_pulse_OC4REF": + OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC6REF": + OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r": + OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_f": + OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate + pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_r": + OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses. + - "compare_pulse_OC5REF_r_or_OC6REF_f": + OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate + pulses. + + :: + + +-----------+ +-------------+ +---------+ + | Prescaler +-> | Counter | +-> | Master | TRGO(2) + +-----------+ +--+--------+-+ |-> | Control +--> + | | || +---------+ + +--v--------+-+ OCxREF || +---------+ + | Chx compare +----------> | Output | ChX + +-----------+-+ | | Control +--> + . | | +---------+ + . | | . + +-----------v-+ OC6REF | . + | Ch6 compare +---------+> + +-------------+ + + Example with: "compare_pulse_OC4REF_r_or_OC6REF_r":: + + X + X X + X . . X + X . . X + X . . X + count X . . . . X + . . . . + . . . . + +---------------+ + OC4REF | . . | + +-+ . . +-+ + . +---+ . + OC6REF . | | . + +-------+ +-------+ + +-+ +-+ + TRGO2 | | | | + +-+ +---+ +---------+ + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/master_mode +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the current master modes. + Writing set the master mode + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the current sampling frequency. + Writing an value different of 0 set and start sampling. + Writing 0 stop sampling. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_preset +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the current preset value. + Writing sets the preset value. + When counting up the counter starts from 0 and fires an + event when reach preset value. + When counting down the counter start from preset value + and fire event when reach 0. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_enable_mode_available +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the list possible enable modes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_enable_mode +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Configure the device counter enable modes, in all case + counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction + attribute and the counter is clocked by the internal clock. + + always: + Counter is always ON. + + gated: + Counting is enabled when connected trigger signal + level is high else counting is disabled. + + triggered: + Counting is enabled on rising edge of the connected + trigger, and remains enabled for the duration of this + selected mode. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count_trigger_mode_available +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Reading returns the list possible trigger modes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_count0_trigger_mode +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: benjamin.gaignard@st.com +Description: + Configure the device counter trigger mode + counting direction is set by in_count0_count_direction + attribute and the counter is clocked by the connected trigger + rising edges. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04ac62305 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_now +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This file is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone trigger + driver. Writing this file with any value triggers an event + driven driver, associated with this trigger, to capture data + into an in kernel buffer. This approach can be valuable during + automated testing or in situations, where other trigger methods + are not applicable. For example no RTC or spare GPIOs. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The name attribute holds a description string for the current + trigger. In order to associate the trigger with an IIO device + one should write this name string to + /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceY/trigger/current_trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/add_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone + driver and it is used to activate the creation of a new trigger. + In order to achieve this, one should write a positive integer + into the associated file, which will serve as the id of the + trigger. If the trigger with the specified id is already present + in the system, an invalid argument message will be returned. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio_sysfs_trigger/remove_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to unregister and delete a previously + created trigger from the list of available triggers. In order to + achieve this, one should write a positive integer into the + associated file, representing the id of the trigger that needs + to be removed. If the trigger can't be found, an invalid + argument message will be returned to the user. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..491ead804 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-vf610 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_conversion_mode +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hardware conversion mode used. The three + available modes are "normal", "high-speed" and "low-power", + where the last is the default mode. + + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_conversion_mode +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hardware conversion mode used within DAC. + The two available modes are "high-power" and "low-power", + where "low-power" mode is the default mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7b2278fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-gth @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/masters/* +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure output ports for STP masters. Writing -1 + disables a master; any + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_port +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Output port type: + + == ========================= + 0 not present, + 1 MSU (Memory Storage Unit) + 2 CTP (Common Trace Port) + 4 PTI (MIPI PTI). + == ========================= + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_drop +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Data retention policy setting: keep (0) or drop (1) + incoming data while output port is in reset. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_null +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) STP NULL packet generation: enabled (1) or disabled (0). + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_flush +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Force flush data from byte packing buffer for the output + port. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_reset +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Output port is in reset (1). + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-gth/outputs/[0-7]_smcfreq +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) STP sync packet frequency for the port. Specifies the + number of clocks between mainenance packets. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a74252e58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/wrap +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer wrapping. 1 == wrapping enabled. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/mode +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC operating mode: + + - "single", for contiguous buffer mode (high-order alloc); + - "multi", for multiblock mode; + - "ExI", for DCI handler mode; + - "debug", for debug mode; + - any of the currently loaded buffer sinks. + + If operating mode changes, existing buffer is deallocated, + provided there are no active users and tracing is not enabled, + otherwise the write will fail. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/nr_pages +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure MSC buffer size for "single" or "multi" modes. + + In single mode, this is a single number of pages, has to be + power of 2. In multiblock mode, this is a comma-separated list + of numbers of pages for each window to be allocated. Number of + windows is not limited. + + Writing to this file deallocates existing buffer (provided + there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then + allocates a new one. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/win_switch +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Trigger window switch for the MSC's buffer, in + multi-window mode. In "multi" mode, accepts writes of "1", thereby + triggering a window switch for the buffer. Returns an error in any + other operating mode or attempts to write something other than "1". + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/stop_on_full +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure whether trace stops when the last available window + becomes full (1/y/Y) or wraps around and continues until the next + window becomes available again (0/n/N). + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df0b24fd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-pti @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/mode +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure PTI output width. Currently supported values + are 4, 8, 12, 16. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/freerunning_clock +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) 0: PTI trace clock acts as a strobe which only toggles + when there is trace data to send. 1: PTI trace clock is a + free-running clock. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-pti/clock_divider +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Configure PTI port clock divider: + - 0: Intel TH clock rate, + - 1: 1/2 Intel TH clock rate, + - 2: 1/4 Intel TH clock rate, + - 3: 1/8 Intel TH clock rate. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1f667104 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-<device><id>/active +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RW) Writes of 1 or 0 enable or disable trace output to this + output device. Reads return current status. Requires that the + correstponding output port driver be loaded. + +What: /sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/port +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: (RO) Port number, corresponding to this output device on the + switch (GTH) or "unassigned" if the corresponding output + port driver is not loaded. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77947c509 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mcb @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: Hardware chip or device hosting the MEN chameleon bus + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/revision +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's revision number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/minor +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's minor number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/model +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's model number + +What: /sys/bus/mcb/devices/mcb:X/name +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Johannes Thumshirn <jth@kernel.org> +Description: The FPGA's name diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da86efc77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/ +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This folder contains statistics about global and per + MDIO bus address statistics. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/transfers +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of transfers for this MDIO bus. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/errors +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of transfer errors for this MDIO bus. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/writes +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of write transactions for this MDIO bus. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/reads +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of read transactions for this MDIO bus. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/transfers_<addr> +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of transfers for this MDIO bus address. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/errors_<addr> +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of transfer errors for this MDIO bus address. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/writes_<addr> +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of write transactions for this MDIO bus address. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../statistics/reads_<addr> +Date: January 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Total number of read transactions for this MDIO bus address. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7057e5741 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> + linux-media@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is + is not be appended to the model name. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e9a105fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> + linux-mei@linux.intel.com +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: mei:<mei device name>:<device uuid>:<protocol version> + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../name +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client device name + Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../uuid +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client device uuid + Format: xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../version +Date: Aug 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client protocol version + Format: %d + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../max_conn +Date: Nov 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client maximum number of connections + Format: %d + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../fixed +Date: Nov 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client fixed address, if any + Format: %d + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../vtag +Date: Nov 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.9 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client vtag support status + Format: %d + +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../max_len +Date: Nov 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Stores mei client maximum message length + Format: %d diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..519f028d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mmc @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mmc/devices/.../rev +Date: October 2017 +Contact: Jin Qian <jinqian@android.com> +Description: Extended CSD revision number diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38cc03e40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-most @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/description +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Provides information about the physical location of the + device. Hardware attached via USB, for instance, + might return <1-1.1:1.0> +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/interface +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the type of peripheral interface the device uses. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + If the network interface controller is attached via USB, a dci + directory is created that allows applications to read and + write the controller's DCI registers. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/arb_address +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to set an arbitrary DCI register address an + application wants to read from or write to. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/arb_value +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to read and write the DCI register whose address + is stored in arb_address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_hi +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MAC address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_lo +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MAC address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_eui48_mi +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MAC address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_filter +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP filter address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash0 +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash1 +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash2 +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/mep_hash3 +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to check and configure the MEP hash table. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/ni_state +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the current network interface state. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/node_address +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the current node address. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/node_position +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the current node position. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/packet_bandwidth +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the configured packet bandwidth. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/dci/sync_ep +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Triggers the controller's synchronization process for a certain + endpoint. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/ +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + For every channel of the device a directory is created, whose + name is dictated by the HDM. This enables an application to + collect information about the channel's capabilities and + configure it. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/available_datatypes +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the data types the channel can transport. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/available_directions +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the directions the channel is capable of. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/number_of_packet_buffers +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the number of packet buffers the channel can + handle. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/number_of_stream_buffers +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the number of streaming buffers the channel can + handle. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/size_of_packet_buffer +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the size of a packet buffer the channel can + handle. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/size_of_stream_buffer +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates the size of a streaming buffer the channel can + handle. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_number_of_buffers +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured number of buffers of + the channel. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_buffer_size +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured buffer size of the channel. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_direction +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured direction of the channel. + The following strings will be accepted:: + + 'tx', + 'rx' +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_datatype +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured data type of the channel. + The following strings will be accepted:: + + 'control', + 'async', + 'sync', + 'isoc_avp' +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_subbuffer_size +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured subbuffer size of + the channel. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/set_packets_per_xact +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is to read back the configured number of packets per + transaction of the channel. This is only applicable when + connected via USB. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/devices/<dev>/<channel>/channel_starving +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + Indicates whether channel ran out of buffers. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/drivers/most_core/components +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to retrieve a list of registered components. +Users: + +What: /sys/bus/most/drivers/most_core/links +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: Christian Gromm <christian.gromm@microchip.com> +Description: + This is used to retrieve a list of established links. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a6d61b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-moxtet-devices @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_description +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module description. Format: string + +What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_id +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module ID. Format: %x + +What: /sys/bus/moxtet/devices/moxtet-<name>.<addr>/module_name +Date: March 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) Moxtet module name. Format: string diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63ef0b9ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +For all of the nmem device attributes under ``nfit/*``, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware +Interface Table (NFIT)' section in the ACPI specification +(http://www.uefi.org/specifications) for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/serial +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Serial number of the NVDIMM (non-volatile dual in-line + memory module), assigned by the module vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/handle +Date: Apr, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) The address (given by the _ADR object) of the device on its + parent bus of the NVDIMM device containing the NVDIMM region. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/device +Date: Apr, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.1 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Device id for the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/rev_id +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Revision of the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/phys_id +Date: Apr, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Handle (i.e., instance number) for the SMBIOS (system + management BIOS) Memory Device structure describing the NVDIMM + containing the NVDIMM region. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/flags +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) The flags in the NFIT memory device sub-structure indicate + the state of the data on the nvdimm relative to its energy + source or last "flush to persistence". + + The attribute is a translation of the 'NVDIMM State Flags' field + in section 5.2.25.3 'NVDIMM Region Mapping' Structure of the + ACPI specification 6.2. + + The health states are "save_fail", "restore_fail", "flush_fail", + "not_armed", "smart_event", "map_fail" and "smart_notify". + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format1 +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/formats +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) The interface codes indicate support for persistent memory + mapped directly into system physical address space and / or a + block aperture access mechanism to the NVDIMM media. + The 'formats' attribute displays the number of supported + interfaces. + + This layout is compatible with existing libndctl binaries that + only expect one code per-dimm as they will ignore + nmemX/nfit/formats and nmemX/nfit/formatN. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/vendor +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Vendor id of the NVDIMM. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/dsm_mask +Date: May, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) The bitmask indicates the supported device specific control + functions relative to the NVDIMM command family supported by the + device + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/family +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Displays the NVDIMM family command sets. Values + 0, 1, 2 and 3 correspond to NVDIMM_FAMILY_INTEL, + NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE1, NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE2 and NVDIMM_FAMILY_MSFT + respectively. + + See the specifications for these command families here: + http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface-V1.6.pdf + https://github.com/HewlettPackard/hpe-nvm/blob/master/Documentation/ + https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt604741" + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/id +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) ACPI specification 6.2 section 5.2.25.9, defines an + identifier for an NVDIMM, which refelects the id attribute. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_vendor +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Sub-system vendor id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory + subsystem controller. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_rev_id +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Sub-system revision id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory subsystem + controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory subsystem + controller vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_device +Date: Apr, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.7 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) Sub-system device id for the NVDIMM non-volatile memory + subsystem controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory + subsystem controller vendor. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/revision +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) ACPI NFIT table revision number. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/scrub +Date: Sep, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.9 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RW) This shows the number of full Address Range Scrubs (ARS) + that have been completed since driver load time. Userspace can + wait on this using select/poll etc. A '+' at the end indicates + an ARS is in progress + + Writing a value of 1 triggers an ARS scan. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/hw_error_scrub +Date: Sep, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.9 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RW) Provides a way to toggle the behavior between just adding + the address (cache line) where the MCE happened to the poison + list and doing a full scrub. The former (selective insertion of + the address) is done unconditionally. + + This attribute can have the following values written to it: + + '0': Switch to the default mode where an exception will only + insert the address of the memory error into the poison and + badblocks lists. + '1': Enable a full scrub to happen if an exception for a memory + error is received. + + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/dsm_mask +Date: Jun, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.13 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) The bitmask indicates the supported bus specific control + functions. See the section named 'NVDIMM Root Device _DSMs' in + the ACPI specification. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/firmware_activate_noidle +Date: Apr, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RW) The Intel platform implementation of firmware activate + support exposes an option let the platform force idle devices in + the system over the activation event, or trust that the OS will + do it. The safe default is to let the platform force idle + devices since the kernel is already in a suspend state, and on + the chance that a driver does not properly quiesce bus-mastering + after a suspend callback the platform will handle it. However, + the activation might abort if, for example, platform firmware + determines that the activation time exceeds the max PCI-E + completion timeout. Since the platform does not know whether the + OS is running the activation from a suspend context it aborts, + but if the system owner trusts driver suspend callback to be + sufficient then 'firmware_activation_noidle' can be + enabled to bypass the activation abort. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/regionX/nfit/range_index +Date: Jun, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.2 +Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org +Description: + (RO) A unique number provided by the BIOS to identify an address + range. Used by NVDIMM Region Mapping Structure to uniquely refer + to this structure. Value of 0 is reserved and not used as an + index. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bff84a168 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nvdimm @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: nvdimm +Date: July 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> +Description: + +The libnvdimm sub-system implements a common sysfs interface for +platform nvdimm resources. See Documentation/driver-api/nvdimm/. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af31e5a22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-optee-devices @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/tee/devices/optee-ta-<uuid>/ +Date: May 2020 +KernelVersion 5.8 +Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org +Description: + OP-TEE bus provides reference to registered drivers under this directory. The <uuid> + matches Trusted Application (TA) driver and corresponding TA in secure OS. Drivers + are free to create needed API under optee-ta-<uuid> directory. + +What: /sys/bus/tee/devices/optee-ta-<uuid>/need_supplicant +Date: November 2023 +KernelVersion: 6.7 +Contact: op-tee@lists.trustedfirmware.org +Description: + Allows to distinguish whether an OP-TEE based TA/device requires user-space + tee-supplicant to function properly or not. This attribute will be present for + devices which depend on tee-supplicant to be running. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aa02bf2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-papr-pmem @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/flags +Date: Apr, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org, +Description: + (RO) Report flags indicating various states of a + papr-pmem NVDIMM device. Each flag maps to a one or + more bits set in the dimm-health-bitmap retrieved in + response to H_SCM_HEALTH hcall. The details of the bit + flags returned in response to this hcall is available + at 'Documentation/powerpc/papr_hcalls.rst' . Below are + the flags reported in this sysfs file: + + * "not_armed" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents will not + survive a power cycle. + * "flush_fail" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents + couldn't be flushed during last + shut-down event. + * "restore_fail" + Indicates that NVDIMM contents + couldn't be restored during NVDIMM + initialization. + * "encrypted" + NVDIMM contents are encrypted. + * "smart_notify" + There is health event for the NVDIMM. + * "scrubbed" + Indicating that contents of the + NVDIMM have been scrubbed. + * "locked" + Indicating that NVDIMM contents cant + be modified until next power cycle. + +What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/papr/perf_stats +Date: May, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: linuxppc-dev <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>, linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org, +Description: + (RO) Report various performance stats related to papr-scm NVDIMM + device. This attribute is only available for NVDIMM devices + that support reporting NVDIMM performance stats. Each stat is + reported on a new line with each line composed of a + stat-identifier followed by it value. Below are currently known + dimm performance stats which are reported: + + * "CtlResCt" : Controller Reset Count + * "CtlResTm" : Controller Reset Elapsed Time + * "PonSecs " : Power-on Seconds + * "MemLife " : Life Remaining + * "CritRscU" : Critical Resource Utilization + * "HostLCnt" : Host Load Count + * "HostSCnt" : Host Store Count + * "HostSDur" : Host Store Duration + * "HostLDur" : Host Load Duration + * "MedRCnt " : Media Read Count + * "MedWCnt " : Media Write Count + * "MedRDur " : Media Read Duration + * "MedWDur " : Media Write Duration + * "CchRHCnt" : Cache Read Hit Count + * "CchWHCnt" : Cache Write Hit Count + * "FastWCnt" : Fast Write Count diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77ad9ec3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause + the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at + this location. This is useful for overriding default + bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. + That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:: + + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind + + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause the + driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at + this location. This may be useful when overriding default + bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. + That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:: + + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind + + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP. That is Vendor ID, + Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, + Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID + and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id +Date: February 2009 +Contact: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM. That is Vendor ID, Device + ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class, + and Class Mask. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are + required, the rest are optional. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id + +What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and + re-discover previously removed devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_bus +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a zero value to this attribute disallows MSI and + MSI-X for any future drivers of the device. If the device + is a bridge, MSI and MSI-X will be disallowed for future + drivers of all child devices under the bridge. Drivers + must be reloaded for the new setting to take effect. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/ +Date: September, 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set + of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi + irq vector allocated to that device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N> +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> +Description: + This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by + the file is in (msi vs. msix) + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the bus and all child buses, + and re-discover devices removed earlier from this + part of the device tree. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all + child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier + from this part of the device tree. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset +Date: July 2009 +Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com> +Description: + Some devices allow an individual function to be reset + without affecting other functions in the same device. + For devices that have this support, a file named reset + will be present in sysfs. Writing 1 to this file + will perform reset. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org> +Description: + A file named vpd in a device directory will be a + binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the + device. It should follow the VPD format defined in + PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider + that some devices may have malformatted data. If the + underlying VPD has a writable section then the + corresponding section of this file will be writable. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV + capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the + Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV + capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it, + and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of + Physical Function this device depends on. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the + Physical Function this device associates with. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module +Date: June 2009 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver + module that manages the hotplug slot. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of + the PCI device. The attribute will be created only + if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device. + ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the + system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned name of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the + PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware + has given an instance number to the PCI device. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device. + The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given + an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number + will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS + type 41 device type instance also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned instance number of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com> +Description: + d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI + device can be put into D3Cold state. If it is cleared, the + device will never be put into D3Cold state. If it is set, the + device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are + satisfied too. Reading this attribute will show the current + value of d3cold_allowed bit. Writing this attribute will set + the value of d3cold_allowed bit. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com> +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read this file to determine the + maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical + function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported + in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs + element. Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the + value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs() + function. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com> +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read and write to this file to + determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual + Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this + file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF. + A number written to this file will enable the specified + number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the + file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number + of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written + should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs + file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would + write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values + are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not + valid. For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs + is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10 + when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When + specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written + to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the + device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo pci-stub > driver_override) and + may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device + will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to + opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as + "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, + there is no support for parsing delimiters. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../numa_node +Date: Oct 2014 +Contact: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com> +Description: + This file contains the NUMA node to which the PCI device is + attached, or -1 if the node is unknown. The initial value + comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware + source. If that is missing or incorrect, this file can be + written to override the node. In that case, please report + a firmware bug to the system vendor. Writing to this file + taints the kernel with TAINT_FIRMWARE_WORKAROUND, which + reduces the supportability of your system. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../revision +Date: November 2016 +Contact: Emil Velikov <emil.l.velikov@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the revision field of the PCI device. + The value comes from device config space. The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_drivers_autoprobe +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Bodong Wang<bodong@mellanox.com> +Description: + This file is associated with the PF of a device that + supports SR-IOV. It determines whether newly-enabled VFs + are immediately bound to a driver. It initially contains + 1, which means the kernel automatically binds VFs to a + compatible driver immediately after they are enabled. If + an application writes 0 to the file before enabling VFs, + the kernel will not bind VFs to a driver. + + A typical use case is to write 0 to this file, then enable + VFs, then assign the newly-created VFs to virtual machines. + Note that changing this file does not affect already- + enabled VFs. In this scenario, the user must first disable + the VFs, write 0 to sriov_drivers_autoprobe, then re-enable + the VFs. + + This is similar to /sys/bus/pci/drivers_autoprobe, but + affects only the VFs associated with a specific PF. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/size +Date: November 2017 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: + If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this + file contains the total amount of memory that the device + provides (in decimal). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/available +Date: November 2017 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: + If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this + file contains the amount of memory that has not been + allocated (in decimal). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/published +Date: November 2017 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: + If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this + file contains a '1' if the memory has been published for + use outside the driver that owns the device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/clkpm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l0s_aspm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_aspm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_1_aspm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_2_aspm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_1_pcipm + /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../link/l1_2_pcipm +Date: October 2019 +Contact: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> +Description: If ASPM is supported for an endpoint, these files can be + used to disable or enable the individual power management + states. Write y/1/on to enable, n/0/off to disable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats new file mode 100644 index 000000000..860db5303 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-aer_stats @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +PCIe Device AER statistics +-------------------------- + +These attributes show up under all the devices that are AER capable. These +statistical counters indicate the errors "as seen/reported by the device". +Note that this may mean that if an endpoint is causing problems, the AER +counters may increment at its link partner (e.g. root port) because the +errors may be "seen" / reported by the link partner and not the +problematic endpoint itself (which may report all counters as 0 as it never +saw any problems). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_correctable +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: List of correctable errors seen and reported by this + PCI device using ERR_COR. Note that since multiple errors may + be reported using a single ERR_COR message, thus + TOTAL_ERR_COR at the end of the file may not match the actual + total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_correctable + Receiver Error 2 + Bad TLP 0 + Bad DLLP 0 + RELAY_NUM Rollover 0 + Replay Timer Timeout 0 + Advisory Non-Fatal 0 + Corrected Internal Error 0 + Header Log Overflow 0 + TOTAL_ERR_COR 2 + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_fatal +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: List of uncorrectable fatal errors seen and reported by this + PCI device using ERR_FATAL. Note that since multiple errors may + be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus + TOTAL_ERR_FATAL at the end of the file may not match the actual + total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_fatal + Undefined 0 + Data Link Protocol 0 + Surprise Down Error 0 + Poisoned TLP 0 + Flow Control Protocol 0 + Completion Timeout 0 + Completer Abort 0 + Unexpected Completion 0 + Receiver Overflow 0 + Malformed TLP 0 + ECRC 0 + Unsupported Request 0 + ACS Violation 0 + Uncorrectable Internal Error 0 + MC Blocked TLP 0 + AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0 + TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0 + TOTAL_ERR_FATAL 0 + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_dev_nonfatal +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: List of uncorrectable nonfatal errors seen and reported by this + PCI device using ERR_NONFATAL. Note that since multiple errors + may be reported using a single ERR_FATAL message, thus + TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL at the end of the file may not match the + actual total of all the errors in the file. Sample output:: + + localhost /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1c.0 # cat aer_dev_nonfatal + Undefined 0 + Data Link Protocol 0 + Surprise Down Error 0 + Poisoned TLP 0 + Flow Control Protocol 0 + Completion Timeout 0 + Completer Abort 0 + Unexpected Completion 0 + Receiver Overflow 0 + Malformed TLP 0 + ECRC 0 + Unsupported Request 0 + ACS Violation 0 + Uncorrectable Internal Error 0 + MC Blocked TLP 0 + AtomicOp Egress Blocked 0 + TLP Prefix Blocked Error 0 + TOTAL_ERR_NONFATAL 0 + +PCIe Rootport AER statistics +---------------------------- + +These attributes show up under only the rootports (or root complex event +collectors) that are AER capable. These indicate the number of error messages as +"reported to" the rootport. Please note that the rootports also transmit +(internally) the ERR_* messages for errors seen by the internal rootport PCI +device, so these counters include them and are thus cumulative of all the error +messages on the PCI hierarchy originating at that root port. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_stats/aer_rootport_total_err_cor +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: Total number of ERR_COR messages reported to rootport. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_stats/aer_rootport_total_err_fatal +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: Total number of ERR_FATAL messages reported to rootport. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/aer_stats/aer_rootport_total_err_nonfatal +Date: July 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19.0 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org, rajatja@google.com +Description: Total number of ERR_NONFATAL messages reported to rootport. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f85db86d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-catpt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_version +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com> +Description: + Version of AudioDSP firmware ASoC catpt driver is + communicating with. + + Format: %d.%d.%d.%d, type:major:minor:build. + +What: /sys/devices/pci0000:00/<dev>/fw_info +Date: September 2020 +Contact: Cezary Rojewski <cezary.rojewski@intel.com> +Description: + Detailed AudioDSP firmware build information including + build hash and log-providers hash. This information is + obtained during initial handshake with firmware. + Format: %s. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92a94e106 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive + Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical + drive Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical + drive Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive + Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY +Date: March 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical + drive topology changes. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical + drive Y of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of + controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y + of controller X. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable +Date: February 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices + kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be + honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able + to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as + a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order + to work reliably. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/transport_mode +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed + in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the + controller has been placed in "performant mode". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c90d97a80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0 + controllers) are often implemented along with a set of + "companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers. When a + high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed + to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device + is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion + controller. + + Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect + at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the + connection to be routed to the companion controller. + That's what this file does. Writing a port number to the + file causes connections on that port to be routed to the + companion controller, and writing the negative of a port + number returns the port to normal operation. + + For example: To force the high-speed device attached to + port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed:: + + echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + To return the port to high-speed operation:: + + echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced + to the companion controller. + + Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they + may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they + may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub". This + mechanism will not work with such controllers. Also, it + cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to + connect at full speed. + + Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a + different sysfs directory. The location given above is + correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel + versions as well). + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d08f28dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-janz-cmodio @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/janz-cmodio/.../modulbus_number +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com> +Description: + Value representing the HEX switch S2 of the janz carrier board CMOD-IO or CAN-PCI2 + + Read-only: value of the configuration switch (0..15) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0088aba4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-xhci_hcd @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/xhci_hcd/.../dbc +Date: June 2017 +Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com> +Description: + xHCI compatible USB host controllers (i.e. super-speed + USB3 controllers) are often implemented with the Debug + Capability (DbC). It can present a debug device which + is fully compliant with the USB framework and provides + the equivalent of a very high performance full-duplex + serial link for debug purpose. + + The DbC debug device shares a root port with xHCI host. + When the DbC is enabled, the root port will be assigned + to the Debug Capability. Otherwise, it will be assigned + to xHCI. + + Writing "enable" to this attribute will enable the DbC + functionality and the shared root port will be assigned + to the DbC device. Writing "disable" to this attribute + will disable the DbC functionality and the shared root + port will roll back to the xHCI. + + Reading this attribute gives the state of the DbC. It + can be one of the following states: disabled, enabled, + initialized, connected, configured and stalled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform new file mode 100644 index 000000000..194ca700e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind + to the device. The override is specified by writing a string + to the driver_override file (echo vfio-platform > \ + driver_override) and may be cleared with an empty string + (echo > driver_override). This returns the device to standard + matching rules binding. Writing to driver_override does not + automatically unbind the device from its current driver or make + any attempt to automatically load the specified driver. If no + driver with a matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, + the device will not bind to any driver. This also allows + devices to opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override + name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in + the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../numa_node +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Barry Song <song.bao.hua@hisilicon.com> +Description: + This file contains the NUMA node to which the platform device + is attached. It won't be visible if the node is unknown. The + value comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware + source. Initial users for this file would be devices like + arm smmu which are populated by arm64 acpi_iort. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..634ea207a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii +Description: + For each RapidIO device, the RapidIO subsystem creates files in + an individual subdirectory with the following name format of + device_name "nn:d:iiii", where: + + ==== ======================================================== + nn two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the + device resides + d device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch + iiii four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for + switches + ==== ======================================================== + + For example, below is a list of device directories that + represents a typical RapidIO network with one switch, one host, + and two agent endpoints, as it is seen by the enumerating host + (with destID = 1):: + + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000 + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002 + /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001 + + NOTE: + An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a + sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 + is not shown in the list. + +Attributes Common for All RapidIO Devices +----------------------------------------- + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/did +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns the device identifier + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/vid +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns the device vendor identifier + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/device_rev +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns the device revision level + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_did +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns identifier for the assembly containing the device + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_rev +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns revision level of the assembly containing the + device + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_vid +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns vendor identifier of the assembly containing the + device + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/destid +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.3 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns device destination ID assigned by the enumeration + routine + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/lprev +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns name of previous device (switch) on the path to the + device that that owns this attribute + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/modalias +Date: Jul, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.11 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns the device modalias + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/config +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RW) Binary attribute to read from and write to the device + configuration registers using the RapidIO maintenance + transactions. This attribute is similar in behaviour to the + "config" attribute of PCI devices and provides an access to the + RapidIO device registers using standard file read and write + operations. + +RapidIO Switch Device Attributes +-------------------------------- + +RapidIO switches have additional attributes in sysfs. RapidIO subsystem supports +common and device-specific sysfs attributes for switches. Because switches are +integrated into the RapidIO subsystem, it offers a method to create +device-specific sysfs attributes by specifying a callback function that may be +set by the switch initialization routine during enumeration or discovery +process. + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/routes +Date: Nov, 2005 +KernelVersion: v2.6.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) reports switch routing information in "destID port" format. + This attribute reports only valid routing table entries, one + line for each entry. + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/destid +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.3 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) device destination ID of the associated device that defines + a route to the switch + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/hopcount +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) number of hops on the path to the switch + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/lnext +Date: Mar, 2011 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) returns names of devices linked to the switch except one of + a device linked to the ingress port (reported as "lprev"). This + is an array names with number of lines equal to number of ports + in switch. If a switch port has no attached device, returns + "null" instead of a device name. + +Device-specific Switch Attributes +--------------------------------- + +IDT_GEN2- + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/errlog +Date: Oct, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) reads contents of device error log until it is empty. + +RapidIO Bus Attributes +---------------------- + +What: /sys/bus/rapidio/scan +Date: May, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.11 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (WO) Allows to trigger enumeration discovery process from user + space. To initiate an enumeration or discovery process on + specific mport device, a user needs to write mport_ID (not + RapidIO destination ID) into this file. The mport_ID is a + sequential number (0 ... RIO_MAX_MPORTS) assigned to the mport + device. For example, for a machine with a single RapidIO + controller, mport_ID for that controller always will be 0. To + initiate RapidIO enumeration/discovery on all available mports a + user must write '-1' (or RIO_MPORT_ANY) into this attribute + file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..417a2fe21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rbd/add +Date: Oct, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (WO) Add rbd block device. + + Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>] + + Example:: + + $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add + + The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image + read/write. A <dev-id> will be assigned for any registered block + device. If snapshot is used, it will be mapped read-only. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove +Date: Oct, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (WO) Remove rbd block device. + + Usage: <dev-id> [force] + + Example:: + + $ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove + + Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for + running requests and then unmap the image. Requests sent to the + driver after initiating the removal will be failed. (August + 2016, since 4.9.) + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major +Date: Dec, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (WO) Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present, this + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is available + will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major +Date: Dec, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (WO) Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present, this + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is + available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/supported_features +Date: Mar, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (RO) Displays the features supported by the rbd module so that + userspace can generate meaningful error messages and spell out + unsupported features that need to be disabled. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/size +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/major +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/client_id +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/name +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/refresh +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/current_snap +Date: Oct, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + + ============== ================================================ + size (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block + device. + + major (RO) The block device major number. + + client_id (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned + for this specific session. + + pool (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd + image resides. An rbd image name is unique + within its pool. + + name (RO) The name of the rbd image. + + refresh (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image + header data and set all relevant data structures + accordingly. + + current_snap (RO) The current snapshot for which the device + is mapped. + ============== ================================================ + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool_id +Date: Jul, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.6 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (RO) The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is a + permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never change. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/image_id +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/features +Date: Oct, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.7 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + ========= =============================================== + image_id (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd + image format 1 this is empty.) + + features (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits + for this image. + ========= =============================================== + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/parent +Date: Nov, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.8 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (RO) Information identifying the chain of parent images in a + layered rbd image. Entries are separated by empty lines. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/minor +Date: Dec, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + (RO) The block device minor number. + + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_id +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/config_info +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/cluster_fsid +What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/client_addr +Date: Aug, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.9 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + ============ ================================================ + snap_id (RO) The current snapshot's id. + + config_info (RO) The string written into + /sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}. + + cluster_fsid (RO) The ceph cluster UUID. + + client_addr (RO) The ceph unique client + entity_addr_t (address + nonce). The format is + <address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or + '[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'. + ============ ================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..990fcc420 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name, + which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in + rpmsg.h). + + This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel. + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver). + + This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this + channel). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity. + + This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that + is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the + remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server, + and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent + from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single + remote entity). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see + /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local + ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg + address. + + A channel is first created when an entity, whether local + or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus + called an rpmsg server). + + When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent + to the other processor, in order to let it know about the + creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they + can start sending messages). + + This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local + server channel that is announced (values are either + true or false). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see + /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local + ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg + address. + + The listening entity (or client) which communicates with a + remote processor is referred as rpmsg driver. The rpmsg device + and rpmsg driver are matched based on rpmsg device name and + rpmsg driver ID table. + + This sysfs entry allows the rpmsg driver for a rpmsg device + to be specified which will override standard OF, ID table + and name matching. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50e80238f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-siox @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/active +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + On reading represents the current state of the bus. If it + contains a "0" the bus is stopped and connected devices are + expected to not do anything because their watchdog triggered. + When the file contains a "1" the bus is operated and periodically + does a push-pull cycle to write and read data from the + connected devices. + + When writing a "0" or "1" the bus moves to the described state. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_add +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Write-only file. Write + + <type> <inbytes> <outbytes> <statustype> + + to add a new device dynamically. <type> is the name that is used to match + to a driver (similar to the platform bus). <inbytes> and <outbytes> define + the length of the input and output shift register in bytes respectively. + + <statustype> defines the 4 bit device type that is check to identify connection + problems. + + The new device is added to the end of the existing chain. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/device_remove +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Write-only file. A single write removes the last device in the siox chain. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X/poll_interval_ns +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Defines the interval between two poll cycles in nano seconds. + Note this is rounded to jiffies on writing. On reading the current value + is returned. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/connected +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value. "0" means the Yth device on siox bus X isn't "connected" i.e. + communication with it is not ensured. "1" signals a working connection. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/inbytes +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting the inbytes value provided to siox-X/device_add + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/status_errors +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Counts the number of time intervals when the read status byte doesn't yield the + expected value. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/type +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting the type value provided to siox-X/device_add. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/watchdog +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting if the watchdog of the siox device is + active. "0" means the watchdog is not active and the device is expected to + be operational. "1" means the watchdog keeps the device in reset. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/watchdog_errors +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting the number to time intervals when the + watchdog was active. + +What: /sys/bus/siox/devices/siox-X-Y/outbytes +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Thorsten Scherer <t.scherer@eckelmann.de>, Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Read-only value reporting the outbytes value provided to siox-X/device_add. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46ef038d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-master @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/revision + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_stop_modes + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_freq + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/clk_gears + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_col + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_frame_rate + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/default_row + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/dynamic_shape + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/err_threshold + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw-master-N/max_clk_freq + +Date: April 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Master-N DisCo properties. + These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification + for SoundWire. They define various properties of the Master + and are used by the bus to configure the Master. clk_stop_modes + is a bitmask for simplifications and combines the + clock-stop-mode0 and clock-stop-mode1 properties. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d324aa0b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-soundwire-slave @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../status + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../device_number + +Date: September 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Slave status + + These properties report the Slave status, e.g. if it + is UNATTACHED or not, and in the latter case show the + device_number. This status information is useful to + detect devices exposed by platform firmware but not + physically present on the bus, and conversely devices + not exposed in platform firmware but enumerated. + +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/mipi_revision + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/wake_capable + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/test_mode_capable + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/clk_stop_mode1 + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/simple_clk_stop_capable + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/clk_stop_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/ch_prep_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/reset_behave + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/high_PHY_capable + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/paging_support + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/bank_delay_support + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/p15_behave + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/master_count + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/source_ports + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dev-properties/sink_ports + +Date: May 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Slave DisCo properties. + These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification + for SoundWire. They define various properties of the + SoundWire Slave and are used by the bus to configure + the Slave + + +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/max_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/min_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/words + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/BRA_flow_controlled + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/simple_ch_prep_sm + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dp0/imp_def_interrupts + +Date: May 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Slave Data Port-0 DisCo properties. + These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification + for the SoundWire. They define various properties of the + Data port 0 are used by the bus to configure the Data Port 0. + + +What: /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/min_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/words + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/type + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_grouping + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/simple_ch_prep_sm + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/ch_prep_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/imp_def_interrupts + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/min_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/channels + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/ch_combinations + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/max_async_buffer + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/block_pack_mode + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_src/port_encoding + + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/min_word + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/words + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/type + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_grouping + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/simple_ch_prep_sm + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/ch_prep_timeout + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/imp_def_interrupts + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/min_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_ch + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/channels + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/ch_combinations + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/max_async_buffer + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/block_pack_mode + /sys/bus/soundwire/devices/sdw:.../dpN_sink/port_encoding + +Date: May 2020 + +Contact: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@linux.intel.com> + Bard Liao <yung-chuan.liao@linux.intel.com> + Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> + +Description: SoundWire Slave Data Source/Sink Port-N DisCo properties. + These properties are defined by MIPI DisCo Specification + for SoundWire. They define various properties of the + Source/Sink Data port N and are used by the bus to configure + the Data Port N. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b4ab9e4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/boot_acl +Date: Jun 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: Holds a comma separated list of device unique_ids that + are allowed to be connected automatically during system + startup (e.g boot devices). The list always contains + maximum supported number of unique_ids where unused + entries are empty. This allows the userspace software + to determine how many entries the controller supports. + If there are multiple controllers, each controller has + its own ACL list and size may be different between the + controllers. + + System BIOS may have an option "Preboot ACL" or similar + that needs to be selected before this list is taken into + consideration. + + Software always updates a full list in each write. + + If a device is authorized automatically during boot its + boot attribute is set to 1. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/iommu_dma_protection +Date: Mar 2019 +KernelVersion: 4.21 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute tells whether the system uses IOMMU + for DMA protection. Value of 1 means IOMMU is used 0 means + it is not (DMA protection is solely based on Thunderbolt + security levels). + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/security +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level + set by the system BIOS. Possible values are: + + ======= ================================================== + none All devices are automatically authorized + user Devices are only authorized based on writing + appropriate value to the authorized attribute + secure Require devices that support secure connect at + minimum. User needs to authorize each device. + dponly Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No + PCIe tunnels are created. + usbonly Automatically tunnel USB controller of the + connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All + PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed. + ======= ================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute is used to authorize Thunderbolt devices + after they have been connected. If the device is not + authorized, no devices such as PCIe and Display port are + available to the system. + + Contents of this attribute will be 0 when the device is not + yet authorized. + + Possible values are supported: + + == =========================================== + 1 The device will be authorized and connected + == =========================================== + + When key attribute contains 32 byte hex string the possible + values are: + + == ======================================================== + 1 The 32 byte hex string is added to the device NVM and + the device is authorized. + 2 Send a challenge based on the 32 byte hex string. If the + challenge response from device is valid, the device is + authorized. In case of failure errno will be ENOKEY if + the device did not contain a key at all, and + EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match. + == ======================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot +Date: Jun 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute contains 1 if Thunderbolt device was already + authorized on boot and 0 otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../generation +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Christian Kellner <christian@kellner.me> +Description: This attribute contains the generation of the Thunderbolt + controller associated with the device. It will contain 4 + for USB4. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../key +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: When a devices supports Thunderbolt secure connect it will + have this attribute. Writing 32 byte hex string changes + authorization to use the secure connection method instead. + Writing an empty string clears the key and regular connection + method can be used again. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../device +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute contains id of this device extracted from + the device DROM. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../device_name +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute contains name of this device extracted from + the device DROM. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../rx_speed +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute reports the device RX speed per lane. + All RX lanes run at the same speed. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../rx_lanes +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute reports number of RX lanes the device is + using simultaneusly through its upstream port. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../tx_speed +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute reports the TX speed per lane. + All TX lanes run at the same speed. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../tx_lanes +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: This attribute reports number of TX lanes the device is + using simultaneusly through its upstream port. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../vendor +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute contains vendor id of this device extracted + from the device DROM. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../vendor_name +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute contains vendor name of this device extracted + from the device DROM. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../unique_id +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute contains unique_id string of this device. + This is either read from hardware registers (UUID on + newer hardware) or based on UID from the device DROM. + Can be used to uniquely identify particular device. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_version +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: If the device has upgradeable firmware the version + number is available here. Format: %x.%x, major.minor. + If the device is in safe mode reading the file returns + -ENODATA instead as the NVM version is not available. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM + area (through non_activeX NVMem device), the + authentication procedure is started by writing to + this file. + If everything goes well, the device is + restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image + verification fails an error code is returned instead. + + This file will accept writing values "1" or "2" + + - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage + area and authenticate the image in one action. + - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image + and flush it to the storage area. + + When read holds status of the last authentication + operation if an error occurred during the process. This + is directly the status value from the DMA configuration + based mailbox before the device is power cycled. Writing + 0 here clears the status. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/key +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This contains name of the property directory the XDomain + service exposes. This entry describes the protocol in + question. Following directories are already reserved by + the Apple XDomain specification: + + ======== =============================================== + network IP/ethernet over Thunderbolt + targetdm Target disk mode protocol over Thunderbolt + extdisp External display mode protocol over Thunderbolt + ======== =============================================== + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/modalias +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent for + the XDomain service. Format: tbtsvc:kSpNvNrN + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcid +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This contains XDomain protocol identifier the XDomain + service supports. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcvers +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This contains XDomain protocol version the XDomain + service supports. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcrevs +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This contains XDomain software version the XDomain + service supports. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<xdomain>.<service>/prtcstns +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This contains XDomain service specific settings as + bitmask. Format: %x + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/device +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Retimer device identifier read from the hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/nvm_authenticate +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: When new NVM image is written to the non-active NVM + area (through non_activeX NVMem device), the + authentication procedure is started by writing 1 to + this file. If everything goes well, the device is + restarted with the new NVM firmware. If the image + verification fails an error code is returned instead. + + When read holds status of the last authentication + operation if an error occurred during the process. + Format: %x. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/nvm_version +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Holds retimer NVM version number. Format: %x.%x, major.minor. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/<device>:<port>.<index>/vendor +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com> +Description: Retimer vendor identifier read from the hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../nvm_authenticate_on_disconnect +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.9 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Description: For supported devices, automatically authenticate the new Thunderbolt + image when the device is disconnected from the host system. + + This file will accept writing values "1" or "2" + + - Writing "1" will flush the image to the storage + area and prepare the device for authentication on disconnect. + - Writing "2" will run some basic validation on the image + and flush it to the storage area. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..205d9c91e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../active +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows if the mode is active or not. The attribute can be used + for entering/exiting the mode. Entering/exiting modes is + supported as synchronous operation so write(2) to the attribute + does not return until the enter/exit mode operation has + finished. The attribute is notified when the mode is + entered/exited so poll(2) on the attribute wakes up. + Entering/exiting a mode will also generate uevent KOBJ_CHANGE. + + Valid values are boolean. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../description +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows description of the mode. The description is optional for + the drivers, just like with the Billboard Devices. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../mode +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The index number of the mode returned by Discover Modes USB + Power Delivery command. Depending on the alternate mode, the + mode index may be significant. + + With some alternate modes (SVIDs), the mode index is assigned + for specific functionality in the specification for that + alternate mode. + + With other alternate modes, the mode index values are not + assigned, and can not be therefore used for identification. When + the mode index is not assigned, identifying the alternate mode + must be done with either mode VDO or the description. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../svid +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The Standard or Vendor ID (SVID) assigned by USB-IF for this + alternate mode. + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../vdo +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the VDO in hexadecimal returned by Discover Modes command + for this mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..948fec412 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/umc/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI) + specification describes a PCI-based device with + multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface + Controller (UMC). + + The umc bus presents each of the individual + capabilties as a device. + +What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio + controller capability. + +What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The specification version this capability's hardware + interface complies with. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73eb23bc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/INTERFACE/authorized +Date: August 2015 +Description: + This allows to authorize (1) or deauthorize (0) + individual interfaces instead a whole device + in contrast to the device authorization. + If a deauthorized interface will be authorized + so the driver probing must be triggered manually + by writing INTERFACE to /sys/bus/usb/drivers_probe + This allows to avoid side-effects with drivers + that need multiple interfaces. + + A deauthorized interface cannot be probed or claimed. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbX/interface_authorized_default +Date: August 2015 +Description: + This is used as value that determines if interfaces + would be authorized by default. + The value can be 1 or 0. It's by default 1. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Authorized devices are available for use by device + drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired + USB devices are authorized. + + Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized + initially and should be (by writing 1) after the + device has been authenticated. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the + authentication of the device. The CK is 16 + space-separated hex octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect + (equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device). + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct + The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the + rest is optional. The `Ref*` tuple can be used to tell the + driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as + it is used for the reference device. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example:: + + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from + an already supported device (0458:704c):: + + # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Reading from this file will list all dynamically added + device IDs in the same format, with one entry per + line. For example:: + + # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + 8086 10f5 + dead beef 06 + f00d cafe + + The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to + sysfs restrictions. + +What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the + extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that + difference, all descriptions from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id +Date: November 2009 +Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg> +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example: + # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id + + Reading from this file will list the dynamically added + device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device is plugged + in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will perform a LPM + test; if the test is passed and host supports USB2 hardware LPM + (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will be enabled for the + device and the USB device directory will contain a file named + power/usb2_hardware_lpm. The file holds a string value (enable + or disable) indicating whether or not USB2 hardware LPM is + enabled for the device. Developer can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to + the file to enable/disable the feature. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1 + /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2 +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Kevin Strasser <kevin.strasser@linux.intel.com> + Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 3.0 lpm-capable device is plugged + in to a xHCI host which supports link PM, it will check if U1 + and U2 exit latencies have been set in the BOS descriptor; if + the check is passed and the host supports USB3 hardware LPM, + USB3 hardware LPM will be enabled for the device and the USB + device directory will contain two files named + power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1 and power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2. These + files hold a string value (enable or disable) indicating whether + or not USB3 hardware LPM U1 or U2 is enabled for the device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance + Messaging (LTM). They indicate their support by setting a bit + in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors. + If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes". + If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no". + The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will + always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX + is usb port device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> +Description: + Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI. + This attribute is to expose these information to user space. + The file will read "hotplug", "hardwired" and "not used" if the + information is available, and "unknown" otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/location +Date: October 2018 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Some platforms provide usb port physical location through + firmware. This is used by the kernel to pair up logical ports + mapping to the same physical connector. The attribute exposes the + raw location value as a hex integer. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/quirks +Date: May 2018 +Contact: Nicolas Boichat <drinkcat@chromium.org> +Description: + In some cases, we care about time-to-active for devices + connected on a specific port (e.g. non-standard USB port like + pogo pins), where the device to be connected is known in + advance, and behaves well according to the specification. + This attribute is a bit-field that controls the behavior of + a specific port: + + - Bit 0 of this field selects the "old" enumeration scheme, + as it is considerably faster (it only causes one USB reset + instead of 2). + + The old enumeration scheme can also be selected globally + using /sys/module/usbcore/parameters/old_scheme_first, but + it is often not desirable as the new scheme was introduced to + increase compatibility with more devices. + - Bit 1 reduces TRSTRCY to the 10 ms that are required by the + USB 2.0 specification, instead of the 50 ms that are normally + used to help make enumeration work better on some high speed + devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/over_current_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Richard Leitner <richard.leitner@skidata.com> +Description: + Most hubs are able to detect over-current situations on their + ports and report them to the kernel. This attribute is to expose + the number of over-current situation occurred on a specific port + to user space. This file will contain an unsigned 32 bit value + which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached. This file supports + poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space. + + Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a + udev event with the following attributes:: + + OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX + OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute] + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit +Date: November 2015 +Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Some USB3.0 devices are not friendly to USB3 LPM. usb3_lpm_permit + attribute allows enabling/disabling usb3 lpm of a port. It takes + effect both before and after a usb device is enumerated. Supported + values are "0" if both u1 and u2 are NOT permitted, "u1" if only u1 + is permitted, "u2" if only u2 is permitted, "u1_u2" if both u1 and + u2 are permitted. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 2.0 devices may support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state. The usb2_lpm_l1_timeout attribute allows + tuning the timeout for L1 inactivity timer (LPM timer), e.g. + needed inactivity time before host requests the device to go to L1 sleep. + Useful for power management tuning. + Supported values are 0 - 65535 microseconds. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_besl +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 2.0 devices that support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state now use a best effort service latency value (BESL) to + indicate the best effort to resumption of service to the device after the + initiation of the resume event. + If the device does not have a preferred besl value then the host can select + one instead. This usb2_lpm_besl attribute allows to tune the host selected besl + value in order to tune power saving and service latency. + + Supported values are 0 - 15. + More information on how besl values map to microseconds can be found in + USB 2.0 ECN Errata for Link Power Management, section 4.10) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../rx_lanes +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Number of rx lanes the device is using. + USB 3.2 adds Dual-lane support, 2 rx and 2 tx lanes over Type-C. + Inter-Chip SSIC devices support asymmetric lanes up to 4 lanes per + direction. Devices before USB 3.2 are single lane (rx_lanes = 1) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../tx_lanes +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Number of tx lanes the device is using. + USB 3.2 adds Dual-lane support, 2 rx and 2 tx -lanes over Type-C. + Inter-Chip SSIC devices support asymmetric lanes up to 4 lanes per + direction. Devices before USB 3.2 are single lane (tx_lanes = 1) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f86e4223 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered. + A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the devices display mode. + For a 6 character display the values are + + MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and + + for an 8 character display the values are + + MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer. + raw: each character controls its segment manually + hex: each character is between 0-15 + ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../text +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: The text (or data) for the device to display + +What: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the decimal places on the device. + To set the nth decimal place, give this field + the value of ``10 ** n``. Assume this field has + the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set, + to set the mth place (where m is not already set), + change this fields value to ``k + 10 ** m``. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee0046dc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Link Layer Validation Device is a standard device for testing of Super +Speed Link Layer tests. These nodes are available in sysfs only when lvs +driver is bound with root hub device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor" + for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation + device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../enable_compliance +Date: July 2017 +Description: + Write to this node to set the port to compliance mode to test + with Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.34. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../warm_reset +Date: July 2017 +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Warm Reset" for Link Layer Validation + device. It may be needed to properly reset an xHCI 1.1 host port if + compliance mode needed to be explicitly enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59fc80426 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vfio-mdev @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +What: /sys/.../<device>/mdev_supported_types/ +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This directory contains list of directories of currently + supported mediated device types and their details for + <device>. Supported type attributes are defined by the + vendor driver who registers with Mediated device framework. + Each supported type is a directory whose name is created + by adding the device driver string as a prefix to the + string provided by the vendor driver. + +What: /sys/.../<device>/mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/ +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This directory gives details of supported type, like name, + description, available_instances, device_api etc. + 'device_api' and 'available_instances' are mandatory + attributes to be provided by vendor driver. 'name', + 'description' and other vendor driver specific attributes + are optional. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/create +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Writing UUID to this file will create mediated device of + type <type-id> for parent device <device>. This is a + write-only file. + For example:: + + # echo "83b8f4f2-509f-382f-3c1e-e6bfe0fa1001" > \ + /sys/devices/foo/mdev_supported_types/foo-1/create + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/devices/ +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This directory contains symbolic links pointing to mdev + devices sysfs entries which are created of this <type-id>. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/available_instances +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Reading this attribute will show the number of mediated + devices of type <type-id> that can be created. This is a + readonly file. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in creating mediated + device of that type. Userspace application should check + the number of available instances could be created before + creating mediated device of this type. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/device_api +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Reading this attribute will show VFIO device API supported + by this type. For example, "vfio-pci" for a PCI device, + "vfio-platform" for platform device. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/name +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Reading this attribute will show human readable name of the + mediated device that will get created of type <type-id>. + This is optional attribute. For example: "Grid M60-0Q" +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the name of + a particular <type-id> that can help in understanding the + type of mediated device. + +What: /sys/.../mdev_supported_types/<type-id>/description +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Reading this attribute will show description of the type of + mediated device that will get created of type <type-id>. + This is optional attribute. For example: + "2 heads, 512M FB, 2560x1600 maximum resolution" +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the details of + a particular <type-id> that can help in understanding the + features provided by that type of mediated device. + +What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/ +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This directory represents device directory of mediated + device. It contains all the attributes related to mediated + device. + +What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/mdev_type +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + This is symbolic link pointing to supported type, <type-id> + directory of which this mediated device is created. + +What: /sys/.../<device>/<UUID>/remove +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com> +Description: + Writing '1' to this file destroys the mediated device. The + vendor driver can fail the remove() callback if that device + is active and the vendor driver doesn't support hot unplug. + Example:: + + # echo 1 > /sys/bus/mdev/devices/<UUID>/remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91e6c0659 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/.../driver_override +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When + specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written + to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the + device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo uio_hv_generic > driver_override) and + may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device + will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to + opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as + "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, + there is no support for parsing delimiters. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7b8cf6e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +What: /sys/class/c2port/ +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the C2 port interface. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th + C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to + manage and control its C2 port. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access + to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent + till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID + of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the + access to the on-board flash of the connected micro. + No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show + the on-board flash block size of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show + the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export + the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute + the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected + micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset" + command on the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID + of the connected micro. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df0f7828c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency +Date: March 2012 +contact: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency only exists + when the user sets cfq to /sys/block/<device>/scheduler. + It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will + use it to calculate the time slice used for every task. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class new file mode 100644 index 000000000..676530fcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/ +Date: Febuary 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of + subdirectories describing individual classes of devices + in the kernel. The individual directories will consist + of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other + directories. + + All programs that use this directory tree must be able + to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to + work properly. + +Users: + udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fc86401b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/scale +Date: July 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Daniel Thompson <daniel.thompson@linaro.org> +Description: + Description of the scale of the brightness curve. + + The human eye senses brightness approximately logarithmically, + hence linear changes in brightness are perceived as being + non-linear. To achieve a linear perception of brightness changes + controls like sliders need to apply a logarithmic mapping for + backlights with a linear brightness curve. + + Possible values of the attribute are: + + unknown + The scale of the brightness curve is unknown. + + linear + The brightness changes linearly with each step. Brightness + controls should apply a logarithmic mapping for a linear + perception. + + non-linear + The brightness changes non-linearly with each step. Brightness + controls should use a linear mapping for a linear perception. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> +Description: + (RO) Get conversion value of the light sensor. + + The value is automatically updated every 80 ms when the + light sensor is enabled. + + The value range is device-driver specific: + + For ADP8870: + + It returns integer between 0 (dark) and 8000 (max ambient + brightness). + + For ADP8860: + + It returns a 13-bits integer. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>, + device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org + +Description: + (RW) Read or write the specific brightness level at which the + backlight operates. + + The value meaning is device-driver specific: + + For ADP8860: + + == ========================== + 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA + 1 Level 1: daylight + 2 Level 2: bright + 3 Level 3: dark + == ========================== + + For ADP8870: + + == ========================== + 0 Off: Backlight set to 0 mA + 1 Level 1: daylight + 2 Level 2: bright + 3 Level 3: office + 4 Level 4: indoor + 5 Level 5: dark + == ========================== + + Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level + operation. + + It can be enabled by writing the value stored in + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34b6ebafa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +sysfs interface for analog devices adp5520(01) backlight driver +--------------------------------------------------------------- + +The backlight brightness control operates at three different levels for the +adp5520 and adp5501 devices: daylight (level 1), office (level 2) and dark +(level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness level. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_max +Date: Sep, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.32 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> +Description: + (RW) Maximum current setting for the backlight when brightness + is at one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This + is an input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a + value between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear + algorithms. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_dim +Date: Sep, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.32 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> +Description: + (RW) Dim current setting for the backlight when brightness is at + one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This is an + input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a value + between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear algorithms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6610ac73f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860 @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +sysfs interface for analog devices adp8860 backlight driver +----------------------------------------------------------- + +The backlight brightness control operates at three different levels for the +adp8860, adp8861 and adp8863 devices: daylight (level 1), office (level 2) and +dark (level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness +level. + +See also /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level and +/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone. + + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_max +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> +Description: + (RW) Maximum current setting for the backlight when brightness + is at one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This + is an input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a + value between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear + algorithms. + + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_dim +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com> +Description: + (RW) Dim current setting for the backlight when brightness is at + one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This is an + input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a value + between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear algorithms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b08ca912c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +See also /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level and +/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file + will also show the brightness level stored for this + <ambient light zone>. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically + set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled. + This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for + this <ambient light zone>. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8251e78ab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the ALS output channel used as input in + ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where: + + == ========================== + 0 out_current0 (backlight 0) + 1 out_current1 (backlight 1) + == ========================== + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this backlight (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where: + + == ================ + 0 exponential mode + 1 linear mode + == ================ + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where: + + ===== =========================== + bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 PWM-input enabled + ===== =========================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7e92a82e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639 @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +sysfs interface for Texas Instruments lm3639 backlight + flash led driver chip +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bled_mode +Date: Oct, 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org +Description: + (WO) Write to the backlight mapping mode. The backlight current + can be mapped for either exponential (value "0") or linear + mapping modes (default). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5402bd74b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/ +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: + +Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object. This allows +setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables. + +The <bdi> identifier can be either of the following: + +MAJOR:MINOR + + Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on + non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS + and FUSE. + +MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk + + Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems. + +default + + The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed + filesystems which do not provide their own BDI. + +Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/ + +read_ahead_kb (read-write) + + Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes + +min_ratio (read-write) + + Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the + total write-back cache that relates to its current average + writeout speed in relation to the other devices. + + The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum + percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device. + For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS. + +max_ratio (read-write) + + Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the + given percentage of the write-back cache. This is useful in + situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or + most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS + mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot + be trusted to play fair. + +stable_pages_required (read-only) + + If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write + request must not be changed until writeout is complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bf145d32 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_size +Date: Jul, 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>, + Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + (RO) Size of the barrier-synchronization register (BSR) + register in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_length +Date: Jul, 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>, + Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + (RO) The length of memory region that can be mapped in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_stride +Date: Jul, 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>, + Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + (RO) The stride or the interval at which the allocated BSR bytes + repeat within the mapping. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74ece9427 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/flashinfo +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Show the EC flash information. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/kb_wake_angle +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Description: + Control the keyboard wake lid angle. Values are between + 0 and 360. This file will also show the keyboard wake lid + angle by querying the hardware. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/reboot +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Tell the EC to reboot in various ways. Options are: + + - "cancel": Cancel a pending reboot. + - "ro": Jump to RO without rebooting. + - "rw": Jump to RW without rebooting. + - "cold": Cold reboot. + - "disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot. + - "hibernate": Hibernate the EC. + - "at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/version +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Show the information about the EC software and hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57a037791 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/brightness +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Writing to this file adjusts the overall brightness of + the lightbar, separate from any color intensity. The + valid range is 0 (off) to 255 (maximum brightness). + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/interval_msec +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + The lightbar is controlled by an embedded controller (EC), + which also manages the keyboard, battery charging, fans, + and other system hardware. To prevent unprivileged users + from interfering with the other EC functions, the rate at + which the lightbar control files can be read or written is + limited. + + Reading this file will return the number of milliseconds + that must elapse between accessing any of the lightbar + functions through this interface. Going faster will simply + block until the necessary interval has lapsed. The interval + applies uniformly to all accesses of any kind by any user. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/led_rgb +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + This allows you to control each LED segment. If the + lightbar is already running one of the automatic + sequences, you probably won’t see anything change because + your color setting will be almost immediately replaced. + To get useful results, you should stop the lightbar + sequence first. + + The values written to this file are sets of four integers, + indicating LED, RED, GREEN, BLUE. The LED number is 0 to 3 + to select a single segment, or 4 to set all four segments + to the same value at once. The RED, GREEN, and BLUE + numbers should be in the range 0 (off) to 255 (maximum). + You can update more than one segment at a time by writing + more than one set of four integers. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/program +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + This allows you to upload and run custom lightbar sequences. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/sequence +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + The Pixel lightbar has a number of built-in sequences + that it displays under various conditions, such as at + power on, shut down, or while running. Reading from this + file displays the current sequence that the lightbar is + displaying. Writing to this file allows you to change the + sequence. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/userspace_control +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + This allows you to take the control of the lightbar. This + prevents the kernel from going through its normal + sequences. + +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/version +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Description: + Show the information about the lightbar version. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38c5aaaaa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/vbc/vboot_context +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Description: + Read/write the verified boot context data included on a + small nvram space on some EC implementations. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..818f55970 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +Please note that attributes that are shared between devices are stored in +the directory pointed to by the symlink device/. +For example, the real path of the attribute /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/irqs_max is +/sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/device/irqs_max, i.e. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/irqs_max. + + +Slave contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s): + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/afu_err_buf +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + AFU Error Buffer contents. The contents of this file are + application specific and depends on the AFU being used. + Applications interacting with the AFU can use this attribute + to know about the current error condition and take appropriate + action like logging the event etc. + + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_max +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Decimal value of maximum number of interrupts that can be + requested by userspace. The default on probe is the maximum + that hardware can support (eg. 2037). Write values will limit + userspace applications to that many userspace interrupts. Must + be >= irqs_min. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_min +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the minimum number of interrupts that + userspace must request on a CXL_START_WORK ioctl. Userspace may + omit the num_interrupts field in the START_WORK IOCTL to get + this minimum automatically. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mmio_size +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped + by userspace. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/modes_supported +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + List of the modes this AFU supports. One per line. + Valid entries are: "dedicated_process" and "afu_directed" +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mode +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + The current mode the AFU is using. Will be one of the modes + given in modes_supported. Writing will change the mode + provided that no user contexts are attached. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/prefault_mode +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Set the mode for prefaulting in segments into the segment table + when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Only applicable when + running under hashed page table mmu. + Possible values: + + ======================= ====================================== + none No prefaulting (default) + work_element_descriptor Treat the work element + descriptor as an effective address and + prefault what it points to. + all all segments process calling + START_WORK maps. + ======================= ====================================== + +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + Writing 1 here will reset the AFU provided there are not + contexts active on the AFU. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the current version of the kernel/user API. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_compatible +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the the lowest version of the userspace API + this this kernel supports. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + + +AFU configuration records (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/cr0): + +An AFU may optionally export one or more PCIe like configuration records, known +as AFU configuration records, which will show up here (if present). + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the vendor ID found in this AFU + configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/device +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU + configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/class +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the class code found in this AFU + configuration record. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/config +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + This binary file provides raw access to the AFU configuration + record. The format is expected to match the either the standard + or extended configuration space defined by the PCIe + specification. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + + + +Master contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0m) + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/mmio_size +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped + by userspace. This includes all slave contexts space also. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_len +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off (not in a guest) +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space offset. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + + +Card info (eg. /sys/class/cxl/card0) + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/caia_version +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the CAIA Version the card implements. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_revision +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the revision level of the PSL. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image (not in a guest) +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the revision level of the base image for devices + that support loadable PSLs. For FPGAs this field identifies + the image contained in the on-adapter flash which is loaded + during the initial program load. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded (not in a guest) +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded + onto the card. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst (not in a guest) +Date: December 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Valid entries are "none", "user", and "factory". + "none" means PERST will not cause image to be loaded to the + card. A power cycle is required to load the image. + "none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays + are preserved. + + "user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or + user or factory image to be loaded. + Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has + loaded. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/reset +Date: October 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + Writing 1 will issue a PERST to card provided there are no + contexts active on any one of the card AFUs. This may cause + the card to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst. + Writing -1 will do a force PERST irrespective of any active + contexts on the card AFUs. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/perst_reloads_same_image (not in a guest) +Date: July 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Trust that when an image is reloaded via PERST, it will not + have changed. + + == ================================================= + 0 don't trust, the image may be different (default) + 1 trust that the image will not change. + == ================================================= +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_timebase_synced +Date: March 2016 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Returns 1 if the psl timebase register is synchronized + with the core timebase register, 0 otherwise. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/tunneled_ops_supported +Date: May 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Returns 1 if tunneled operations are supported in capi mode, + 0 otherwise. +Users: https://github.com/ibm-capi/libcxl diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8ebff4b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../ +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq objects. + This allows accessing various devfreq specific variables. + The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the + name of device using devfreq. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../name +Date: November 2019 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../name shows the name of device + of the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the + governor used by the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current + frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as + target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by + devfreq driver. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rajagopal Venkat <rajagopal.venkat@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor + predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets + the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq + object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is + less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means + no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is + not polling; thus. If the governor is not using + devfreq-provided central polling + (/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value + may be useless. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat +Date: October 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + This ABI shows or clears the statistics of devfreq behavior + on a specific device. It shows the time spent in each state + and the number of transitions between states. + In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device + driver should provide the list of available frequencies + with its profile. If need to reset the statistics of devfreq + behavior on a specific device, enter 0(zero) to 'trans_stat' + as following:: + + echo 0 > /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and + sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if + userspace governor is in effect. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows + the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object. + This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited + by the min/max frequency restrictions. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows + currently available governors in the system. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq shows and stores + the minimum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. min_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq shows and stores + the maximum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. max_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors and min_freq. + The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be + used to throttle devices to avoid overheating. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + This ABI shows and stores the kind of work timer by users. + This work timer is used by devfreq workqueue in order to + monitor the device status such as utilization. The user + can change the work timer on runtime according to their demand + as following:: + + echo deferrable > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer + echo delayed > /sys/class/devfreq/.../timer diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ceaf0f686 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq-event @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/ +Date: January 2017 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq-event objects. + This allows accessing various devfreq-event specific variables. + The name of devfreq-event object denoted as 'event(x)' which + includes the unique number of 'x' for each devfreq-event object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/name +Date: January 2017 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/name attribute contains + the name of the devfreq-event object. This attribute is + read-only. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/enable_count +Date: January 2017 +Contact: Chanwoo Choi <cw00.choi@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq-event/event(x)/enable_count attribute + contains the reference count to enable the devfreq-event + object. If the device is enabled, the value of attribute is + greater than zero. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a21ce515 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devlink @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../ +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the device link objects in the + kernel at any given time. The name of a device link directory, + denoted as ... above, is of the form <supplier>--<consumer> + where <supplier> is the supplier bus:device name and <consumer> + is the consumer bus:device name. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../auto_remove_on +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file indicates if the device link will ever be + automatically removed by the driver core when the consumer and + supplier devices themselves are still present. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - 'consumer unbind' + - 'supplier unbind' + - 'never' + + 'consumer unbind' means the device link will be removed when + the consumer's driver is unbound from the consumer device. + + 'supplier unbind' means the device link will be removed when + the supplier's driver is unbound from the supplier device. + + 'never' means the device link will not be automatically removed + when as long as the supplier and consumer devices themselves + are still present. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../consumer +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file is a symlink to the consumer device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../runtime_pm +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file indicates if the device link has any impact on the + runtime power management behavior of the consumer and supplier + devices. For example: Making sure the supplier doesn't enter + runtime suspend while the consumer is active. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + === ======================================== + '0' Does not affect runtime power management + '1' Affects runtime power management + === ======================================== + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../status +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file indicates the status of the device link. The status + of a device link is affected by whether the supplier and + consumer devices have been bound to their corresponding + drivers. The status of a device link also affects the binding + and unbinding of the supplier and consumer devices with their + drivers and also affects whether the software state of the + supplier device is synced with the hardware state of the + supplier device after boot up. + See also: sysfs-devices-state_synced. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - 'not tracked' + - 'dormant' + - 'available' + - 'consumer probing' + - 'active' + - 'supplier unbinding' + - 'unknown' + + 'not tracked' means this device link does not track the status + and has no impact on the binding, unbinding and syncing the + hardware and software device state. + + 'dormant' means the supplier and the consumer devices have not + bound to their driver. + + 'available' means the supplier has bound to its driver and is + available to supply resources to the consumer device. + + 'consumer probing' means the consumer device is currently + trying to bind to its driver. + + 'active' means the supplier and consumer devices have both + bound successfully to their drivers. + + 'supplier unbinding' means the supplier devices is currently in + the process of unbinding from its driver. + + 'unknown' means the state of the device link is not any of the + above. If this is ever the value, there's a bug in the kernel. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../supplier +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file is a symlink to the supplier device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/class/devlink/.../sync_state_only +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + This file indicates if the device link is limited to only + affecting the syncing of the hardware and software state of the + supplier device. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + === ================================ + '0' + '1' Affects runtime power management + === ================================ + + '0' means the device link can affect other device behaviors + like binding/unbinding, suspend/resume, runtime power + management, etc. + + '1' means the device link will only affect the syncing of + hardware and software state of the supplier device after boot + up and doesn't not affect other behaviors of the devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fde0fecd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../ +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects. + This allows accessing extcon specific variables. + The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given + with extcon_dev_register. + + One extcon device denotes a single external connector + port. An external connector may have multiple cables + attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and + accessory cables have such capability. For example, + the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos) + may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio, + video, and USB cables attached simultaneously. + + If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other, + such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's + mutually_exclusive array. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon + object. If the extcon object has an optional callback + "show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with + this sysfs node. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable + attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object. + If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state" + defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional + callback. + + If the default callback for showing function is used, the + format is like this:: + + # cat state + USB_OTG=1 + HDMI=0 + TA=1 + EAR_JACK=0 + # + + In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA + cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached. + + In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex + state number starting with 0x:: + + # echo 0xHEX > state + + This updates the whole state of the extcon device. + Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the + mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist. + + It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if + you need to set the value atomically. The later state + interface associated with each cable cannot update + multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable + "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the + state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon + device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1 + (attached). + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/... +Date: December 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example, + if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is + {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is:: + + # ls mutually_exclusive/ + 0x3 + 0x5 + 0xc + # + + Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon + device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive + directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents + of the files. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge new file mode 100644 index 000000000..312ae2c57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-bridge @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/fpga_bridge/<bridge>/name +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Name of low level FPGA bridge driver. + +What: /sys/class/fpga_bridge/<bridge>/state +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Show bridge state as "enabled" or "disabled" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d78689c35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-manager @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/name +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Name of low level fpga manager driver. + +What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/state +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alan Tull <atull@opensource.altera.com> +Description: Read fpga manager state as a string. + The intent is to provide enough detail that if something goes + wrong during FPGA programming (something that the driver can't + fix) then userspace can know, i.e. if the firmware request + fails, that could be due to not being able to find the firmware + file. + + This is a superset of FPGA states and fpga manager driver + states. The fpga manager driver is walking through these steps + to get the FPGA into a known operating state. It's a sequence, + though some steps may get skipped. Valid FPGA states will vary + by manufacturer; this is a superset. + + * unknown = can't determine state + * power off = FPGA power is off + * power up = FPGA reports power is up + * reset = FPGA held in reset state + * firmware request = firmware class request in progress + * firmware request error = firmware request failed + * write init = preparing FPGA for programming + * write init error = Error while preparing FPGA for programming + * write = FPGA ready to receive image data + * write error = Error while programming + * write complete = Doing post programming steps + * write complete error = Error while doing post programming + * operating = FPGA is programmed and operating + +What: /sys/class/fpga_manager/<fpga>/status +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read fpga manager status as a string. + If FPGA programming operation fails, it could be caused by crc + error or incompatible bitstream image. The intent of this + interface is to provide more detailed information for FPGA + programming errors to userspace. This is a list of strings for + the supported status. + + * reconfig operation error - invalid operations detected by + reconfiguration hardware. + e.g. start reconfiguration + with errors not cleared + * reconfig CRC error - CRC error detected by + reconfiguration hardware. + * reconfig incompatible image - reconfiguration image is + incompatible with hardware + * reconfig IP protocol error - protocol errors detected by + reconfiguration hardware + * reconfig fifo overflow error - FIFO overflow detected by + reconfiguration hardware diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc7ec644a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-fpga-region @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/class/fpga_region/<region>/compat_id +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: FPGA region id for compatibility check, e.g. compatibility + of the FPGA reconfiguration hardware and image. This value + is defined or calculated by the layer that is creating the + FPGA region. This interface returns the compat_id value or + just error code -ENOENT in case compat_id is not used. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8553d972 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-gnss @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/class/gnss/gnssN/type +Date: May 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> +Description: + The GNSS receiver type. The currently identified types reflect + the protocol(s) supported by the receiver: + + ====== =========== + "NMEA" NMEA 0183 + "SiRF" SiRF Binary + "UBX" UBX + ====== =========== + + Note that also non-"NMEA" type receivers typically support a + subset of NMEA 0183 with vendor extensions (e.g. to allow + switching to a vendor protocol). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d0a1b4be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/devices/ +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link devices managed by a + given IOMMU here to allow association of IOMMU to + device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../iommu +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link the IOMMU for a + given device here to allow association of device to + IOMMU. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6ba8e8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU capability header as documented in the AMD IOMMU + specification. Format: %x + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/features +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + Extended features of the IOMMU. Format: %llx diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..258cc246d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/address +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + Physical address of the VT-d DRHD for this IOMMU. + Format: %llx. This allows association of a sysfs + intel-iommu with a DMAR DRHD table entry. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The cached hardware capability register value + of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/ecap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The cached hardware extended capability register + value of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/version +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The architecture version as reported from the + VT-d VER_REG. Format: %d:%d, major:minor diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35906bf7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/lcd_power +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h + - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on. + - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off + +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/contrast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and + /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast. + +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Maximum contrast for this LCD device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e24ac3bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Set the brightness of the LED. + + Most LEDs don't have hardware brightness support, so will + just be turned on for non-zero brightness settings. + + .. Note:: + + For multicolor LEDs, writing to this file will update all + LEDs within the group to a calculated percentage of what + each color LED intensity is set to. + + The percentage is calculated for each grouped LED via + the equation below:: + + led_brightness = brightness * multi_intensity/max_brightness + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. + + The value is between 0 and + /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness. + + Writing 0 to this file clears active trigger. + + Writing non-zero to this file while trigger is active changes the + top brightness trigger is going to use. + + + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Maximum brightness level for this LED, default is 255 (LED_FULL). + + If the LED does not support different brightness levels, this + should be 1. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness_hw_changed +Date: January 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Description: + Last hardware set brightness level for this LED. Some LEDs + may be changed autonomously by hardware/firmware. Only LEDs + where this happens and the driver can detect this, will have + this file. + + This file supports poll() to detect when the hardware changes + the brightness. + + Reading this file will return the last brightness level set + by the hardware, this may be different from the current + brightness. Reading this file when no hw brightness change + event has happened will return an ENODATA error. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/trigger +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source + of LED events. + + You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO + scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in + /sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. For + their documentation see `sysfs-class-led-trigger-*`. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to + gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger, + it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate + a device in a standby like state. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04f3ffdc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-el15203000 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat +Date: September 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Description: + EL15203000 supports only indefinitely patterns, + so this file should always store -1. + + For more info, please see: + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e38a835d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the ALS output channel to use as input in + ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where: + + == ============ + 1 out_current1 + 2 out_current2 + == ============ + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/falltime +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/risetime +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where: + + == ======= + 0 2048 us + 1 262 ms + 2 524 ms + 3 1.049 s + 4 2.097 s + 5 4.194 s + 6 8.389 s + 7 16.78 s + == ======= + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this led (0..3). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where: + + == ================ + 0 exponential mode + 1 linear mode + == ================ + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where: + + ===== =========================== + bit 5 PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 PWM-input enabled + ===== =========================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia new file mode 100644 index 000000000..795a5de12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-turris-omnia @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device/brightness +Date: July 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.9 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (RW) On the front panel of the Turris Omnia router there is also + a button which can be used to control the intensity of all the + LEDs at once, so that if they are too bright, user can dim them. + + The microcontroller cycles between 8 levels of this global + brightness (from 100% to 0%), but this setting can have any + integer value between 0 and 100. It is therefore convenient to be + able to change this setting from software. + + Format: %i diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11e5677c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Set the brightness of this LED in the flash strobe mode, in + microamperes. The file is created only for the flash LED devices + that support setting flash brightness. + + The value is between 0 and + /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Maximum brightness level for this LED in the flash strobe mode, + in microamperes. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Hardware timeout for flash, in microseconds. The flash strobe + is stopped after this period of time has passed from the start + of the strobe. The file is created only for the flash LED + devices that support setting flash timeout. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Maximum flash timeout for this LED, in microseconds. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_strobe +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Flash strobe state. When written with 1 it triggers flash strobe + and when written with 0 it turns the flash off. + + On read 1 means that flash is currently strobing and 0 means + that flash is off. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_fault +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Space separated list of flash faults that may have occurred. + Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible + flash faults: + + * led-over-voltage + flash controller voltage to the flash LED + has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller + * flash-timeout-exceeded + the flash strobe was still on when + the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash + controllers may set this in all such conditions + * controller-over-temperature + the flash controller has + overheated + * controller-short-circuit + the short circuit protection + of the flash controller has been triggered + * led-power-supply-over-current + current in the LED power + supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash + controller + * indicator-led-fault + the flash controller has detected + a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED + * led-under-voltage + flash controller voltage to the flash + LED has been below the minimum limit specific to + the flash + * controller-under-voltage + the input voltage of the flash + controller is below the limit under which strobing the + flash at full current will not be possible; + the condition persists until this flag is no longer set + * led-over-temperature + the temperature of the LED has exceeded + its allowed upper limit diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16fc827b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-multicolor @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_index +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.9 +Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com> +Description: read + The multi_index array, when read, will output the LED colors + as an array of strings as they are indexed in the + multi_intensity file. + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/multi_intensity +Date: March 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.9 +Contact: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com> +Description: read/write + This file contains array of integers. Order of components is + described by the multi_index array. The maximum intensity should + not exceed /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness. + + For additional details please refer to + Documentation/leds/leds-class-multicolor.rst. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..646540950 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-netdev @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/device_name +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the network device name to monitor. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/interval +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the duration of the LED blink in milliseconds. + Defaults to 50 ms. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/link +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal the link state of the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED's normal state is off. + + If set to 1, the LED's normal state reflects the link state + of the named network device. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/tx +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal transmission of data on the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on transmission. + + If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified + in interval to signal transmission. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/rx +Date: Dec 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Signal reception of data on the named network device. + + If set to 0 (default), the LED will not blink on reception. + + If set to 1, the LED will blink for the milliseconds specified + in interval to signal reception. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..378a3a4df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-oneshot @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/delay_on +Date: Jun 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies for how many milliseconds the LED has to stay at + LED_FULL brightness after it has been armed. + Defaults to 100 ms. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/delay_off +Date: Jun 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies for how many milliseconds the LED has to stay at + LED_OFF brightness after it has been armed. + Defaults to 100 ms. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/invert +Date: Jun 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reverse the blink logic. If set to 0 (default) blink on for + delay_on ms, then blink off for delay_off ms, leaving the LED + normally off. If set to 1, blink off for delay_off ms, then + blink on for delay_on ms, leaving the LED normally on. + Setting this value also immediately changes the LED state. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/shot +Date: Jun 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write any non-empty string to signal an events, this starts a + blink sequence if not already running. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d91a07767 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pattern +Date: September 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Description: + Specify a software pattern for the LED, that supports altering + the brightness for the specified duration with one software + timer. It can do gradual dimming and step change of brightness. + + The pattern is given by a series of tuples, of brightness and + duration (ms). + + The exact format is described in: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-trigger-pattern.txt + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern +Date: September 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Description: + Specify a hardware pattern for the LED, for LED hardware that + supports autonomously controlling brightness over time, according + to some preprogrammed hardware patterns. It deactivates any active + software pattern. + + Since different LED hardware can have different semantics of + hardware patterns, each driver is expected to provide its own + description for the hardware patterns in their documentation + file at Documentation/leds/. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/repeat +Date: September 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Description: + Specify a pattern repeat number. -1 means repeat indefinitely, + other negative numbers and number 0 are invalid. + + This file will always return the originally written repeat + number. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb81152b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-usbport @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/ports/<port> +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: linux-leds@vger.kernel.org + linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Every dir entry represents a single USB port that can be + selected for the USB port trigger. Selecting ports makes trigger + observing them for any connected devices and lighting on LED if + there are any. + + Echoing "1" value selects USB port. Echoing "0" unselects it. + Current state can be also read. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b57ffb26e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/gt683r/mode +Date: Jun 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Janne Kanniainen <janne.kanniainen@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the mode of LEDs. You should notice that changing the mode + of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as + well. Possible values are: + + == ========= + 0 normal + 1 audio + 2 breathing + == ========= + + Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled + Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level + Breathing: LEDs brightness varies at human breathing rate diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c52372b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +What: /sys/class/mei/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The mei/ class sub-directory belongs to mei device class + + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/mei/meiN directory is created for + each probed mei device + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_status +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display fw status registers content + + The ME FW writes its status information into fw status + registers for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health. + + The register contains running state, power management + state, error codes, and others. The way the registers + are decoded depends on PCH or SoC generation. + Also number of registers varies between 1 and 6 + depending on generation. + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/hbm_ver +Date: Aug 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display the negotiated HBM protocol version. + + The HBM protocol version negotiated + between the driver and the device. + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/hbm_ver_drv +Date: Aug 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display the driver HBM protocol version. + + The HBM protocol version supported by the driver. + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/tx_queue_limit +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Configure tx queue limit + + Set maximal number of pending writes + per opened session. + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_ver +Date: May 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display the ME firmware version. + + The version of the platform ME firmware is in format: + <platform>:<major>.<minor>.<milestone>.<build_no>. + There can be up to three such blocks for different + FW components. + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/dev_state +Date: Mar 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display the ME device state. + + The device state can have following values: + INITIALIZING + INIT_CLIENTS + ENABLED + RESETTING + DISABLED + POWER_DOWN + POWER_UP + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/trc +Date: Nov 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display trc status register content + + The ME FW writes Glitch Detection HW (TRC) + status information into trc status register + for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health. + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/kind +Date: Jul 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display kind of the device + + Generic devices are marked as "mei" + while special purpose have their own + names. + Available options: + - mei: generic mei device. + - itouch: itouch (ipts) mei device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd0e780c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +What: /sys/class/mic/ +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + The mic class directory belongs to Intel MIC devices and + provides information per MIC device. An Intel MIC device is a + PCIe form factor add-in Coprocessor card based on the Intel Many + Integrated Core (MIC) architecture that runs a Linux OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x) +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + The directories /sys/class/mic/mic0, /sys/class/mic/mic1 etc., + represent MIC devices (0,1,..etc). Each directory has + information specific to that MIC device. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/family +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + Provides information about the Coprocessor family for an Intel + MIC device. For example - "x100" + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/stepping +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + Provides information about the silicon stepping for an Intel + MIC device. For example - "A0" or "B0" + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/state +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel + MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that + will be read are: + + + =============== =============================================== + "ready" The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. + On reading this entry after an OSPM resume, + a "boot" has to be written to this entry if + the card was previously shutdown during OSPM + suspend. + "booting" The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS. + "online" The MIC device has completed boot and is online + "shutting_down" The card OS is shutting down. + "resetting" A reset has been initiated for the MIC device + "reset_failed" The MIC device has failed to reset. + =============== =============================================== + + When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change + operations depending upon the current state of the card OS. + Acceptable values are: + + + ========== =================================================== + "boot" Boot the card OS image specified by the combination + of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode + sysfs entries. + "reset" Initiates device reset. + "shutdown" Initiates card OS shutdown. + ========== =================================================== + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. This + OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this + entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown. + Possible values are: + + ========== =================================================== + "nop" shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS + is "online" + "crashed" Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash. + "halted" Shutdown because of a halt command. + "poweroff" Shutdown because of a poweroff command. + "restart" Shutdown because of a restart command. + ========== =================================================== + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. Before + booting this card OS, it is possible to pass kernel command line + options to configure various features in it, similar to + self-bootable machines. When read, this entry provides + information about the current kernel command line options set to + boot the card OS. This entry can be written to change the + existing kernel command line options. Typically, the user would + want to read the current command line options, append new ones + or modify existing ones and then write the whole kernel command + line back to this entry. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/firmware +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under + /lib/firmware/ where the firmware image to be booted on the + card can be found. The entry can be written to change the + firmware image location under /lib/firmware/. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/ramdisk +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under + /lib/firmware/ where the ramdisk image to be used during card + OS boot can be found. The entry can be written to change + the ramdisk image location under /lib/firmware/. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/bootmode +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the current bootmode for + the card. This sysfs entry can be written with the following + valid strings: + a) linux - Boot a Linux image. + b) flash - Boot an image for flash updates. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_addr +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For + debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can + access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry + provides the kernel virtual address of the buffer where the card + OS log buffer can be read. This entry is written by the host + configuration daemon to set the log buffer address. The correct + log buffer address to be written can be found in the System.map + file of the card OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_len +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For + debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can + access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry + provides the kernel virtual address where the card OS log buffer + length can be read. This entry is written by host configuration + daemon to set the log buffer length address. The correct log + buffer length address to be written can be found in the + System.map file of the card OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/heartbeat_enable +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com> +Description: + The MIC drivers detect and inform user space about card crashes + via a heartbeat mechanism (see the description of + shutdown_status above). User space can turn off this + notification by setting heartbeat_enable to 0 and enable it by + setting this entry to 1. If this notification is disabled it is + the responsibility of user space to detect card crashes via + alternative means such as a network ping. This setting is + enabled by default. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bc7c0a95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +What: /sys/class/mtd/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem + (MTD core). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond + to each /dev/mtdX character device. These may represent + physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash + device, or concatenated flash devices. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + These directories provide the corresponding read-only device + nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ . + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to this MTD device (in <major>:<minor> format). This is the + read-write device so <minor> will be even. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in + <major>:<minor> format). In this case <minor> will be odd. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + "Major" erase size for the device. If numeraseregions is + zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device. + Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls + can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed + together: + + 0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable + 0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped + 0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary + 0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition. + This will match the name in /proc/mtd . + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this + provides the total number of erase regions. Otherwise, + it will read back as zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Number of OOB bytes per page. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Total size of the device/partition, in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device + type: + + absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, mlc-nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Minimal writable flash unit size. This will always be + a positive integer. + + In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual + bits can be cleared). + + In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a + half page, or a quarter page). + + In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_strength +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Maximum number of bit errors that the device is capable of + correcting within each region covering an ECC step (see + ecc_step_size). This will always be a non-negative integer. + + In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bitflip_threshold +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + This allows the user to examine and adjust the criteria by which + mtd returns -EUCLEAN from mtd_read() and mtd_read_oob(). If the + maximum number of bit errors that were corrected on any single + region comprising an ecc step (as reported by the driver) equals + or exceeds this value, -EUCLEAN is returned. Otherwise, absent + an error, 0 is returned. Higher layers (e.g., UBI) use this + return code as an indication that an erase block may be + degrading and should be scrutinized as a candidate for being + marked as bad. + + The initial value may be specified by the flash device driver. + If not, then the default value is ecc_strength. + + The introduction of this feature brings a subtle change to the + meaning of the -EUCLEAN return code. Previously, it was + interpreted to mean simply "one or more bit errors were + corrected". Its new interpretation can be phrased as "a + dangerously high number of bit errors were corrected on one or + more regions comprising an ecc step". The precise definition of + "dangerously high" can be adjusted by the user with + bitflip_threshold. Users are discouraged from doing this, + however, unless they know what they are doing and have intimate + knowledge of the properties of their device. Broadly speaking, + bitflip_threshold should be low enough to detect genuine erase + block degradation, but high enough to avoid the consequences of + a persistent return value of -EUCLEAN on devices where sticky + bitflips occur. Note that if bitflip_threshold exceeds + ecc_strength, -EUCLEAN is never returned by the read operations. + Conversely, if bitflip_threshold is zero, -EUCLEAN is always + returned, absent a hard error. + + This is generally applicable only to NAND flash devices with ECC + capability. It is ignored on devices lacking ECC capability; + i.e., devices for which ecc_strength is zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_step_size +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The size of a single region covered by ECC, known as the ECC + step. Devices may have several equally sized ECC steps within + each writesize region. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_failures +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of failures reported by this device's ECC. Typically, + these failures are associated with failed read operations. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/corrected_bits +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of bits that have been corrected by means of the + device's ECC. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bad_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks marked as bad, if any, in this partition. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bbt_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in + this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash + bad block table (BBT). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start + of the parent (another partition or a flash device) in bytes. + This attribute is absent on flash devices, so it can be used + to distinguish them from partitions. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobavail +Date: April 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Number of bytes available for a client to place data into + the out of band area. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8715f9c7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mux @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/mux/ +Date: April 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + The mux/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic MUX + Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using MUX + controllers. + +What: /sys/class/mux/muxchipN/ +Date: April 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Peter Rosin <peda@axentia.se> +Description: + A /sys/class/mux/muxchipN directory is created for each + probed MUX chip where N is a simple enumeration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f2002df5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/name_assign_type +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are: + + == ========================================================== + 1 enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way + 2 predictably named by the kernel + 3 named by userspace + 4 renamed + == ========================================================== + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type +Date: July 2010 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are: + + == ============================= + 0 permanent address + 1 randomly generated + 2 stolen from another device + 3 set using dev_set_mac_address + == ============================= + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the hardware address size in bytes. + Values vary based on the lower-level protocol used by the + interface (Ethernet, FDDI, ATM, IEEE 802.15.4...). See + include/uapi/linux/if_*.h for actual values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/address +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware address currently assigned to this interface. + Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC + address. + +What: /sys/class/net/<bridge iface>/bridge/group_fwd_mask +Date: January 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Bitmask to allow forwarding of link local frames with address + 01-80-C2-00-00-0X on a bridge device. Only values that set bits + not matching BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED in net/bridge/br_private.h + allowed. + Default value 0 does not forward any link local frames. + + Restricted bits: + + == ======================================================== + 0 01-80-C2-00-00-00 Bridge Group Address used for STP + 1 01-80-C2-00-00-01 (MAC Control) 802.3 used for MAC PAUSE + 2 01-80-C2-00-00-02 (Link Aggregation) 802.3ad + == ======================================================== + + Any values not setting these bits can be used. Take special + care when forwarding control frames e.g. 802.1X-PAE or LLDP. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/broadcast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware broadcast address for this interface. Format is a + string, e.g: ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for an Ethernet broadcast MAC + address. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the current physical link state of the interface. + Posssible values are: + + == ===================== + 0 physical link is down + 1 physical link is up + == ===================== + + Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will + allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for + operating correctly and designating another fallback interface. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_id +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the device unique identifier. Format is an hexadecimal + value. This is used to disambiguate interfaces which might be + stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC + address as their parent device. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_port +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the port number of this network device, formatted + as a decimal value. Some NICs have multiple independent ports + on the same PCI bus, device and function. This attribute allows + userspace to distinguish the respective interfaces. + + Note: some device drivers started to use 'dev_id' for this + purpose since long before 3.15 and have not adopted the new + attribute ever since. To query the port number, some tools look + exclusively at 'dev_port', while others only consult 'dev_id'. + If a network device has multiple client adapter ports as + described in the previous paragraph and does not set this + attribute to its port number, it's a kernel bug. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dormant +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates whether the interface is in dormant state. Possible + values are: + 0: interface is not dormant + 1: interface is dormant + + This attribute can be used by supplicant software to signal that + the device is not usable unless some supplicant-based + authentication is performed (e.g: 802.1x). 'link_mode' attribute + will also reflect the dormant state. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/testing +Date: April 2002 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates whether the interface is under test. Possible + values are: + + == ============================= + 0 interface is not being tested + 1 interface is being tested + == ============================= + + When an interface is under test, it cannot be expected + to pass packets as normal. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/duplex +Date: October 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible + values are: + + ==== =========== + half half duplex + full full duplex + ==== =========== + + Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement + the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/flags +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface flags as a bitmask in hexadecimal. See + include/uapi/linux/if.h for a list of all possible values and + the flags semantics. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifalias +Date: September 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.28 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates/stores an interface alias name as a string. This can + be used for system management purposes. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifindex +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier as a + decimal number. This attribute is used for mapping an interface + identifier to an interface name. It is used throughout the + networking stack for specifying the interface specific + requests/events. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/iflink +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier a + the interface is linked to. Format is decimal. This attribute is + used to resolve interfaces chaining, linking and stacking. + Physical interfaces have the same 'ifindex' and 'iflink' values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/link_mode +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This + attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute + to determine the interface usability. Possible values: + + == ================= + 0 default link mode + 1 dormant link mode + == ================= + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface currently configured MTU value, in + bytes, and in decimal format. Specific values depends on the + lower-level interface protocol used. Ethernet devices will show + a 'mtu' attribute value of 1500 unless changed. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/netdev_group +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface network device group, as a decimal + integer. Default value is 0 which corresponds to the initial + network devices group. The group can be changed to affect + routing decisions (see: net/ipv4/fib_rules and + net/ipv6/fib6_rules.c). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/operstate +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string. + + Possible values are: + + "unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing", + "dormant", "up". + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_id +Date: July 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within + the NIC, as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_name +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface physical port name within the NIC, + as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/speed +Date: October 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface latest or current speed value. Value is + an integer representing the link speed in Mbits/sec. + + Note: this attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement + the ethtool get_link_ksettings method (mostly Ethernet). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/tx_queue_len +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface transmit queue len in number of packets, + as an integer value. Value depend on the type of interface, + Ethernet network adapters have a default value of 1000 unless + configured otherwise + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/type +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface protocol type as a decimal value. See + include/uapi/linux/if_arp.h for all possible values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_switch_id +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the unique physical switch identifier of a switch this + port belongs to, as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phydev +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Symbolic link to the PHY device this network device is attached + to. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_changes +Date: Mar 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has + seen a change from UP to DOWN and vice versa + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_up_count +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has + been up + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier_down_count +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + 32-bit unsigned integer counting the number of times the link has + been down diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06416d0e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/min_tx_pkt +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The driver will pad NCM Transfer Blocks (NTBs) longer + than this to tx_max, allowing the device to receive + tx_max sized frames with no terminating short + packet. NTBs shorter than this limit are transmitted + as-is, without any padding, and are terminated with a + short USB packet. + + Padding to tx_max allows the driver to transmit NTBs + back-to-back without any interleaving short USB + packets. This reduces the number of short packet + interrupts in the device, and represents a tradeoff + between USB bus bandwidth and device DMA optimization. + + Set to 0 to pad all frames. Set greater than tx_max to + disable all padding. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/ndp_to_end +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.5 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Boolean attribute showing the status of the "NDP to + end" quirk. Defaults to 'N', except for devices + already known to need it enabled. + + The "NDP to end" quirk makes the driver place the NDP + (the packet index table) after the payload. The NCM + specification does not mandate this, but some devices + are known to be more restrictive. Write 'Y' to this + attribute for temporary testing of a suspect device + failing to work with the default driver settings. + + A device entry should be added to the driver if this + quirk is found to be required. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/rx_max +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The maximum NTB size for RX. Cannot exceed the + maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at + least one max sized datagram plus headers. + + The actual limits are device dependent. See + dwNtbInMaxSize. + + Note: Some devices will silently ignore changes to + this value, resulting in oversized NTBs and + corresponding framing errors. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_max +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The maximum NTB size for TX. Cannot exceed the + maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at + least one max sized datagram plus headers. + + The actual limits are device dependent. See + dwNtbOutMaxSize. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_timer_usecs +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Datagram aggregation timeout in µs. The driver will + wait up to 3 times this timeout for more datagrams to + aggregate before transmitting an NTB frame. + + Valid range: 5 to 4000000 + + Set to 0 to disable aggregation. + +The following read-only attributes all represent fields of the +structure defined in section 6.2.1 "GetNtbParameters" of "Universal +Serial Bus Communications Class Subclass Specifications for Network +Control Model Devices" (CDC NCM), Revision 1.0 (Errata 1), November +24, 2010 from USB Implementers Forum, Inc. The descriptions are +quoted from table 6-3 of CDC NCM: "NTB Parameter Structure". + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/bmNtbFormatsSupported +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + - Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1) + - Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported + - Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host) + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + IN NTB Maximum Size in bytes + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInDivisor +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Divisor used for IN NTB Datagram payload alignment + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInPayloadRemainder +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Remainder used to align input datagram payload within + the NTB: (Payload Offset) mod (wNdpInDivisor) = + wNdpInPayloadRemainder + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInAlignment +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + NDP alignment modulus for NTBs on the IN pipe. Shall + be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbOutMaxSize +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + OUT NTB Maximum Size + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutDivisor +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + OUT NTB Datagram alignment modulus + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutPayloadRemainder +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Remainder used to align output datagram payload + offsets within the NTB: Padding, shall be transmitted + as zero by function, and ignored by host. (Payload + Offset) mod (wNdpOutDivisor) = wNdpOutPayloadRemainder + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutAlignment +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + NDP alignment modulus for use in NTBs on the OUT + pipe. Shall be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNtbOutMaxDatagrams +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Maximum number of datagrams that the host may pack + into a single OUT NTB. Zero means that the device + imposes no limit. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa new file mode 100644 index 000000000..985d84c58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dsa/tagging +Date: August 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + String indicating the type of tagging protocol used by the + DSA slave network device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f418c92ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable0 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable1 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/select +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible + values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core + library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is + set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/select. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdbc03a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-janz-ican3 @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/termination +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Ira W. Snyder <ira.snyder@gmail.com> +Description: + Value representing the can bus termination + + Default: 1 (termination active) + Reading: get actual termination state + Writing: set actual termination state (0=no termination, 1=termination active) + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/fwinfo +Date: May 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Andreas Gröger <andreas24groeger@gmail.com> +Description: + Firmware stamp of ican3 module + Read-only: 32 byte string identification of the ICAN3 module + (known values: "JANZ-ICAN3 ICANOS 1.xx", "JANZ-ICAN3 CAL/CANopen 1.xx") diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40ced0ea4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-phydev @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/attached_dev +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Symbolic link to the network device this PHY device is + attached to. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_has_fixups +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the boolean value whether a given PHY + device has had any "fixup" workaround running on it, encoded as + a boolean. This information is provided to help troubleshooting + PHY configurations. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_id +Date: November 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported + by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal. + This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate + driver. + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_interface +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the PHY interface as configured by the + Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string. + This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the + appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware. + + Possible values are: + + <empty> (not available), mii, gmii, sgmii, tbi, rev-mii, + rmii, rgmii, rgmii-id, rgmii-rxid, rgmii-txid, rtbi, smii + xgmii, moca, qsgmii, trgmii, 1000base-x, 2500base-x, rxaui, + xaui, 10gbase-kr, unknown + +What: /sys/class/mdio_bus/<bus>/<device>/phy_standalone +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Boolean value indicating whether the PHY device is used in + standalone mode, without a net_device associated, by PHYLINK. + Attribute created only when this is the case. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c310db4cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/raw_ip +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Boolean. Default: 'N' + + Set this to 'Y' to change the network device link + framing from '802.3' to 'raw-ip'. + + The netdev will change to reflect the link framing + mode. The netdev is an ordinary ethernet device in + '802.3' mode, and the driver expects to exchange + frames with an ethernet header over the USB link. The + netdev is a headerless p-t-p device in 'raw-ip' mode, + and the driver expects to echange IPv4 or IPv6 packets + without any L2 header over the USB link. + + Userspace is in full control of firmware configuration + through the delegation of the QMI protocol. Userspace + is responsible for coordination of driver and firmware + link framing mode, changing this setting to 'Y' if the + firmware is configured for 'raw-ip' mode. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/add_mux +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Unsigned integer. + + Write a number ranging from 1 to 254 to add a qmap mux + based network device, supported by recent Qualcomm based + modems. + + The network device will be called qmimux. + + Userspace is in charge of managing the qmux network device + activation and data stream setup on the modem side by + using the proper QMI protocol requests. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/qmi/del_mux +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Unsigned integer. + + Write a number ranging from 1 to 254 to delete a previously + created qmap mux based network device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues new file mode 100644 index 000000000..978b76358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_cpus +Date: March 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the + Receive Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device queue. Possible values depend on the number + of available CPU(s) in the system. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_flow_cnt +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of Receive Packet Steering flows being currently + processed by this particular network device receive queue. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_timeout +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this + network interface transmit queue. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_maxrate +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A Mbps max-rate set for the queue, a value of zero means disabled, + default is disabled. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_cpus +Date: November 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the + Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device transmit queue. Possible vaules depend on the + number of available CPU(s) in the system. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_rxqs +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18.0 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the receive queue(s) currently enabled to participate + into the Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device transmit queue. Possible values depend on the + number of available receive queue(s) in the network device. + Default is disabled. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/hold_time +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the hold time in milliseconds to measure the slack + of this particular network device transmit queue. + Default value is 1000. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/inflight +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes (objects) in flight on this + network device transmit queue. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the current limit of bytes allowed to be queued + on this network device transmit queue. This value is clamped + to be within the bounds defined by limit_max and limit_min. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_max +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the absolute maximum limit of bytes allowed to be + queued on this network device transmit queue. See + include/linux/dynamic_queue_limits.h for the default value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_min +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the absolute minimum limit of bytes allowed to be + queued on this network device transmit queue. Default value is + 0. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55db27815 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/collisions +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of collisions seen by this network device. + This value might not be relevant with all MAC layers. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/multicast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of multicast packets received by this + network device. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_bytes +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes received by this network device. + See the network driver for the exact meaning of when this + value is incremented. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_compressed +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of compressed packets received by this + network device. This value might only be relevant for interfaces + that support packet compression (e.g: PPP). + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_crc_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets received with a CRC (FCS) error + by this network device. Note that the specific meaning might + depend on the MAC layer used by the interface. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_dropped +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets received by the network device + but dropped, that are not forwarded to the upper layers for + packet processing. See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of receive errors on this network device. + See the network driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_fifo_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of receive FIFO errors seen by this + network device. See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_frame_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received frames with error, such as + alignment errors. Note that the specific meaning depends on + on the MAC layer protocol used. See the network driver for + the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_length_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received error packet with a length + error, oversized or undersized. See the network driver for the + exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_missed_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that have been missed + due to lack of capacity in the receive side. See the network + driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_nohandler +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that were dropped on + an inactive device by the network core. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_over_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that are oversized + compared to what the network device is configured to accept + (e.g: larger than MTU). See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_packets +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the total number of good packets received by this + network device. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_aborted_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets that have been aborted + during transmission by a network device (e.g: because of + a medium collision). See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_bytes +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes transmitted by a network + device. See the network driver for the exact meaning of this + value, in particular whether this accounts for all successfully + transmitted packets or all packets that have been queued for + transmission. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_carrier_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted + because of carrier errors (e.g: physical link down). See the + network driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_compressed +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of transmitted compressed packets. Note + this might only be relevant for devices that support + compression (e.g: PPP). + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_dropped +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets dropped during transmission. + See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the packets were + dropped. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets in error during transmission by + a network device. See the driver for the exact reasons as to + why the packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_fifo_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets having caused a transmit + FIFO error. See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the + packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_heartbeat_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets transmitted that have been + reported as heartbeat errors. See the driver for the exact + reasons as to why the packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_packets +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets transmitted by a network + device. See the driver for whether this reports the number of all + attempted or successful transmissions. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_window_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets not successfully transmitted + due to a window collision. The specific meaning depends on the + MAC layer used. On Ethernet this is usually used to report + late collisions errors. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..847a7edc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-ocxl @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/afu_version +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Version of the AFU, in the format <major>:<minor> + Reflects what is read in the configuration space of the AFU + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/contexts +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Number of contexts for the AFU, in the format <n>/<max> + where: + + ==== =============================================== + n number of currently active contexts, for debug + max maximum number of contexts supported by the AFU + ==== =============================================== + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/pp_mmio_size +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Size of the per-process mmio area, as defined in the + configuration space of the AFU + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/global_mmio_size +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Size of the global mmio area, as defined in the + configuration space of the AFU + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/global_mmio_area +Date: January 2018 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Give access the global mmio area for the AFU + +What: /sys/class/ocxl/<afu name>/reload_on_reset +Date: February 2020 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Control whether the FPGA is reloaded on a link reset. Enabled + through a vendor-specific logic block on the FPGA. + + =========== =========================================== + 0 Do not reload FPGA image from flash + 1 Reload FPGA image from flash + unavailable The device does not support this capability + =========== =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba1ce6265 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +sysfs interface +--------------- +The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates the following files in the +sysfs: (<devid> is in the format major:minor) + +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/add +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/remove +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> +Description: + + ========== ============================================== + add (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to + create a new pktcdvd device and map it to the + block device. + + remove (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor) + to remove the pktcdvd device. + + device_map (RO) Shows the device mapping in format: + pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid> + ========== ============================================== + + +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/dev +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/uevent +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> +Description: + dev: (RO) Device id + + uevent: (WO) To send a uevent + + +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/packets_started +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/packets_finished +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_written +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_read +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_read_gather +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/reset +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> +Description: + packets_started: (RO) Number of started packets. + + packets_finished: (RO) Number of finished packets. + + kb_written: (RO) kBytes written. + + kb_read: (RO) kBytes read. + + kb_read_gather: (RO) kBytes read to fill write packets. + + reset: (WO) Write any value to it to reset + pktcdvd device statistic values, like + bytes read/written. + + +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/size +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/congestion_off +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/congestion_on +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> +Description: + ============== ================================================ + size (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue. + + congestion_off (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark, + accept new bio requests from the block layer. + + congestion_on (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this + mark, do no longer accept bio write requests + from the block layer and wait till the pktcdvd + device has processed enough bio's so that bio + write queue size is below congestion off mark. + A value of <= 0 disables congestion control. + ============== ================================================ + + +Example: +-------- +To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:: + + # create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc + echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add + cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map + # assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's + cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written + # print the device id of the mapped block device + fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map + # remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0 + echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca830c6cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power @@ -0,0 +1,738 @@ +**General Properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacturer +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the name of the device manufacturer. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/model_name +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the name of the device model. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/serial_number +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the serial number of the device. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/type +Date: May 2010 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Describes the main type of the supply. + + Access: Read + Valid values: "Battery", "UPS", "Mains", "USB", "Wireless" + +**Battery and USB properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_avg +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports an average IBAT current reading for the battery, over + a fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval + in which they average readings to smooth out the reported + value. + + USB: + + Reports an average IBUS current reading over a fixed period. + Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in which they + average readings to smooth out the reported value. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are + used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging + batteries and for USB IBUS current. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_max +Date: October 2010 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum IBAT current allowed into the battery. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum IBUS current the supply can support. + + Access: Read + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/current_now +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + Battery: + + Reports an instant, single IBAT current reading for the + battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed. + + Access: Read + + USB: + + Reports the IBUS current supplied now. This value is generally + read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply + is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set + within the reported min/max range. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microamps. Negative values are + used for discharging batteries, positive values for charging + batteries and for USB IBUS current. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the current TBAT battery temperature reading. + + USB: + + Reports the current supply temperature reading. This would + normally be the internal temperature of the device itself + (e.g TJUNC temperature of an IC) + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_max +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Maximum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. + + USB: + + Maximum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply + will notify user-space of the event. + + This is normally used for the charging scenario where + user-space needs to know if the temperature has crossed an + upper threshold so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning + user that the temperature is critically high, and charging has + stopped). + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_alert_min +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + Battery: + + Minimum TBAT temperature trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. + + USB: + + Minimum supply temperature trip-wire value where the supply + will notify user-space of the event. + + This is normally used for the charging scenario where user-space + needs to know if the temperature has crossed a lower threshold + so it can take appropriate action (e.g. warning user that + temperature level is high, and charging current has been + reduced accordingly to remedy the situation). + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_max +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum allowed TBAT battery temperature for + charging. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum allowed supply temperature for operation. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/temp_min +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the minimum allowed TBAT battery temperature for + charging. + + USB: + + Reports the minimum allowed supply temperature for operation. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in 1/10 Degrees Celsius + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_max, +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the maximum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the + battery, during charging. + + USB: + + Reports the maximum VBUS voltage the supply can support. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_min, +Date: January 2008 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports the minimum safe VBAT voltage permitted for the + battery, during discharging. + + USB: + + Reports the minimum VBUS voltage the supply can support. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_now, +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery: + + Reports an instant, single VBAT voltage reading for the + battery. This value is not averaged/smoothed. + + Access: Read + + USB: + + Reports the VBUS voltage supplied now. This value is generally + read-only reporting, unless the 'online' state of the supply + is set to be programmable, in which case this value can be set + within the reported min/max range. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +**Battery Properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Fine grain representation of battery capacity. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_max +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum battery capacity trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the + battery discharging scenario where user-space needs to know the + battery has dropped to an upper level so it can take + appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is + low). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_alert_min +Date: July 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum battery capacity trip-wire value where the supply will + notify user-space of the event. This is normally used for the + battery discharging scenario where user-space needs to know the + battery has dropped to a lower level so it can take + appropriate action (e.g. warning user that battery level is + critically low). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_error_margin +Date: April 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Battery capacity measurement becomes unreliable without + recalibration. This values provides the maximum error + margin expected to exist by the fuel gauge in percent. + Values close to 0% will be returned after (re-)calibration + has happened. Over time the error margin will increase. + 100% means, that the capacity related values are basically + completely useless. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/capacity_level +Date: June 2009 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Coarse representation of battery capacity. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Critical", "Low", "Normal", "High", + "Full" + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit +Date: Oct 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowable charging current. Used for charge rate + throttling for thermal cooling or improving battery health. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit_max +Date: Oct 2012 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum legal value for the charge_control_limit property. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_start_threshold +Date: April 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents a battery percentage level, below which charging will + begin. + + Access: Read, Write + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_end_threshold +Date: April 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents a battery percentage level, above which charging will + stop. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_type +Date: July 2009 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents the type of charging currently being applied to the + battery. "Trickle", "Fast", and "Standard" all mean different + charging speeds. "Adaptive" means that the charger uses some + algorithm to adjust the charge rate dynamically, without + any user configuration required. "Custom" means that the charger + uses the charge_control_* properties as configuration for some + different algorithm. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard", + "Adaptive", "Custom" + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_term_current +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the charging current value which is used to determine + when the battery is considered full and charging should end. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/health +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the health of the battery or battery side of charger + functionality. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Good", "Overheat", "Dead", + "Over voltage", "Unspecified failure", "Cold", + "Watchdog timer expire", "Safety timer expire", + "Over current", "Calibration required", "Warm", + "Cool", "Hot" + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/precharge_current +Date: June 2017 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the charging current applied during pre-charging phase + for a battery charge cycle. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/present +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports whether a battery is present or not in the system. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + + == ======= + 0: Absent + 1: Present + == ======= + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/status +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Represents the charging status of the battery. Normally this + is read-only reporting although for some supplies this can be + used to enable/disable charging to the battery. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "Charging", "Discharging", + "Not charging", "Full" + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/technology +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Describes the battery technology supported by the supply. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "NiMH", "Li-ion", "Li-poly", "LiFe", + "NiCd", "LiMn" + + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/voltage_avg, +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports an average VBAT voltage reading for the battery, over a + fixed period. Normally devices will provide a fixed interval in + which they average readings to smooth out the reported value. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +**USB Properties** + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_current_limit +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Details the incoming IBUS current limit currently set in the + supply. Normally this is configured based on the type of + connection made (e.g. A configured SDP should output a maximum + of 500mA so the input current limit is set to the same value). + Use preferably input_power_limit, and for problems that can be + solved using power limit use input_current_limit. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microamps + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_voltage_limit +Date: May 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This entry configures the incoming VBUS voltage limit currently + set in the supply. Normally this is configured based on + system-level knowledge or user input (e.g. This is part of the + Pixel C's thermal management strategy to effectively limit the + input power to 5V when the screen is on to meet Google's skin + temperature targets). Note that this feature should not be + used for safety critical things. + Use preferably input_power_limit, and for problems that can be + solved using power limit use input_voltage_limit. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microvolts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/input_power_limit +Date: May 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This entry configures the incoming power limit currently set + in the supply. Normally this is configured based on + system-level knowledge or user input. Use preferably this + feature to limit the incoming power and use current/voltage + limit only for problems that can be solved using power limit. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in microwatts + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/online, +Date: May 2007 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates if VBUS is present for the supply. When the supply is + online, and the supply allows it, then it's possible to switch + between online states (e.g. Fixed -> Programmable for a PD_PPS + USB supply so voltage and current can be controlled). + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: + + == ================================================== + 0: Offline + 1: Online Fixed - Fixed Voltage Supply + 2: Online Programmable - Programmable Voltage Supply + == ================================================== + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/usb_type +Date: March 2018 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports what type of USB connection is currently active for + the supply, for example it can show if USB-PD capable source + is attached. + + Access: Read-Only + + Valid values: + "Unknown", "SDP", "DCP", "CDP", "ACA", "C", "PD", + "PD_DRP", "PD_PPS", "BrickID" + +**Device Specific Properties** + +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de> +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the current + coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This + is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries. + A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic + and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take + appropriate action. + +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de> +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed + battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be + amended over time. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max14577-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: October 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max14577 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + + - 5, 6 or 7 (hours), + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + + - 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_threshold_current +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the charging current threshold for + entering top-off charging mode. When charging current in fast + charge mode drops below this value, the charger will trigger + interrupt and start top-off charging mode. + + Valid values: + + - 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down) + - 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in top-off charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate top-off charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + + - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/ovp_voltage +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry configures the overvoltage protection feature of bq24257- + type charger devices. This feature protects the device and other + components against damage from overvoltage on the input supply. See + device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + + - 6000000, 6500000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 9500000, 10000000, + 10500000 (all uV) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/in_dpm_voltage +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry configures the input dynamic power path management voltage of + bq24257-type charger devices. Once the supply drops to the configured + voltage, the input current limit is reduced down to prevent the further + drop of the supply. When the IC enters this mode, the charge current is + lower than the set value. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + + - 4200000, 4280000, 4360000, 4440000, 4520000, 4600000, 4680000, + 4760000 (all uV) + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/high_impedance_enable +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the high-impedance mode of bq24257-type + charger devices. If enabled, it places the charger IC into low power + standby mode with the switch mode controller disabled. When disabled, + the charger operates normally. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/bq24257-charger/sysoff_enable +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4.0 +Contact: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com> +Description: + This entry allows enabling the sysoff mode of bq24257-type charger + devices. If enabled and the input is removed, the internal battery FET + is turned off in order to reduce the leakage from the BAT pin to less + than 1uA. Note that on some devices/systems this disconnects the battery + from the system. See device datasheet for details. + + Valid values: + + - 1: enabled + - 0: disabled + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_year +Date: January 2020 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the year (following Gregorian calendar) when the device has been + manufactured. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Reported as integer + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_month +Date: January 2020 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the month when the device has been manufactured. + + Access: Read + + Valid values: 1-12 + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/manufacture_day +Date: January 2020 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reports the day of month when the device has been manufactured. + + Access: Read + Valid values: 1-31 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..914d67caa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-mp2629 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/mp2629_battery/batt_impedance_compen +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Description: + Represents a battery impedance compensation to accelerate charging. + + Access: Read, Write + + Valid values: Represented in milli-ohms. Valid range is [0, 140]. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b52f7023f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-twl4030 @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_usb/mode +Description: + Changing mode for USB port. + Writing to this can disable charging. + + Possible values are: + + ============= =========================================== + "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected + power source and battery status. + "off" do not draw any power. + "continuous" activate mode described as "linear" in + TWL data sheets. This uses whatever + current is available and doesn't switch off + when voltage drops. + + This is useful for unstable power sources + such as bicycle dynamo, but care should + be taken that battery is not over-charged. + ============= =========================================== + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/twl4030_ac/mode +Description: + Changing mode for 'ac' port. + Writing to this can disable charging. + + Possible values are: + + ====== =========================================== + "auto" draw power as appropriate for detected + power source and battery status. + "off" do not draw any power. + ====== =========================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82af180fc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power-wilco @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_type +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + What charging algorithm to use: + + Standard: + Fully charges battery at a standard rate. + Adaptive: + Battery settings adaptively optimized based on + typical battery usage pattern. + Fast: + Battery charges over a shorter period. + Trickle: + Extends battery lifespan, intended for users who + primarily use their Chromebook while connected to AC. + Custom: + A low and high threshold percentage is specified. + Charging begins when level drops below + charge_control_start_threshold, and ceases when + level is above charge_control_end_threshold. + Long Life: + Customized charge rate for last longer battery life. + On Wilco device this mode is pre-configured in the factory + through EC's private PID. Swiching to a different mode will + be denied by Wilco EC when Long Life mode is enabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_control_start_threshold +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + Used when charge_type="Custom", as described above. Measured in + percentages. The valid range is [50, 95]. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/wilco-charger/charge_control_end_threshold +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Description: + Used when charge_type="Custom", as described above. Measured in + percentages. The valid range is [55, 100]. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca491ec4e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +What: /sys/class/powercap/ +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The powercap/ class sub directory belongs to the power cap + subsystem. Refer to + Documentation/power/powercap/powercap.rst for details. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A <control type> is a unique name under /sys/class/powercap. + Here <control type> determines how the power is going to be + controlled. A <control type> can contain multiple power zones. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/enabled +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This allows to enable/disable power capping for a "control type". + This status affects every power zone using this "control_type. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A power zone is a single or a collection of devices, which can + be independently monitored and controlled. A power zone sysfs + entry is qualified with the name of the <control type>. + E.g. intel-rapl:0:1:1. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone>/<child power zone> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power zones may be organized in a hierarchy in which child + power zones provide monitoring and control for a subset of + devices under the parent. For example, if there is a parent + power zone for a whole CPU package, each CPU core in it can + be a child power zone. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/name +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the name of this power zone. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/energy_uj +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current energy counter in micro-joules. Write "0" to reset. + If the counter can not be reset, then this attribute is + read-only. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_energy_range_uj +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of the above energy counter in micro-joules. + + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current power in micro-watts. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_power_range_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of the above power value in micro-watts. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_name +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Each power zone can define one or more constraints. Each + constraint can have an optional name. Here "X" can have values + from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_power_limit_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power limit in micro-watts should be applicable for + the time window specified by "constraint_X_time_window_us". + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Time window in micro seconds. This is used along with + constraint_X_power_limit_uw to define a power constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_max_power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_min_power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_max_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowed time window in micro seconds for this + constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_min_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum allowed time window in micro seconds for this + constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/enabled +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This allows to enable/disable power capping at power zone level. + This applies to current power zone and its children. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c20e61354 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +What: /sys/class/pwm/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + The pwm/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic PWM + Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM + channels. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN directory is created for each + probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the + PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/export +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control. + Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/unexport +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Unexports a PWM channel. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX directory is created for + each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM + channel number. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/period +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/duty_cycle +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/polarity +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or + "inversed". + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/enable +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Enable/disable the PWM signal. + 0 is disabled + 1 is enabled + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/capture +Date: June 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.8 +Contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Capture information about a PWM signal. The output format is a + pair unsigned integers (period and duty cycle), separated by a + single space. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19aefb21b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +What: /sys/class/rapidio_port +Description: + On-chip RapidIO controllers and PCIe-to-RapidIO bridges + (referenced as "Master Port" or "mport") are presented in sysfs + as the special class of devices: "rapidio_port". + The /sys/class/rapidio_port subdirectory contains individual + subdirectories named as "rapidioN" where N = mport ID registered + with RapidIO subsystem. + + NOTE: An mport ID is not a RapidIO destination ID assigned to a + given local mport device. + +What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/sys_size +Date: Apr, 2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + (RO) reports RapidIO common transport system size: + + 0 = small (8-bit destination ID, max. 256 devices), + + 1 = large (16-bit destination ID, max. 65536 devices). + +What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/port_destid +Date: Apr, 2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15 +Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>, + Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com> +Description: + +(RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given +RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means +that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport +(yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed +only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID +assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter. + +After enumeration or discovery was performed for a given mport device, +the corresponding subdirectory will also contain subdirectories for each +child RapidIO device connected to the mport. + +The example below shows mport device subdirectory with several child RapidIO +devices attached to it:: + + [rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l + total 0 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005 + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid + drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size + -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c8ff7910 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +What: /sys/class/rc/ +Date: Apr 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + The rc/ class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller + core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared + remote controller receivers. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/ +Date: Apr 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote + control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols +Date: Jun 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Reading this file returns a list of available protocols, + something like:: + + "rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]" + + Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets. + + Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled + protocols. + + Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled + protocols. + + Writing "proto" will enable only "proto". + + Writing "none" will disable all protocols. + + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or + unknown protocol name is used. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Sets the scancode filter expected value. + + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the + expected value of the bits set in the filter mask. + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match + the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with + an error. + + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter to set the bits + of the scancode which should be compared against the expected + value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid + scancodes to be processed. + + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match + the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with + an error. + + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols +Date: Feb 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use + for the wakeup filter, something like:: + + "rc-5 nec nec-x rc-6-0 rc-6-6a-24 [rc-6-6a-32] rc-6-mce" + + Note that protocol variants are listed, so "nec", "sony", + "rc-5", "rc-6" have their different bit length encodings + listed if available. + + The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets. + + Only one protocol can be selected at a time. + + Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events. + + Writing "none" will disable wakeup. + + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or + unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by + the hardware. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value. + + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to + set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask + to trigger a system wake event. + + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then + scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. + suspend to RAM or power off. + + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare. + + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set + the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the + expected value to trigger a system wake event. + + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then + scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. + suspend to RAM or power off. + + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3abe45f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc-nuvoton @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_data +Date: Mar 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> +Description: + Reading this file returns the stored CIR wakeup sequence. + It starts with a pulse, followed by a space, pulse etc. + All values are in microseconds. + The same format can be used to store a wakeup sequence + in the Nuvoton chip by writing to this file. + + Note: Some systems reset the stored wakeup sequence to a + factory default on each boot. On such systems store the + wakeup sequence in a file and set it on boot using e.g. + a udev rule. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8516f0880 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../state +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + state. This reports the regulator enable control, for + regulators which can report that input value. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'enabled' + 'disabled' + 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying + power to the system (assuming no error prevents it). + + 'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not + supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux + control has enabled it). + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. + + NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts + or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../status +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + "status". This reports the current regulator status, for + regulators which can report that output value. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - off + - on + - error + - fast + - normal + - idle + - standby + + "off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the + system. + + "on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system, + and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode. + + "error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being + disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable + because of problems with the input power supply. + + "fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed + regulator operation modes (described elsewhere). They + imply "on", but provide more detail. + + Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs, + not limited to control inputs from Linux. For example, + the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or + a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though + Linux did not enable it. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../type +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + type. This holds the regulator type. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - 'voltage' + - 'current' + - 'unknown' + + 'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled + by software. + + 'current' means the regulator output current limit can be + controlled by software. + + 'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or + current limit. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting + measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators + which can report the control input for voltage. + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit + setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators + which can report the control input for a current limit. + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output current level as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../opmode +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode, + for regulators which can report that control input value. + + The opmode value can be one of the following strings: + + - 'fast' + - 'normal' + - 'idle' + - 'standby' + - 'unknown' + + The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. A "status" + attribute may be available to determine the actual mode. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator + output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts, + for regulators which support voltage constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator + output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts, + for regulators which support voltage constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator + output current limit setting for this domain measured in + microamps, for regulators which support current constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator + output current limit setting for this domain measured in + microamps, for regulators which support current constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../name +Date: October 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.28 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for + display purposes. + + NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided + by platform or regulator drivers. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../num_users +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that + have called regulator_enable() on this regulator. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load + current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer + devices. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../parent +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent. + This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to + memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode + configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk, + for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration + constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to + standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode + configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state + when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend + configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state + when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing + suspend configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating + state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing + suspend configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../bypass +Date: September 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + bypass. This indicates if the device is in bypass mode. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + - 'enabled' + - 'disabled' + - 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode. + + 'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating. + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c9ee5509 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-remoteproc @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../firmware +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@mips.com> +Description: Remote processor firmware + + Reports the name of the firmware currently loaded to the + remote processor. + + To change the running firmware, ensure the remote processor is + stopped (using /sys/class/remoteproc/.../state) and write a new filename. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../state +Date: October 2016 +Contact: Matt Redfearn <matt.redfearn@mips.com> +Description: Remote processor state + + Reports the state of the remote processor, which will be one of: + + - "offline" + - "suspended" + - "running" + - "crashed" + - "invalid" + + "offline" means the remote processor is powered off. + + "suspended" means that the remote processor is suspended and + must be woken to receive messages. + + "running" is the normal state of an available remote processor + + "crashed" indicates that a problem/crash has been detected on + the remote processor. + + "invalid" is returned if the remote processor is in an + unknown state. + + Writing this file controls the state of the remote processor. + The following states can be written: + + - "start" + - "stop" + + Writing "start" will attempt to start the processor running the + firmware indicated by, or written to, + /sys/class/remoteproc/.../firmware. The remote processor should + transition to "running" state. + + Writing "stop" will attempt to halt the remote processor and + return it to the "offline" state. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../name +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com> +Description: Remote processor name + + Reports the name of the remote processor. This can be used by + userspace in exactly identifying a remote processor and ease + up the usage in modifying the 'firmware' or 'state' files. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../coredump +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: Remote processor coredump configuration + + Reports the coredump configuration of the remote processor, + which will be one of: + + "disabled" + "enabled" + "inline" + + "disabled" means no dump will be collected. + + "enabled" means when the remote processor's coredump is + collected it will be copied to a separate buffer and that + buffer is exposed to userspace. + + "inline" means when the remote processor's coredump is + collected userspace will directly read from the remote + processor's device memory. Extra buffer will not be used to + copy the dump. Also recovery process will not proceed until + all data is read by usersapce. + +What: /sys/class/remoteproc/.../recovery +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>, Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: Remote processor recovery mechanism + + Reports the recovery mechanism of the remote processor, + which will be one of: + + "enabled" + "disabled" + + "enabled" means, the remote processor will be automatically + recovered whenever it crashes. Moreover, if the remote + processor crashes while recovery is disabled, it will + be automatically recovered too as soon as recovery is enabled. + + "disabled" means, a remote processor will remain in a crashed + state if it crashes. This is useful for debugging purposes; + without it, debugging a crash is substantially harder. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c028673 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-client @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +What: /sys/class/rnbd-client +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Provide information about RNBD-client. + All sysfs files that are not read-only provide the usage information on read: + + Example:: + + # cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device + + > Usage: echo "sessname=<name of the rtrs session> path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> + > [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr>] device_path=<full path on remote side> + > [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] > map_device + > + > addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4> | ip:<ipv6> | gid:<gid> ] + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/map_device +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Expected format is the following:: + + sessname=<name of the rtrs session> + path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> [path=<[srcaddr,]dstaddr> ...] + device_path=<full path on remote side> + [access_mode=<ro|rw|migration>] + + Where: + + sessname: + accepts a string not bigger than 256 chars, which identifies + a given session on the client and on the server. + I.e. "clt_hostname-srv_hostname" could be a natural choice. + + path: + describes a connection between the client and the server by + specifying destination and, when required, the source address. + The addresses are to be provided in the following format:: + + ip:<IPv6> + ip:<IPv4> + gid:<GID> + + for example:: + + path=ip:10.0.0.66 + + The single addr is treated as the destination. + The connection will be established to this server from any client IP address. + + :: + + path=ip:10.0.0.66,ip:10.0.1.66 + + First addr is the source address and the second is the destination. + + If multiple "path=" options are specified multiple connection + will be established and data will be sent according to + the selected multipath policy (see RTRS mp_policy sysfs entry description). + + device_path: + Path to the block device on the server side. Path is specified + relative to the directory on server side configured in the + 'dev_search_path' module parameter of the rnbd_server. + The rnbd_server prepends the <device_path> received from client + with <dev_search_path> and tries to open the + <dev_search_path>/<device_path> block device. On success, + a /dev/rnbd<N> device file, a /sys/block/rnbd_client/rnbd<N>/ + directory and an entry in /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices + will be created. + + If 'dev_search_path' contains '%SESSNAME%', then each session can + have different devices namespace, e.g. server was configured with + the following parameter "dev_search_path=/run/rnbd-devs/%SESSNAME%", + client has this string "sessname=blya device_path=sda", then server + will try to open: /run/rnbd-devs/blya/sda. + + access_mode: + the access_mode parameter specifies if the device is to be + mapped as "ro" read-only or "rw" read-write. The server allows + a device to be exported in rw mode only once. The "migration" + access mode has to be specified if a second mapping in read-write + mode is desired. + + By default "rw" is used. + + Exit Codes: + + If the device is already mapped it will fail with EEXIST. If the input + has an invalid format it will return EINVAL. If the device path cannot + be found on the server, it will fail with ENOENT. + + Finding device file after mapping + --------------------------------- + + After mapping, the device file can be found by: + o The symlink /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id> + points to /sys/block/<dev-name>. The last part of the symlink destination + is the same as the device name. By extracting the last part of the + path the path to the device /dev/<dev-name> can be build. + + * /dev/block/$(cat /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>/dev) + + How to find the <device_id> of the device is described on the next + section. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: For each device mapped on the client a new symbolic link is created as + /sys/class/rnbd-client/ctl/devices/<device_id>, which points + to the block device created by rnbd (/sys/block/rnbd<N>/). + The <device_id> of each device is created as follows: + + - If the 'device_path' provided during mapping contains slashes ("/"), + they are replaced by exclamation mark ("!") and used as as the + <device_id>. Otherwise, the <device_id> will be the same as the + "device_path" provided. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba60a90c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rnbd-server @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: provide information about RNBD-server. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When a client maps a device, a directory entry with the name of the + block device is created under /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/block_dev +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Is a symlink to the sysfs entry of the exported device. + + Example: + block_dev -> ../../../../class/block/ram0 + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: For each client a particular device is exported to, following directory will be + created: + + /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/ + + When the device is unmapped by that client, the directory will be removed. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/read_only +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains '1' if device is mapped read-only, otherwise '0'. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/mapping_path +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the relative device path provided by the user during mapping. + +What: /sys/class/rnbd-server/ctl/devices/<device_name>/sessions/<session-name>/access_mode +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains the device access mode: ro, rw or migration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95984289a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +What: /sys/class/rtc/ +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The rtc/ class subdirectory belongs to the RTC subsystem. + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/ +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The /sys/class/rtc/rtc{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond + to each RTC device. + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/date +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) RTC-provided date in YYYY-MM-DD format + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/hctosys +Date: September 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) 1 if the RTC provided the system time at boot via the + CONFIG_RTC_HCTOSYS kernel option, 0 otherwise + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/max_user_freq +Date: October 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The maximum interrupt rate an unprivileged user may request + from this RTC. + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/name +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The name of the RTC corresponding to this sysfs directory + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/range +Date: January 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Valid time range for the RTC, as seconds from epoch, formatted + as [min, max] + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/since_epoch +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) RTC-provided time as the number of seconds since the epoch + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/time +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) RTC-provided time in 24-hour notation (hh:mm:ss) + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/offset +Date: February 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The amount which the rtc clock has been adjusted in + firmware. Visible only if the driver supports clock offset + adjustment. The unit is parts per billion, i.e. The number of + clock ticks which are added to or removed from the rtc's base + clock per billion ticks. A positive value makes a day pass more + slowly, longer, and a negative value makes a day pass more + quickly. + +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/wakealarm +Date: February 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The time at which the clock will generate a system wakeup + event. This is a one shot wakeup event, so must be reset after + wake if a daily wakeup is required. Format is seconds since the + epoch by default, or if there's a leading +, seconds in the + future, or if there is a leading +=, seconds ahead of the + current alarm. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee8ed6494 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtc0/device/rtc_calibration +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Mark Godfrey <mark.godfrey@stericsson.com> +Description: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock + The rtc_calibration attribute allows the userspace to + calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock. + Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value + by adding to it the value of this attribute. + + The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of + 30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock) +Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration + daemon uses this interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f7165aab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-client @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When a user of RTRS API creates a new session, a directory entry with + the name of that session is created under /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/ + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/add_path +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RW, adds a new path (connection) to an existing session. Expected format is the + following:: + + <[source addr,]destination addr> + *addr ::= [ ip:<ipv4|ipv6> | gid:<gid> ] + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/max_reconnect_attempts +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Maximum number reconnect attempts the client should make before giving up + after connection breaks unexpectedly. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/mp_policy +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Multipath policy specifies which path should be selected on each IO: + + round-robin (0): + select path in per CPU round-robin manner. + + min-inflight (1): + select path with minimum inflights. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Each path belonging to a given session is listed here by its source and + destination address. When a new path is added to a session by writing to + the "add_path" entry, a directory <src@dst> is created. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/state +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains "connected" if the session is connected to the peer and fully + functional. Otherwise the file contains "disconnected" + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/reconnect +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write "1" to the file in order to reconnect the path. + Operation is blocking and returns 0 if reconnect was successful. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/disconnect +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write "1" to the file in order to disconnect the path. + Operation blocks until RTRS path is disconnected. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/remove_path +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Write "1" to the file in order to disconnected and remove the path + from the session. Operation blocks until the path is disconnected + and removed from the session. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the the name of HCA the connection established on. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the port number of active port traffic is going through. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/src_addr +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the source address of the path + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/dst_addr +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reset_all +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RW, Read will return usage help, write 0 will clear all the statistics. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/cpu_migration +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RTRS expects that each HCA IRQ is pinned to a separate CPU. If it's + not the case, the processing of an I/O response could be processed on a + different CPU than where it was originally submitted. This file shows + how many interrupts where generated on a non expected CPU. + + "from:" + is the CPU on which the IRQ was expected, but not generated. + "to:" + is the CPU on which the IRQ was generated, but not expected. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/reconnects +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains 2 unsigned int values, the first one records number of successful + reconnects in the path lifetime, the second one records number of failed + reconnects in the path lifetime. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-client/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/rdma +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations. + The output consists of 6 values:: + + <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> \ + <write-total-size> <inflights> <failovered> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b6d5b067 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtrs-server @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When a user of RTRS API creates a new session on a client side, a + directory entry with the name of that session is created in here. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/ +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When new path is created by writing to "add_path" entry on client side, + a directory entry named as <source address>@<destination address> is created + on server. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/disconnect +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: When "1" is written to the file, the RTRS session is being disconnected. + Operations is non-blocking and returns control immediately to the caller. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_name +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the the name of HCA the connection established on. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/hca_port +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the port number of active port traffic is going through. + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/src_addr +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the source address of the path + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/dst_addr +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: RO, Contains the destination address of the path + +What: /sys/class/rtrs-server/<session-name>/paths/<src@dst>/stats/rdma +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: Jack Wang <jinpu.wang@cloud.ionos.com> Danil Kipnis <danil.kipnis@cloud.ionos.com> +Description: Contains statistics regarding rdma operations and inflight operations. + The output consists of 5 values: + <read-count> <read-total-size> <write-count> <write-total-size> <inflights> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c98d8f43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/isci_id +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> +Description: + This file contains the enumerated host ID for the Intel + SCU controller. The Intel(R) C600 Series Chipset SATA/SAS + Storage Control Unit embeds up to two 4-port controllers in + a single PCI device. The controllers are enumerated in order + which usually means the lowest number scsi_host corresponds + with the first controller, but this association is not + guaranteed. The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies + the controller index: '0' for the first controller, + '1' for the second. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/acciopath_status +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Stephen M. Cameron <scameron@beardog.cce.hp.com> +Description: This file contains the current status of the "SSD Smart Path" + feature of HP Smart Array RAID controllers using the hpsa + driver. SSD Smart Path, when enabled permits the driver to + send i/o requests directly to physical devices that are part + of a logical drive, bypassing the controllers firmware RAID + stack for a performance advantage when possible. A value of + '1' indicates the feature is enabled, and the controller may + use the direct i/o path to physical devices. A value of zero + means the feature is disabled and the controller may not use + the direct i/o path to physical devices. This setting is + controller wide, affecting all configured logical drives on the + controller. This file is readable and writable. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/link_power_management_policy +Date: Oct, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.24 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This parameter allows the user to read and set the link + (interface) power management. + + There are four possible options: + + min_power: Tell the controller to try to make the link use the + least possible power when possible. This may sacrifice some + performance due to increased latency when coming out of lower + power states. + + max_performance: Generally, this means no power management. + Tell the controller to have performance be a priority over power + management. + + medium_power: Tell the controller to enter a lower power state + when possible, but do not enter the lowest power state, thus + improving latency over min_power setting. + + med_power_with_dipm: Identical to the existing medium_power + setting except that it enables dipm (device initiated power + management) on top, which makes it match the Windows IRST (Intel + Rapid Storage Technology) driver settings. This setting is also + close to min_power, except that: + + a) It does not use host-initiated slumber mode, but it does + allow device-initiated slumber + b) It does not enable low power device sleep mode (DevSlp). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message_type +Date: Jun, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + em_message: (RW) Enclosure management support. For the LED + protocol, writes and reads correspond to the LED message format + as defined in the AHCI spec. + + The user must turn sw_activity (under `/sys/block/*/device/`) + OFF it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message + file. + + em_message_type: (RO) Displays the current enclosure management + protocol that is being used by the driver (for eg. LED, SAF-TE, + SES-2, SGPIO etc). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_port_cmd +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_caps +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_cap2 +Date: Mar, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [to be documented] + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_version +Date: Mar, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the version of the AHCI spec implemented by the + host. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_buffer +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Allows access to AHCI EM (enclosure management) buffer + directly if the host supports EM. + + For eg. the AHCI driver supports SGPIO EM messages but the + SATA/AHCI specs do not define the SGPIO message format of the EM + buffer. Different hardware(HW) vendors may have different + definitions. With the em_buffer attribute, this issue can be + solved by allowing HW vendors to provide userland drivers and + tools for their SGPIO initiators. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message_supported +Date: Oct, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Displays supported enclosure management message types. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9be398b87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_tape @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/in_flight +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Show the number of I/Os currently in-flight between the st + module and the SCSI mid-layer. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/io_ns +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time spent waiting for all I/O + to and from the tape drive to complete. This includes all + reads, writes, and other SCSI commands issued to the tape + drive. An example of other SCSI commands would be tape + movement such as a rewind when a rewind tape device is + closed. This item is measured in nanoseconds. + + To determine the amount of time spent waiting for other I/O + to complete subtract read_ns and write_ns from this value. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/other_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + The number of I/O requests issued to the tape drive other + than SCSI read/write requests. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_byte_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of bytes requested from the tape drive. + This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support + variable length block sizes. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of read requests issued to the tape + drive. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/read_ns +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for + read I/O requests to complete. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_byte_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of bytes written to the tape drive. + This value is presented in bytes because tape drives support + variable length block sizes. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total number of write requests issued to the tape + drive. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/write_ms +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the total amount of time in nanoseconds waiting for + write I/O requests to complete. +Users: + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_tape/*/stats/resid_cnt +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hp.com> +Description: + Shows the number of times we found that a residual >0 + was found when the SCSI midlayer indicated that there was + an error. For reads this may be a case of someone issuing + reads greater than the block size. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77ed3da0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/masters +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows first and last available to software master numbers on + this STM device. + +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/channels +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the number of channels per master on this STM device. + +What: /sys/class/stm/<stm>/hw_override +Date: March 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.7 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Reads as 0 if master numbers in the STP stream produced by + this stm device will match the master numbers assigned by + the software or 1 if the stm hardware overrides software + assigned masters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57b8dd39b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-stm_source @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/stm_source/<stm_source>/stm_source_link +Date: June 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com> +Description: + stm_source device linkage to stm device, where its tracing data + is directed. Reads return an existing connection or "<none>" if + this stm_source is not connected to any stm device yet. + Write an existing (registered) stm device's name here to + connect that device. If a device is already connected to this + stm_source, it will first be disconnected. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76c7a661a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-switchtec @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +switchtec - Microsemi Switchtec PCI Switch Management Endpoint + +For details on this subsystem look at Documentation/driver-api/switchtec.rst. + +What: /sys/class/switchtec +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: The switchtec class subsystem folder. + Each registered switchtec driver is represented by a switchtecX + subfolder (X being an integer >= 0). + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_id +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Component identifier as stored in the hardware (eg. PM8543) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_revision +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Component revision stored in the hardware (read only) +Values: integer. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/component_vendor +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Component vendor as stored in the hardware (eg. MICROSEM) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/device_version +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Device version as stored in the hardware (read only) +Values: integer. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/fw_version +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Currently running firmware version (read only) +Values: integer (in hexadecimal). + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/partition +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Partition number for this device in the switch (read only) +Values: integer. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/partition_count +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Total number of partitions in the switch (read only) +Values: integer. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_id +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Product identifier as stored in the hardware (eg. PSX 48XG3) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_revision +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Product revision stored in the hardware (eg. RevB) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/switchtec/switchtec[0-9]+/product_vendor +Date: 05-Jan-2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com> +Description: Product vendor as stored in the hardware (eg. MICROSEM) + (read only) +Values: arbitrary string. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7794e02a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-typec @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +USB Type-C port devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0/) + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/data_role +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The supported USB data roles. This attribute can be used for + requesting data role swapping on the port. Swapping is supported + as synchronous operation, so write(2) to the attribute will not + return until the operation has finished. The attribute is + notified about role changes so that poll(2) on the attribute + wakes up. Change on the role will also generate uevent + KOBJ_CHANGE on the port. The current role is show in brackets, + for example "[host] device" when DRP port is in host mode. + + Valid values: host, device + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/power_role +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The supported power roles. This attribute can be used to request + power role swap on the port. Swapping is supported as + synchronous operation, so write(2) to the attribute will not + return until the operation has finished. The attribute is + notified about role changes so that poll(2) on the attribute + wakes up. Change on the role will also generate uevent + KOBJ_CHANGE. The current role is show in brackets, for example + "[source] sink" when in source mode. + + Valid values: source, sink + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/port_type +Date: May 2017 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <Badhri@google.com> +Description: + Indicates the type of the port. This attribute can be used for + requesting a change in the port type. Port type change is + supported as a synchronous operation, so write(2) to the + attribute will not return until the operation has finished. + + Valid values: + + ====== ============================================== + source (The port will behave as source only DFP port) + sink (The port will behave as sink only UFP port) + dual (The port will behave as dual-role-data and + dual-role-power port) + ====== ============================================== + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/vconn_source +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows is the port VCONN Source. This attribute can be used to + request VCONN swap to change the VCONN Source during connection + when both the port and the partner support USB Power Delivery. + Swapping is supported as synchronous operation, so write(2) to + the attribute will not return until the operation has finished. + The attribute is notified about VCONN source changes so that + poll(2) on the attribute wakes up. Change on VCONN source also + generates uevent KOBJ_CHANGE. + + Valid values: + + - "no" when the port is not the VCONN Source + - "yes" when the port is the VCONN Source + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/power_operation_mode +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current power operational mode the port is in. The + power operation mode means current level for VBUS. In case USB + Power Delivery communication is used for negotiating the levels, + power operation mode should show "usb_power_delivery". + + Valid values: + + - default + - 1.5A + - 3.0A + - usb_power_delivery + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/preferred_role +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The user space can notify the driver about the preferred role. + It should be handled as enabling of Try.SRC or Try.SNK, as + defined in USB Type-C specification, in the port drivers. By + default the preferred role should come from the platform. + + Valid values: source, sink, none (to remove preference) + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/supported_accessory_modes +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Space separated list of accessory modes, defined in the USB + Type-C specification, the port supports. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_power_delivery_revision +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Revision number of the supported USB Power Delivery + specification, or 0 when USB Power Delivery is not supported. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/usb_typec_revision +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Revision number of the supported USB Type-C specification. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/orientation +Date: February 2020 +Contact: Badhri Jagan Sridharan <badhri@google.com> +Description: + Indicates the active orientation of the Type-C connector. + Valid values: + - "normal": CC1 orientation + - "reverse": CC2 orientation + - "unknown": Orientation cannot be determined. + +USB Type-C partner devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-partner/) + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/accessory_mode +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the Accessory Mode name when the partner is an Accessory. + The Accessory Modes are defined in USB Type-C Specification. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/supports_usb_power_delivery +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows if the partner supports USB Power Delivery communication: + Valid values: yes, no + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner>/identity/ +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This directory appears only if the port device driver is capable + of showing the result of Discover Identity USB power delivery + command. That will not always be possible even when USB power + delivery is supported, for example when USB power delivery + communication for the port is mostly handled in firmware. If the + directory exists, it will have an attribute file for every VDO + in Discover Identity command result. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/id_header +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + ID Header VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The + value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/cert_stat +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Cert Stat VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The + value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-partner/identity/product +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Product VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The value + will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + + +USB Type-C cable devices (eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-cable/) + +Note: Electronically Marked Cables will have a device also for one cable plug +(eg. /sys/class/typec/port0-plug0). If the cable is active and has also SOP +Double Prime controller (USB Power Deliver specification ch. 2.4) it will have +second device also for the other plug. Both plugs may have alternate modes as +described in USB Type-C and USB Power Delivery specifications. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/type +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows if the cable is active. + Valid values: active, passive + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/plug_type +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows type of the plug on the cable: + + - type-a - Standard A + - type-b - Standard B + - type-c + - captive + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/ +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This directory appears only if the port device driver is capable + of showing the result of Discover Identity USB power delivery + command. That will not always be possible even when USB power + delivery is supported. If the directory exists, it will have an + attribute for every VDO returned by Discover Identity command. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/id_header +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + ID Header VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The + value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/cert_stat +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Cert Stat VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The + value will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>-cable/identity/product +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Product VDO part of Discover Identity command result. The value + will show 0 until Discover Identity command result becomes + available. The value can be polled. + + +USB Type-C port alternate mode devices. + +What: /sys/class/typec/<port>/<alt mode>/supported_roles +Date: April 2017 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Space separated list of the supported roles. + + Valid values: source, sink diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b810a425 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/class/usb_role/ +Date: Jan 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Place in sysfs for USB Role Switches. USB Role Switch is a + device that can select the data role (host or device) for USB + port. + +What: /sys/class/usb_role/<switch>/role +Date: Jan 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The current role of the switch. This attribute can be used for + requesting role swapping with non-USB Type-C ports. With USB + Type-C ports, the ABI defined for USB Type-C connector class + must be used. + + Valid values: + - none + - host + - device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c5dcad21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio + Platform (UWB) radio controllers. + + Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra + Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Description: + If no beacons are received from a device for at least + this time, the device will be considered to have gone + and it will be removed. The default is 3 superframes + (~197 ms) as required by the specification. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An individual UWB radio controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write: + + <channel> + + to force a specific channel to be used when beaconing, + or, if <channel> is -1, to prohibit beaconing. If + <channel> is 0, then the default channel selection + algorithm will be used. Valid channels depends on the + radio controller's supported band groups. + + Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if + the radio controller is not beaconing. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ASIE +Date: August 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + The application-specific information element (ASIE) + included in this device's beacon, in space separated + hex octets. + + Reading returns the current ASIE. Writing replaces + the current ASIE with the one written. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write: + + <channel> <type> [<bpst offset>] + + to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of: + + == ======================================= + 0 scan + 1 scan outside BP + 2 scan while inactive + 3 scanning disabled + 4 scan (with start time of <bpst offset>) + == ======================================= + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this + radio controller. A write will change the radio + controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is + not beaconing or scanning. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host + Controller PAL using this radio controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected + as part of a scan or is a member of the radio + controllers beacon group. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms + interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from + this device was received. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated + hex octets. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48 +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex + octets. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in + space separated hex octets with one IE per line. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio + (SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB. + This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer + to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of + the received signal in dB. LQE is a more useful + measure of the radio link quality. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5977e2875 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller. + This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from + WUSB devices. + + Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host + within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have + disconnected and are removed. The default value of + 4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB + specification. + + Since this relates to security (specifically, the + lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed + from the default. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices. + This is only of limited use for testing and + development as the hardware's automatic rate + adaptation is better then this simple control. + + Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to + use. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_dnts +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com> +Description: + The device notification time slot (DNTS) count and inverval in + milliseconds that the WUSB host should use. This controls how + often the devices will have the opportunity to send + notifications to the host. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_retry_count +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com> +Description: + The number of retries that the WUSB host should attempt + before reporting an error for a bus transaction. The range of + valid values is [0..15], where 0 indicates infinite retries. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..754aab8b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-wakeup @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +What: /sys/class/wakeup/ +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/wakeup/ directory contains pointers to all + wakeup sources in the kernel at that moment in time. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../name +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the name of the wakeup source. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../active_count +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of times the wakeup source was + activated. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../event_count +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of signaled wakeup events + associated with the wakeup source. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../wakeup_count +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of times the wakeup source might + abort suspend. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../expire_count +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of times the wakeup source's + timeout has expired. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../active_time_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the amount of time the wakeup source has + been continuously active, in milliseconds. If the wakeup + source is not active, this file contains '0'. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../total_time_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the total amount of time this wakeup source + has been active, in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../max_time_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the maximum amount of time this wakeup + source has been continuously active, in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../last_change_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + This file contains the monotonic clock time when the wakeup + source was touched last time, in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/class/wakeup/.../prevent_suspend_time_ms +Date: June 2019 +Contact: Tri Vo <trong@android.com> +Description: + The file contains the total amount of time this wakeup source + has been preventing autosleep, in milliseconds. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog new file mode 100644 index 000000000..585caecda --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/bootstatus +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains status of the watchdog + device at boot. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETBOOTSTATUS of + ioctl interface. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/identity +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains identity string of + watchdog device. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/nowayout +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read/write file. While reading, it gives '1' + if the device has the nowayout feature set, otherwise + it gives '0'. Writing a '1' to the file enables the + nowayout feature. Once set, the nowayout feature + cannot be disabled, so writing a '0' either has no + effect (if the feature was already disabled) or + results in a permission error. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/state +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It gives active/inactive status of + watchdog device. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/status +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains watchdog device's + internal status bits. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETSTATUS + of ioctl interface. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/timeleft +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It contains value of time left for + reset generation. It is equivalent to WDIOC_GETTIMELEFT of + ioctl interface. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/timeout +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It is read to know about current + value of timeout programmed. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout +Date: December 2016 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It specifies the time in seconds before + timeout when the pretimeout interrupt is delivered. Pretimeout + is an optional feature. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout_avaialable_governors +Date: February 2017 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read only file. It shows the pretimeout governors + available for this watchdog. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout_governor +Date: February 2017 +Contact: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> +Description: + It is a read/write file. When read, the currently assigned + pretimeout governor is returned. When written, it sets + the pretimeout governor. + +What: /sys/class/watchdog/watchdog1/access_cs0 +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Ivan Mikhaylov <i.mikhaylov@yadro.com>, + Alexander Amelkin <a.amelkin@yadro.com> +Description: + It is a read/write file. This attribute exists only if the + system has booted from the alternate flash chip due to + expiration of a watchdog timer of AST2400/AST2500 when + alternate boot function was enabled with 'aspeed,alt-boot' + devicetree option for that watchdog or with an appropriate + h/w strapping (for WDT2 only). + + At alternate flash the 'access_cs0' sysfs node provides: + + ast2400: + a way to get access to the primary SPI flash + chip at CS0 after booting from the alternate + chip at CS1. + ast2500: + a way to restore the normal address mapping + from (CS0->CS1, CS1->CS0) to (CS0->CS0, + CS1->CS1). + + Clearing the boot code selection and timeout counter also + resets to the initial state the chip select line mapping. When + the SoC is in normal mapping state (i.e. booted from CS0), + clearing those bits does nothing for both versions of the SoC. + For alternate boot mode (booted from CS1 due to wdt2 + expiration) the behavior differs as described above. + + This option can be used with wdt2 (watchdog1) only. + + When read, the current status of the boot code selection is + shown. When written with any non-zero value, it clears + the boot code selection and the timeout counter, which results + in chipselect reset for AST2400/AST2500. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48ddacbe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-zram @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/class/zram-control/ +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The zram-control/ class sub-directory belongs to zram + device class + +What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_add +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + RO attribute. Read operation will cause zram to add a new + device and return its device id back to user (so one can + use /dev/zram<id>), or error code. + +What: /sys/class/zram-control/hot_remove +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + WO attribute. Remove a specific /dev/zramX device, where X + is a device_id provided by user. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1739063e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/dev +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> +Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs + path for a device using the information returned from + stat(2). There are two directories, 'block' and 'char', + beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of + the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the + corresponding sysfs path for the given device. + + Example:: + + $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32 + ../../block/sdc + + Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be + dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and + leave the system. + +Users: mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fcc94358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices +Date: February 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will + be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs, + and between different kernel versions, the layout of the + devices within this tree will change. + + Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of + this. If a program wishes to find different things in + the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely + on the symlinks there to point to the proper location + within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices. + Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of + devices being added and removed from this tree to find + the location of those devices. + + Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory + chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace + programs must be able to handle such occurrences. + +Users: + udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0809fda09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-consumer @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer> +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../consumer:<consumer> are symlinks to device + links where this device is the supplier. <consumer> denotes the + name of the consumer in that device link and is of the form + bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks + for a given device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e45936853 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-coredump @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../coredump +Date: December 2017 +Contact: Arend van Spriel <aspriel@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../coredump attribute is only present when the + device is bound to a driver, which provides the .coredump() + callback. The attribute is write only. Anything written to this + file will trigger the .coredump() callback. + + Available when CONFIG_DEV_COREDUMP is enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac new file mode 100644 index 000000000..256a9e990 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/reset_counters +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This write-only control file will zero all the statistical + counters for UE and CE errors on the given memory controller. + Zeroing the counters will also reset the timer indicating how + long since the last counter were reset. This is useful for + computing errors/time. Since the counters are always reset + at driver initialization time, no module/kernel parameter + is available. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/seconds_since_reset +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays how many seconds have elapsed + since the last counter reset. This can be used with the error + counters to measure error rates. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/mc_name +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the type of memory controller + that is being utilized. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/size_mb +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory + that this memory controller manages. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. If + panic_on_ue is set, this counter will not have a chance to + increment, since EDAC will panic the system + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of UEs that have + occurred on this memory controller with no information as to + which DIMM slot is having errors. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. This + count is very important to examine. CEs provide early + indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count + field should be monitored for non-zero values and report + such information to the system administrator. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of CEs that + have occurred on this memory controller wherewith no + information as to which DIMM slot is having errors. Memory is + handicapped, but operational, yet no information is available + to indicate which slot the failing memory is in. This count + field should be also be monitored for non-zero values. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/sdram_scrub_rate +Date: February 2007 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: Read/Write attribute file that controls memory scrubbing. + The scrubbing rate used by the memory controller is set by + writing a minimum bandwidth in bytes/sec to the attribute file. + The rate will be translated to an internal value that gives at + least the specified rate. + Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed. + If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented, + the value of the attribute file will be -1. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/max_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the information about the last + available memory slot in this memory controller. It is used by + userspace tools in order to display the memory filling layout. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/size +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the size of dimm or rank. + For dimm*/size, this is the size, in MB of the DIMM memory + stick. For rank*/size, this is the size, in MB for one rank + of the DIMM memory stick. On single rank memories (1R), this + is also the total size of the dimm. On dual rank (2R) memories, + this is half the size of the total DIMM memories. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_dev_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of DRAM device is + being utilized on this DIMM (x1, x2, x4, x8, ...). + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_edac_mode +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of Error detection + and correction is being utilized. For example: S4ECD4ED would + mean a Chipkill with x4 DRAM. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_label +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This control file allows this DIMM to have a label assigned + to it. With this label in the module, when errors occur + the output can provide the DIMM label in the system log. + This becomes vital for panic events to isolate the + cause of the UE event. + DIMM Labels must be assigned after booting, with information + that correctly identifies the physical slot with its + silk screen label. This information is currently very + motherboard specific and determination of this information + must occur in userland at this time. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the location (csrow/channel, + branch/channel/slot or channel/slot) of the dimm or rank. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_mem_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of memory is + currently on this csrow. Normally, either buffered or + unbuffered memory (for example, Unbuffered-DDR3). + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_ce_count +Date: October 2016 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable + errors that have occurred on this DIMM. This count is very important + to examine. CEs provide early indications that a DIMM is beginning + to fail. This count field should be monitored for non-zero values + and report such information to the system administrator. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_ue_count +Date: October 2016 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable + errors that have occurred on this DIMM. If panic_on_ue is set, this + counter will not have a chance to increment, since EDAC will panic the + system diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46badc9ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/ +Date: September 2012 +Contact: <> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware + related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string + that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI + namespace. This attribute is read-only. If the device does not have + an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this + attribute is not present. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea9298d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ directory is only present for + devices included into the Intel Lynxpoint Low Power Subsystem + (LPSS). If present, it contains attributes containing the LTR + mode and the values of LTR registers of the device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode attribute contains an + integer number (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the devices' + LTR functionality is working in the software mode (1). + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's AUTO_LTR register (raw) + represented as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/sw_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's SW_LTR register (raw) represented + as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d202bac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mapping @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/devices/uncore_iio_x/dieX +Date: February 2020 +Contact: Roman Sudarikov <roman.sudarikov@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Each IIO stack (PCIe root port) has its own IIO PMON block, so + each dieX file (where X is die number) holds "Segment:Root Bus" + for PCIe root port, which can be monitored by that IIO PMON + block. + For example, on 4-die Xeon platform with up to 6 IIO stacks per + die and, therefore, 6 IIO PMON blocks per die, the mapping of + IIO PMON block 0 exposes as the following:: + + $ ls /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die* + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 + -r--r--r-- /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 + + $ tail /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die* + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die0 <== + 0000:00 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die1 <== + 0000:40 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die2 <== + 0000:80 + ==> /sys/devices/uncore_iio_0/die3 <== + 0000:c0 + + Which means:: + + IIO PMU 0 on die 0 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x00, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 1 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x40, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 2 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0x80, domain 0x0000 + IIO PMU 0 on die 3 belongs to PCI RP on bus 0xc0, domain 0x0000 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16a727a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be + added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove + operations. +Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable + indicates whether this memory block is removable or not. + This is useful for a user-level agent to determine + identify removable sections of the memory before attempting + potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation +Users: hotplug memory remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device + is read-only; it is a legacy interface only ever used on s390x + to expose the covered storage increment. +Users: Legacy s390-tools lsmem/chmem + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index + is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal + which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the + memory section directory name. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + is read-write. When read, its contents show the + online/offline state of the memory section. When written, + root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable + memory section (see removable file description above) + using the following commands:: + + # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + + For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable + contains a value of 1 and + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the + string "online" the following command can be executed by + by root to offline that section:: + + # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state + +Users: hotplug memory remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones +Date: July 2014 +Contact: Zhang Zhen <zhenzhang.zhang@huawei.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones is + read-only and is designed to show which zone this memory + block can be onlined to. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symbolic link is created for + memory section 9 on node0: + + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled + /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY + memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic + link is created for memory section 9 on node0. + + /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a50ab655 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of + enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit Byte. Format decimal. + +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced + data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit KByte. Format decimal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f990026c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../online +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../online attribute is only present for + devices whose bus types provide .online() and .offline() + callbacks. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value + of the device's 'offline' field. If that number is 1 and '0' + (or 'n', or 'N') is written to this file, the device bus type's + .offline() callback is executed for the device and (if + successful) its 'offline' field is updated accordingly. In + turn, if that number is 0 and '1' (or 'y', or 'Y') is written to + this file, the device bus type's .online() callback is executed + for the device and (if successful) its 'offline' field is + updated as appropriate. + + After a successful execution of the bus type's .offline() + callback the device cannot be used for any purpose until either + it is removed (i.e. device_del() is called for it), or its bus + type's .online() is exeucted successfully. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7b360a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ + ACPI Time and Alarm (TAD) device attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/caps +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by + the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2): + + ======= ====================================================== + BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set + BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set + BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set + BIT(3): Real time accuracy in milliseconds if set + BIT(4): Correct status reported for wakeups from S4/S5 if set + BIT(5): The AC timer wakes up from S4 if set + BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set + BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set + BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set + ======= ====================================================== + + The other bits are reserved. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_alarm +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm timer value. + + Reads return the current AC alarm timer value in seconds or + "disabled", if the AC alarm is not set to wake up the system. + + Write a new AC alarm timer value in seconds or "disabled" to it + to set the AC alarm timer or to disable it, respectively. + + If the AC alarm timer is set through this attribute and it + expires, it will immediately wake up the system from the S3 + sleep state (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status + is explicitly cleared via the ac_status attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_policy +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm expired timer wake policy (see ACPI 6.2, + Section 9.18 for details). + + Reads return the current expired timer wake delay for the AC + alarm timer or "never", if the policy is to discard AC timer + wakeups if the system is on DC power. + + Write a new expired timer wake delay for the AC alarm timer in + seconds or "never" to it to set the expired timer wake delay for + the AC alarm timer or to set its expired wake policy to discard + wakeups if the system is on DC power, respectively. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_status +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm status. + + Reads return a hexadecimal bitmask representing the AC alarm + timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2, + Section 9.18.5): + + ======= ====================================================== + Bit(0): The timer has expired if set. + Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state + (S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set. + ======= ====================================================== + + The other bits are reserved. + + Reads also cause the AC alarm timer status to be reset. + + Another way to reset the the status of the AC alarm timer is to + write (the number) 0 to this file. + + If the status return value indicates that the timer has expired, + it will immediately wake up the system from the S3 sleep state + (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status is explicitly + cleared through this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_alarm +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm timer value. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_alarm attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_policy +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm expired timer wake policy. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_policy attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_status +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> + +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm status. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_status attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40f29a01f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com> +Description: + Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget. + + - 1 -> suspended + - 0 -> resumed + + (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com> +Description: + Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in + the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass + Storage mode. + + Possible values are: + + - 1 -> ignore the FUA flag + - 0 -> obey the FUA flag diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..378c42694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> +Description: + Show whether the floor (0 to 4), protection area (0 or 1) is + keylocked. Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The result is: + + - 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked + - 1 -> the DPS is keylocked + +Users: None identified so far. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> +Description: + Enter the protection key for the floor (0 to 4), protection area + (0 or 1). Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The protection key is a string of 8 bytes (value 0-255). + Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed + through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked. + Possible values are: + + - 8 bytes + + Typical values are: + + - "00000000" + - "12345678" + +Users: None identified so far. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d8c18f90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/docked +Date: Dec, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Value 1 or 0 indicates whether the software believes the + laptop is docked in a docking station. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/undock +Date: Dec, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Writing to this file causes the software to initiate an + undock request to the firmware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/uid +Date: Feb, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.21 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Displays the docking station the laptop is docked to. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/flags +Date: May, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.21 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Show dock station flags, useful for checking if undock + request has been made by the user (from the immediate_undock + option). + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/type +Date: Aug, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the dock station type- dock_station, ata_bay or + battery_bay. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07df0ddc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/firmware_revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) The major and minor revision of the firmware. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/aux_firmware_revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Holds additional information about the firmware revision, + such as boot block or internal data structure version numbers. + The meanings of the numbers are specific to the vendor + identified by Manufacturer ID. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Device revision. Useful for identifying if significant + hardware changes have been made to the implementation of the + management controller. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/provides_device_sdrs +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Indicates whether device provides device sensor data + records (1) or not (0). + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/device_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Device id is specified by the manufacturer identified by + the Manufacturer ID field. This field allows controller specific + software to identify the unique application command, OEM + fields, and functionality that are provided by the controller + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/additional_device_support +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Lists the IPMI ‘logical device’ commands and functions + that the controller supports that are in addition to the + mandatory IPM and Application commands. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/ipmi_version +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Displays the IPMI Command Specification Version. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/manufacturer_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Identifies the manufacturer responsible for the + specification of functionality of the vendor (OEM)-specific + commands, codes, and interfaces used in the controller. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/product_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Displays a number that identifies a particular system, + module, add-in card, or board set. The number is specified + according to the manufacturer given by Manufacturer ID. + +For detailed definitions of the above attributes, refer to section 20.1 'Get +Device ID Command' of the IPMI specification v2.0. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/guid +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) A GUID (Globally Unique ID), also referred to as a UUID + (Universally Unique Identifier), for the management controller, + as described in section 20.8 'Get Device GUID Command' of the + IPMI specification v2.0. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/type +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) The device interface for IPMI "kcs", "smic", "bt" or + "invalid" + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/idles +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/watchdog_pretimeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/complete_transactions +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/events +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/hosed_count +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/long_timeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/flag_fetches +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/attentions +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/incoming_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/short_timeouts +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + + ====================== ======================================== + idles (RO) Number of times the interface was + idle while being polled. + + watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. + + complete_transactions (RO) Number of completed messages. + + events (RO) Number of IPMI events received from + the hardware. + + interrupts (RO) Number of interrupts the driver + handled. + + hosed_count (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't + follow the state machine. + + long_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver + requested a timer while nothing was in + progress. + + flag_fetches (RO) Number of times the driver + requested flags from the hardware. + + attentions (RO) Number of time the driver got an + ATTN from the hardware. + + incoming_messages (RO) Number of asynchronous messages + received. + + short_timeouts (RO) Number of times the driver + requested a timer while an operation was + in progress. + ====================== ======================================== + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Indicates whether interrupts are enabled or not. The driver + disables interrupts when it gets into a situation where it + cannot handle messages due to lack of memory. Once that + situation clears up, it will re-enable interrupts. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/params +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + [to be documented] + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/type +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Shows the IMPI device interface type - "ssif" here. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/hosed +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/alerts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages_parts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_message_parts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/events +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/watchdog_pretimeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/flag_fetches +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_retries +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_retries +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_errors +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_errors +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + ====================== ======================================== + hosed (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't + follow the state machine. + + alerts (RO) Number of alerts received. + + sent_messages (RO) Number of total messages sent. + + sent_message_parts (RO) Number of message parts sent. + Messages may be broken into parts if + they are long. + + received_messages (RO) Number of message responses + received. + + received_message_parts (RO) Number of message fragments + received. + + events (RO) Number of received events. + + watchdog_pretimeouts (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. + + flag_fetches (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was + requested. + + send_retries (RO) Number of time a message was + retried. + + receive_retries (RO) Number of times the receive of a + message was retried. + + send_errors (RO) Number of times the send of a + message failed. + + receive_errors (RO) Number of errors in receiving + messages. + ====================== ======================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e45ac2e86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_alpha +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the alpha blending value for the overlay. Values range + from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). The value is ignored if + the mode is not set to Alpha Blending. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_mode +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values + are: + + - 0 - Alpha Blending + - 1 - ROP3 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The + position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+`. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3 +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the raster operation (ROP3) for the overlay. Values + range from 0 to 255. The value is ignored if the mode is not + set to ROP3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee253b033 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-stratix10-rsu @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ + Intel Stratix10 Remote System Update (RSU) device attributes + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/current_image +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the address in flash of currently running image. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/fail_image +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the address in flash of failed image. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/state +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the state of RSU system. + The state field has two parts: major error code in + upper 16 bits and minor error code in lower 16 bits. + + b[15:0] + Currently used only when major error is 0xF006 + (CPU watchdog timeout), in which case the minor + error code is the value reported by CPU to + firmware through the RSU notify command before + the watchdog timeout occurs. + + b[31:16] + 0xF001 bitstream error + 0xF002 hardware access failure + 0xF003 bitstream corruption + 0xF004 internal error + 0xF005 device error + 0xF006 CPU watchdog timeout + 0xF007 internal unknown error + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/version +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the version number of RSU firmware. 19.3 or late + version includes information about the firmware which + reported the error. + + pre 19.3: + b[31:0] + 0x0 version number + + 19.3 or late: + b[15:0] + 0x1 version number + b[31:16] + 0x0 no error + 0x0DCF Decision CMF error + 0x0ACF Application CMF error + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/error_location +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the error offset inside the image that failed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/error_details +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) error code. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/retry_counter +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) the current image's retry counter, which is used by + user to know how many times the images is still allowed + to reload itself before giving up and starting RSU + fail-over flow. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/reboot_image +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (WO) the address in flash of image to be loaded on next + reboot command. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/notify +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (WO) client to notify firmware with different actions. + + b[15:0] + inform firmware the current software execution + stage. + + == =========================================== + 0 the first stage bootloader didn't run or + didn't reach the point of launching second + stage bootloader. + 1 failed in second bootloader or didn't get + to the point of launching the operating + system. + 2 both first and second stage bootloader ran + and the operating system launch was + attempted. + == =========================================== + + b[16] + == =========================================== + 1 firmware to reset current image retry + counter. + 0 no action. + == =========================================== + + b[17] + == =========================================== + 1 firmware to clear RSU log + 0 no action. + == =========================================== + + b[18] + this is negative logic + + == =========================================== + 1 no action + 0 firmware record the notify code defined + in b[15:0]. + == =========================================== + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf0 +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Decision firmware copy 0 version information. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf1 +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Decision firmware copy 1 version information. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf2 +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Decision firmware copy 2 version information. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/dcmf3 +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Decision firmware copy 3 version information. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/stratix10-rsu.0/max_retry +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.8 +Contact: Richard Gong <richard.gong@linux.intel.com> +Description: + (RO) max retry parameter is stored in the firmware + decision IO section, as a byte located at offset 0x18c. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df11901a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../sensitivity +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Trackpoint sensitivity. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../intertia +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Negative inertia factor. High values cause the cursor to + snap backward when the trackpoint is released. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../reach +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Backup range for z-axis press. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../draghys +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The drag hysteresis controls how hard it is to drag with + z-axis pressed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../mindrag +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Minimum amount of force needed to trigger dragging. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../speed +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Speed of the trackpoint cursor. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../thresh +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Minimum value for z-axis force required to trigger a press + or release, relative to the running average. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../upthresh +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The offset from the running average required to generate a + select (click) on z-axis on release. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../ztime +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This attribute determines how sharp a press has to be in + order to be recognized. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../jenks +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Minimum curvature in degrees required to generate a double + click without a release. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../skipback +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) When the skipback bit is set, backup cursor movement during + releases from drags will be suppressed. The default value for + this bit is 0. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../ext_dev +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Disable (0) or enable (1) external pointing device. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../press_to_select +Date: Aug, 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.14 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Writing a value of 1 to this file will enable the Press to + Select functions like tapping the control stick to simulate a + left click, and writing 0 will disable it. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../drift_time +Date: Dec, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This parameter controls the period of time to test for a + ‘hands off’ condition (i.e. when no force is applied) before a + drift (noise) calibration occurs. + + IBM Trackpoints have a feature to compensate for drift by + recalibrating themselves periodically. By default, if for 0.5 + seconds there is no change in position, it's used as the new + zero. This duration is too low. Often, the calibration happens + when the trackpoint is in fact being used. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1763e64dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power/ +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some power + management related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user + space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to + RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable + it to do that as desired. + + Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals + used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices + have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup + file: + + + "enabled\n" to issue the events; + + "disabled\n" not to do so; + + In that cases the user space can change the setting represented + by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or + "disabled" to it. + + For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup + events this file is not present. In that case the device cannot + be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/control +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user + space to control the run-time power management of the device. + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/control file: + + + "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time; + + "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed; + + The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may + be subject to automatic power management, depending on their + drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver + from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while + the device is suspended causes it to be woken up. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to + enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to + be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel + with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power + transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation). + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/async file: + + + "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume; + + "disabled\n" to forbid it; + + The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either + "enabled", or "disabled" to it. + + It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume + of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies + of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some + devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or + device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the + default value. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number + of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This + attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up + the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. + If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with + the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute + is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the + system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If + the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with + the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep + state in progress. This attribute is read-only. If the device + is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake + up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the + number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has + been reported with a timeout that expired. This attribute is + read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If the + device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1, + or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with + the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not + enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute + is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains + the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the + device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the + device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains + the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated + with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not + enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute + is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains + the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of + signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in + milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is + not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake + up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute + contains the total time the device has been preventing + opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring. + This attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not + present. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute + contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some + drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it + becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain + inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That + period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will + prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar + to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >= + 1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded + up to the nearest second. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us +Date: March 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute + contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device, + which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the + device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume + request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O, + in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that + the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary and the special value + "n/a" means that user space cannot accept any resume latency at + all for the given device. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us +Date: January 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us attribute + contains the PM QoS active state latency tolerance limit for the + given device in microseconds. That is the maximum memory access + latency the device can suffer without any visible adverse + effects on user space functionality. If that value is the + string "any", the latency does not matter to user space at all, + but hardware should not be allowed to set the latency tolerance + for the device automatically. + + Reading "auto" from this file means that the maximum memory + access latency for the device may be determined automatically + by the hardware as needed. Writing "auto" to it allows the + hardware to be switched to this mode if there are no other + latency tolerance requirements from the kernel side. + + This attribute is only present if the feature controlled by it + is supported by the hardware. + + This attribute has no effect on runtime suspend and resume of + devices and on system-wide suspend/resume and hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute + is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag. If + set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not + be removed entirely from the device. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_status +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/runtime_status attribute contains + the current runtime PM status of the device, which may be + "suspended", "suspending", "resuming", "active", "error" (fatal + error), or "unsupported" (runtime PM is disabled). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73b77a6be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30c20703f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D1. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd9d84b42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D2. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3df32c20a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D3hot. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The + names of the links are the same as the names of the directories + they point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0588feeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + require ACPI power resources for wakeup signaling. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be able to signal wakeup. The names of + the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ad954674 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for + device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power + management methods. + + If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI + power state of the given device node. Its possible values, + "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state + names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state + determines a list of power resources required not to be turned + off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in + higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of + some other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b3527c82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide + power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power + management. + + If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI + power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC + control method or inferred from the configuration of power + resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and + "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI + specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + In some situations the value of this attribute may be different + from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for + the same device object. If that happens, some shared power + resources used by the device node are only ON because of some + other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable new file mode 100644 index 000000000..acf7766e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-removable @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../removable +Date: May 2021 +Contact: Rajat Jain <rajatxjain@gmail.com> +Description: + Information about whether a given device can be removed from the + platform by the user. This is determined by its subsystem in a + bus / platform-specific way. This attribute is only present for + devices that can support determining such information: + + "removable": device can be removed from the platform by the user + "fixed": device is fixed to the platform / cannot be removed + by the user. + "unknown": The information is unavailable / cannot be deduced. + + Currently this is only supported by USB (which infers the + information from a combination of hub descriptor bits and + platform-specific data such as ACPI). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4a3bc592 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI power resources. + + If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the + current status of the given power resource (0 means that the + resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off). + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea999e292 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +What: /sys/devices/socX +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each + System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information + regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This + functionality is only available if implemented by the platform. + + The directory created for each SoC will also house information + about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform. + It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported + devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/machine +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine + name (e.g. Ux500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/family +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name + (e.g. DB8500). + + On many of ARM based silicon with SMCCC v1.2+ compliant firmware + this will contain the JEDEC JEP106 manufacturer’s identification + code. The format is "jep106:XXYY" where XX is identity code and + YY is continuation code. + + This manufacturer’s identification code is defined by one + or more eight (8) bit fields, each consisting of seven (7) + data bits plus one (1) odd parity bit. It is a single field, + limiting the possible number of vendors to 126. To expand + the maximum number of identification codes, a continuation + scheme has been defined. + + The specified mechanism is that an identity code of 0x7F + represents the "continuation code" and implies the presence + of an additional identity code field, and this mechanism + may be extended to multiple continuation codes followed + by the manufacturer's identity code. + + For example, ARM has identity code 0x7F 0x7F 0x7F 0x7F 0x3B, + which is code 0x3B on the fifth 'page'. This is shortened + as JEP106 identity code of 0x3B and a continuation code of + 0x4 to represent the four continuation codes preceding the + identity code. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/serial_number +Date: January 2019 +contact: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + serial number, if available. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of + ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. + + On many of ARM based silicon with SMCCC v1.2+ compliant firmware + this will contain the SOC ID appended to the family attribute + to ensure there is no conflict in this namespace across various + vendors. The format is "jep106:XXYY:ZZZZ" where XX is identity + code, YY is continuation code and ZZZZ is the SOC ID. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/revision +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + manufacturing revision number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/process +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the + the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. + +What: /sys/bus/soc +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders + expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular + interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on + the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned + /sys/devices/socX devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85df37de3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../software_node/ +Date: January 2019 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + This directory contains the details about the device that are + assigned in kernel (i.e. software), as opposed to the + firmware_node directory which contains the details that are + assigned for the device in firmware. The main attributes in the + directory will show the properties the device has, and the + relationship it has to some of the other devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c922d7d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-state_synced @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../state_synced +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../state_synced attribute is only present for + devices whose bus types or driver provides the .sync_state() + callback. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value + of the device's 'state_synced' field. A value of 0 means the + .sync_state() callback hasn't been called yet. A value of 1 + means the .sync_state() callback has been called. + + Generally, if a device has sync_state() support and has some of + the resources it provides enabled at the time the kernel starts + (Eg: enabled by hardware reset or bootloader or anything that + run before the kernel starts), then it'll keep those resources + enabled and in a state that's compatible with the state they + were in at the start of the kernel. The device will stop doing + this only when the sync_state() callback has been called -- + which happens only when all its consumer devices are registered + and have probed successfully. Resources that were left disabled + at the time the kernel starts are not affected or limited in + any way by sync_state() callbacks. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun new file mode 100644 index 000000000..625ce4b63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../sun +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Yasuaki Ishimatsu <isimatu.yasuaki@jp.fujitsu.com> +Description: + The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN + method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced + Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows: + + "The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of + the same type. It is also recommended that this number match + the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible." + + So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position + of the slot in the system. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier new file mode 100644 index 000000000..207f5972e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-supplier @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier> +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../supplier:<supplier> are symlinks to device + links where this device is the consumer. <supplier> denotes the + name of the supplier in that device link and is of the form + bus:device name. There can be zero or more of these symlinks + for a given device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bfb4f4fad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/ +Date: pre-git history +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes + + Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories + named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/ + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max + /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline + /sys/devices/system/cpu/online + /sys/devices/system/cpu/possible + /sys/devices/system/cpu/present +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to + hotplug. Briefly: + + kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel + configuration. + + offline: cpus that are not online because they have been + HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the + kernel configuration (kernel_max above). + + online: cpus that are online and being scheduled. + + possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be + brought online if they are present. + + present: cpus that have been identified as being present in + the system. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe + /sys/devices/system/cpu/release +Date: November 2009 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug + removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU + from the system. + + probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the + system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is + architecture specific. + + release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from + the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's + is architecture specific. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to + + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points + to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42 + in NUMA node 2: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship + to other cores and threads in the same physical package. + + One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system, + e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/. + + Briefly, the files above are: + + core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the + hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's). + The actual value is architecture and platform dependent. + + core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads + within the same physical_package_id. + + core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU + numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#. + + physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically + corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value + is architecture and platform dependent. + + thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware + threads within the same core as cpu# + + thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware + threads within the same core as cpu# + + See Documentation/admin-guide/cputopology.rst for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/available_governors + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governor + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro +Date: September 2007 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism + + Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are + differentiated by varying exit latencies and power + consumption during idle. + + Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism + (driver). + + available_governors: (RO) displays a space separated list of + available governors. + + current_driver: (RO) displays current idle mechanism. + + current_governor: (RW) displays current idle policy. Users can + switch the governor at runtime by writing to this file. + + current_governor_ro: (RO) displays current idle policy. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst and + Documentation/driver-api/pm/cpuidle.rst for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/name + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/latency + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/power + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/time + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/usage + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/above + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/below +Date: September 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.24 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + The directory /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle contains per + logical CPU specific cpuidle information for each online cpu X. + The processor idle states which are available for use have the + following attributes: + + ======== ==== ================================================= + name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string). + + latency: (RO) The latency to exit out of this idle state (in + microseconds). + + power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in + milliwatts). + + time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state + (in microseconds). + + usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count). + + above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the + observed CPU idle duration was too short for it + (a count). + + below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the + observed CPU idle duration was too long for it + (a count). + ======== ==== ================================================= + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/desc +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.25 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) A small description about the idle state (string). + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/disable +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RW) Option to disable this idle state (bool). The behavior and + the effect of the disable variable depends on the implementation + of a particular governor. In the ladder governor, for example, + it is not coherent, i.e. if one is disabling a light state, then + all deeper states are disabled as well, but the disable variable + does not reflect it. Likewise, if one enables a deep state but a + lighter state still is disabled, then this has no effect. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/default_status +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: v5.6 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) The default status of this state, "enabled" or "disabled". + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/residency +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) Display the target residency i.e. the minimum amount of + time (in microseconds) this cpu should spend in this idle state + to make the transition worth the effort. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/ +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Idle state usage statistics related to suspend-to-idle. + + This attribute group is only present for states that can be + used in suspend-to-idle with suspended timekeeping. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/time +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Total time spent by the CPU in suspend-to-idle (with scheduler + tick suspended) after requesting this state. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/usage +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Total number of times this state has been requested by the CPU + while entering suspend-to-idle. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/* +Date: pre-git history +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs + + Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the + CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery + power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power + the CPU consumes. + + There are many knobs to tweak in this directory. + + See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus +Date: June 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain + + freqdomain_cpus is the list of CPUs (online+offline) that share + the same clock/freq domain (possibly at the hardware level). + That information may be hidden from the cpufreq core and the + value of related_cpus may be different from freqdomain_cpus. This + attribute is useful for user space DVFS controllers to get better + power/performance results for platforms using acpi-cpufreq. + + This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq driver is in use. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1} +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Disable L3 cache indices + + These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each + cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which + can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files + on a processor with this functionality will return the currently + disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per + node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid + index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache + index to be disabled. + + All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality. + For details, see BKDGs at + http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Processor frequency boosting control + + This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system. + Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency + beyound it's nominal limit. + + More details can be found in + Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes_size +Date: April 2013 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: address and size of the percpu note. + + crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the + note of cpu#. + + crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/min_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/no_turbo +Date: February 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver + + Logic for selecting the current P-state in Intel + Sandybridge+ processors. The three knobs control + limits for the P-state that will be requested by the + driver. + + max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo + frequency range. + + More details can be found in + Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_pstate.rst + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/<set_of_attributes_mentioned_below> +Date: July 2014(documented, existed before August 2008) +Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com> + Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes + + allocation_policy: + - WriteAllocate: + allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a write + - ReadAllocate: + allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a read + - ReadWriteAllocate: + both writeallocate and readallocate + + attributes: + LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy + + coherency_line_size: + the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets + transferred from memory to cache + + level: + the cache hierarchy in the multi-level cache configuration + + number_of_sets: + total number of sets in the cache, a set is a + collection of cache lines with the same cache index + + physical_line_partition: + number of physical cache line per cache tag + + shared_cpu_list: + the list of logical cpus sharing the cache + + shared_cpu_map: + logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing + the cache + + size: + the total cache size in kB + + type: + - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions + - Data: cache that only caches data + - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions + + ways_of_associativity: + degree of freedom in placing a particular block + of memory in the cache + + write_policy: + - WriteThrough: + data is written to both the cache line + and to the block in the lower-level memory + - WriteBack: + data is written only to the cache line and + the modified cache line is written to main + memory only when it is replaced + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/id +Date: September 2016 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Cache id + + The id provides a unique number for a specific instance of + a cache of a particular type. E.g. there may be a level + 3 unified cache on each socket in a server and we may + assign them ids 0, 1, 2, ... + + Note that id value can be non-contiguous. E.g. level 1 + caches typically exist per core, but there may not be a + power of two cores on a socket, so these caches may be + numbered 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, ... + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/turbo_stat + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/sub_turbo_stat + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/unthrottle + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/powercap + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/overtemp + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/supply_fault + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/overcurrent + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats/occ_reset +Date: March 2016 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: POWERNV CPUFreq driver's frequency throttle stats directory and + attributes + + 'cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats' directory contains the CPU frequency + throttle stat attributes for the chip. The throttle stats of a cpu + is common across all the cpus belonging to a chip. Below are the + throttle attributes exported in the 'throttle_stats' directory: + + - turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is throttled to lower frequency in turbo (at and above + nominal frequency) range of frequencies. + + - sub_turbo_stat : This file gives the total number of times the + max frequency is throttled to lower frequency in sub-turbo(below + nominal frequency) range of frequencies. + + - unthrottle : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is unthrottled after being throttled. + + - powercap : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is throttled due to 'Power Capping'. + + - overtemp : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is throttled due to 'CPU Over Temperature'. + + - supply_fault : This file gives the total number of times the + max frequency is throttled due to 'Power Supply Failure'. + + - overcurrent : This file gives the total number of times the + max frequency is throttled due to 'Overcurrent'. + + - occ_reset : This file gives the total number of times the max + frequency is throttled due to 'OCC Reset'. + + The sysfs attributes representing different throttle reasons like + powercap, overtemp, supply_fault, overcurrent and occ_reset map to + the reasons provided by OCC firmware for throttling the frequency. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/turbo_stat + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/sub_turbo_stat + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/unthrottle + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/powercap + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/overtemp + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/supply_fault + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/overcurrent + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/throttle_stats/occ_reset +Date: March 2016 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: POWERNV CPUFreq driver's frequency throttle stats directory and + attributes + + 'policyX/throttle_stats' directory and all the attributes are same as + the /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/throttle_stats directory and + attributes which give the frequency throttle information of the chip. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/ + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/ + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/midr_el1 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/regs/identification/revidr_el1 +Date: June 2016 +Contact: Linux ARM Kernel Mailing list <linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org> +Description: AArch64 CPU registers + + 'identification' directory exposes the CPU ID registers for + identifying model and revision of the CPU. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpu_capacity +Date: December 2016 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: information about CPUs heterogeneity. + + cpu_capacity: capacity of cpu#. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/gather_data_sampling + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/itlb_multihit + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/meltdown + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mmio_stale_data + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/retbleed + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v1 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v2 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/srbds + /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/tsx_async_abort +Date: January 2018 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Information about CPU vulnerabilities + + The files are named after the code names of CPU + vulnerabilities. The output of those files reflects the + state of the CPUs in the system. Possible output values: + + ================ ============================================== + "Not affected" CPU is not affected by the vulnerability + "Vulnerable" CPU is affected and no mitigation in effect + "Mitigation: $M" CPU is affected and mitigation $M is in effect + ================ ============================================== + + See also: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt + /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/active + /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/control +Date: June 2018 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Control Symetric Multi Threading (SMT) + + active: Tells whether SMT is active (enabled and siblings online) + + control: Read/write interface to control SMT. Possible + values: + + ================ ========================================= + "on" SMT is enabled + "off" SMT is disabled + "forceoff" SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed. + "notsupported" SMT is not supported by the CPU + "notimplemented" SMT runtime toggling is not + implemented for the architecture + ================ ========================================= + + If control status is "forceoff" or "notsupported" writes + are rejected. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/power/energy_perf_bias +Date: March 2019 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Intel Energy and Performance Bias Hint (EPB) + + EPB for the given CPU in a sliding scale 0 - 15, where a value + of 0 corresponds to a hint preference for highest performance + and a value of 15 corresponds to the maximum energy savings. + + In order to change the EPB value for the CPU, write either + a number in the 0 - 15 sliding scale above, or one of the + strings: "performance", "balance-performance", "normal", + "balance-power", "power" (that represent values reflected by + their meaning), to this attribute. + + This attribute is present for all online CPUs supporting the + Intel EPB feature. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control + /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control/enable_c02 + /sys/devices/system/cpu/umwait_control/max_time +Date: May 2019 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Umwait control + + enable_c02: Read/write interface to control umwait C0.2 state + Read returns C0.2 state status: + 0: C0.2 is disabled + 1: C0.2 is enabled + + Write 'y' or '1' or 'on' to enable C0.2 state. + Write 'n' or '0' or 'off' to disable C0.2 state. + + The interface is case insensitive. + + max_time: Read/write interface to control umwait maximum time + in TSC-quanta that the CPU can reside in either C0.1 + or C0.2 state. The time is an unsigned 32-bit number. + Note that a value of zero means there is no limit. + Low order two bits must be zero. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/svm +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: Secure Virtual Machine + + If 1, it means the system is using the Protected Execution + Facility in POWER9 and newer processors. i.e., it is a Secure + Virtual Machine. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/purr +Date: Apr 2005 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: PURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot. + + The Processor Utilization Resources Register (PURR) is + a 64-bit counter which provides an estimate of the + resources used by the CPU thread. The contents of this + register increases monotonically. This sysfs interface + exposes the number of PURR ticks for cpuX. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/spurr +Date: Dec 2006 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: SPURR ticks for this CPU since the system boot. + + The Scaled Processor Utilization Resources Register + (SPURR) is a 64-bit counter that provides a frequency + invariant estimate of the resources used by the CPU + thread. The contents of this register increases + monotonically. This sysfs interface exposes the number + of SPURR ticks for cpuX. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/idle_purr +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: PURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle. + + This sysfs interface exposes the number of PURR ticks + for cpuX when it was idle. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/idle_spurr +Date: Apr 2020 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: SPURR ticks for cpuX when it was idle. + + This sysfs interface exposes the number of SPURR ticks + for cpuX when it was idle. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a8ee26e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/ibm_rtl/state +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> +Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and + out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the + ability to query the current state. + + - 0 => PRTM off + - 1 => PRTM enabled + +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/ibm_rtl/version +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> +Description: The version file provides a means by which to query + the RTL table version that lives in the Extended + BIOS Data Area (EBDA). +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca02fb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/ +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com> +Description: + A collection of global/individual Xen physical cpu attributes + + Individual physical cpu attributes are contained in + subdirectories named by the Xen's logical cpu number, e.g.: + /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/ + + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/online +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com> +Description: + Interface to online/offline Xen physical cpus + + When running under Xen platform, it provide user interface + to online/offline physical cpus, except cpu0 due to several + logic restrictions and assumptions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59d073d20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-waiting_for_supplier @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../waiting_for_supplier +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Saravana Kannan <saravanak@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../waiting_for_supplier attribute is only + present when fw_devlink kernel command line option is enabled + and is set to something stricter than "permissive". It is + removed once a device probes successfully (because the + information is no longer relevant). The number read from it (0 + or 1) reflects whether the device is waiting for one or more + suppliers to be added and then linked to using device links + before the device can probe. + + A value of 0 means the device is not waiting for any suppliers + to be added before it can probe. A value of 1 means the device + is waiting for one or more suppliers to be added before it can + probe. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbd8078fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-altera-cvp @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/altera-cvp/chkcfg +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de> +Description: + Contains either 1 or 0 and controls if configuration + error checking in altera-cvp driver is turned on or + off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42214b4ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-bd9571mwv-regulator @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../bd9571mwv-regulator.*.auto/backup_mode +Date: Jul 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be> +Description: Read/write the current state of DDR Backup Mode, which controls + if DDR power rails will be kept powered during system suspend. + ("on"/"1" = enabled, "off"/"0" = disabled). + Two types of power switches (or control signals) can be used: + + A. With a momentary power switch (or pulse signal), DDR + Backup Mode is enabled by default when available, as the + PMIC will be configured only during system suspend. + B. With a toggle power switch (or level signal), the + following steps must be followed exactly: + + 1. Configure PMIC for backup mode, to change the role of + the accessory power switch from a power switch to a + wake-up switch, + 2. Switch accessory power switch off, to prepare for + system suspend, which is a manual step not controlled + by software, + 3. Suspend system, + 4. Switch accessory power switch on, to resume the + system. + + DDR Backup Mode must be explicitly enabled by the user, + to invoke step 1. + + See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bd9571mwv.txt. +Users: User space applications for embedded boards equipped with a + BD9571MWV PMIC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f29c8843 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/[..]/fsi-master-gpio/external_mode +Date: Feb 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: jk@ozlabs.org +Description: + Controls access arbitration for GPIO-based FSI master. A + value of 0 (the default) sets normal mode, where the + driver performs FSI bus transactions, 1 sets external mode, + where the FSI bus is driven externally (for example, by + a debug device). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69d855dc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/version +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Unique bitstream identification e.g. + '0000000330336283.00000000475a4950'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/appid +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Identifies the currently active card application e.g. 'GZIP' + for compression/decompression. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/type +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Type of the card e.g. 'GenWQE5-A7'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_bitstream +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Currently active bitstream. 1 is default, 0 is backup. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/next_bitstream +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to set the next bitstream to be used. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/reload_bitstream +Date: May 2014 +Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream. + + :: + + sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \ + /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream' + + If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set + on 'next_bitstream'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/tempsens +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read the cards temperature sense register. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/freerunning_timer +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read the cards free running timer. + Used for performance and utilization measurements. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read queue working time. + Used for performance and utilization measurements. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/state +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: State of the card: "unused", "used", "error". + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/base_clock +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Base clock frequency of the card. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Enable VFs (1..15):: + + sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs' + + Disable VFs:: + + Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..169ae4b2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_kernel_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU. + Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be + replaced with cpucp_kernel_ver + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU + Will be DEPRECATED in Linux kernel version 5.10, and be + replaced with cpucp_ver + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_max_freq_mhz +Date: Jun 2019 +KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in MHz. + The device clock might be set to lower value than the maximum. + The user should read the clk_cur_freq_mhz to see the actual + frequency value of the device clock. This property is valid + only for the Gaudi ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/clk_cur_freq_mhz +Date: Jun 2019 +KernelVersion: not yet upstreamed +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the current frequency, in MHz, of the device clock. + This property is valid only for the Gaudi ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpld_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the Device's CPLD F/W + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_kernel_ver +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpucp_ver +Date: Oct 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the application running on the device's CPU + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_type +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the code name of the device according to its type. + The supported values are: "GOYA" + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/eeprom +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: A binary file attribute that contains the contents of the + on-board EEPROM + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/fuse_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the device's version from the eFuse + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device. + Hard-reset will reset ALL internal components of the device + except for the PCI interface and the internal PLLs + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset_cnt +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a hard-reset + operation since the driver was loaded + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/high_pll +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC + and IC when the power management profile is set to "automatic". + This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of + the Interconnect fabric. Writes to this parameter affect the + device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" + mode. The device IC clock might be set to lower value than the + maximum. The user should read the ic_clk_curr to see the actual + frequency value of the IC. This property is valid only for the + Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk_curr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the Interconnect + fabric. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/infineon_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the Device's power supply F/W code + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/max_power +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum power consumption of the + device in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of + the MME compute engine. Writes to this parameter affect the + device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" + mode. The device MME clock might be set to lower value than the + maximum. The user should read the mme_clk_curr to see the actual + frequency value of the MME. This property is valid only for the + Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk_curr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the MME compute + engine. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pci_addr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the PCI address of the device. This is needed so the + user would be able to open a device based on its PCI address + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pm_mng_profile +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto" + mode, the driver will set the maximum clock frequency to a high + value when a user-space process opens the device's file (unless + it was already opened by another process). The driver will set + the max clock frequency to a low value when there are no user + processes that are opened on the device's file. In "manual" + mode, the user sets the maximum clock frequency by writing to + ic_clk, mme_clk and tpc_clk. This property is valid only for + the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/preboot_btl_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the device's preboot F/W code + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device. + Soft-reset will reset only the compute and DMA engines of the + device + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset_cnt +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays how many times the device have undergone a soft-reset + operation since the driver was loaded + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/status +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Status of the card: "Operational", "Malfunction", "In reset". + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/thermal_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the Device's thermal daemon + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency, in Hz, of + the TPC compute engines. Writes to this parameter affect the + device only when the power management profile is set to "manual" + mode. The device TPC clock might be set to lower value than the + maximum. The user should read the tpc_clk_curr to see the actual + frequency value of the TPC. This property is valid only for + Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk_curr +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Displays the current clock frequency, in Hz, of the TPC compute + engines. This property is valid only for the Goya ASIC family + +What: /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/uboot_ver +Date: Jan 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.1 +Contact: oded.gabbay@gmail.com +Description: Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a59533410 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor +What: /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor +What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/report_descriptor +Date: Jan 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.0.39 +Contact: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us> +Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID + report descriptor. + This file cannot be written. +Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi) + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country +What: /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country +What: /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/country +Date: February 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Olivier Gay <ogay@logitech.com> +Description: When read, this file returns the hex integer value in ASCII + of the device's HID country code (e.g. 21 for US). + This file cannot be written. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8827f0f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-corsair @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/drivers/corsair/<dev>/macro_mode +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Clement Vuchener <clement.vuchener@gmail.com> +Description: Get/set the current playback mode. "SW" for software mode + where G-keys triggers their regular key codes. "HW" for + hardware playback mode where the G-keys play their macro + from the on-board memory. + + +What: /sys/bus/drivers/corsair/<dev>/current_profile +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: Clement Vuchener <clement.vuchener@gmail.com> +Description: Get/set the current selected profile. Values are from 1 to 3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aee85ca1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be + is being controlled by press_speed. + + Values are 0 or 1. + + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled. + + Values are 0 or 1. + + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate + a left or right mouse button click. + + Values are 0 or 1. + + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled. + + Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest). + + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1) + + Values are 0 or 1 + + Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8f831f2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/range +Date: Jan, 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This attribute controls the amount of 'turn' permitted in + Logitech G920 wheel. Reading from the file shows the current + range of the steering wheel. Writing a value within the min and + max boundary sets the range of the wheel. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/builtin_power_supply +Date: Apr, 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Presence of this file indicates that HID++ driver is capable of + handling battery properties in the kernel. This way, upower can + add a udev rule to decide whether or not it should use the + internal unifying support or the generic kernel one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de07be314 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/range +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> +Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering + wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the + range of the wheel. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/alternate_modes +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> +Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each + mode is listed as follows: + + Tag: Mode Name + + Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also + contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the + native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the + wheel into the corresponding mode. Depending on the exact model + of the wheel not all listed modes might always be selectable. + If a wheel cannot be switched into the desired mode, -EINVAL + is returned accompanied with an explanatory message in the + kernel log. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. + + Currently supported mode switches: + + Driving Force Pro:: + + DF-EX --> DFP + + G25:: + + DF-EX --> DFP --> G25 + + G27:: + + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*----------------> G27 + + G29:: + + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29 + DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 <-> G29 + DF-EX <*----------------> G27 <-> G29 + DF-EX <*------------------------> G29 + + DFGT:: + + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT + DF-EX <*--------> DFGT + + * hid_logitech module must be loaded with lg4ff_no_autoswitch=1 + parameter set in order for the switch to DF-EX mode to work. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/real_id +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@devoid-pointer.net> +Description: Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any + alternate mode the wheel might be switched to. + It is a read-only value. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/combine_pedals +Date: Sep 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org> +Description: Controls whether a combined value of accelerator and brake is + reported on the Y axis of the controller. Useful for older games + which can do not work with separate accelerator/brake axis. + Off ('0') by default, enabled by setting '1'. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f79839d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/quirks +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com> +Description: The integer value of this attribute corresponds to the + quirks actually in place to handle the device's protocol. + When read, this attribute returns the current settings (see + MT_QUIRKS_* in hid-multitouch.c). + When written this attribute change on the fly the quirks, then + the protocol to handle the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e323a5ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activate_slack +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Number of contact frames ignored before acknowledging the + start of activity (activating touch). + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/decativate_slack +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Number of empty (no contact) frames ignored before + acknowledging the end of activity (deactivating touch). + + When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a + number of empty frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few + frames false erroneous disconnects can be tolerated, where the + sensor may mistakenly not detect a finger that is still present. + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Threholds to override activation slack. + + ================= ===================================== + activation_width (RW) Width threshold to immediately + start processing touch events. + + activation_height (RW) Height threshold to immediately + start processing touch events. + ================= ===================================== + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum size contact accepted. + + ========== =========================================== + min_width (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide + activation and activity. + + min_height (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide + activation and activity. + ========== =========================================== + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) These are internal ranges not used for normal events but + useful for tuning. + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The range for positions reported during activity. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98fd81ad7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD + (firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes. + + Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being + enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are + the non-active mode names listed when read. + + Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets + disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute + operation_mode_delay for its value). + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when + operation_mode has changed. + + Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is + 0..30000ms. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate. + + Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz), + the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz + within permitted rates. + + Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second + it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two + tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application + to flush its tiny changes explicitly at higher than default rate. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05d988c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which + that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data. + Range: 0..15 + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a + note held by the pc-midi driver. + 0 means sustain mode is disabled. + Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds) + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver. + The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves. + 0 means the no ocatve shift. + Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2) + Type: Read/Write diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11cd9bf0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_dpi +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the + press of a button. + + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi + setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further + processed to receive the real dpi value: + + ===== ===== + VALUE DPI + ===== ===== + 1 800 + 2 1200 + 3 1600 + 4 2000 + 5 2400 + 6 3200 + ===== ===== + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile. + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5] +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile holds information like button + mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light + effects. + + When read, these files return the respective profile. The + returned data is 975 bytes in size. + + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long. + + The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number + stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the + store. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. + The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the + startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data. + + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. + The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid + data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5. + + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on. + + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user + calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface. + When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU, + where 0 means off and 1 means on. + + Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off. + + Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes + around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU. + +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights + ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse + and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the + raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing + in other software. + + The values map to the weights as follows: + + ===== ====== + VALUE WEIGHT + ===== ====== + 0 none + 1 5g + 2 10g + 3 15g + 4 20g + ===== ====== + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0eba70c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM1 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM2 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM3 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM4 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM5 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM6 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM7 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM8 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM9 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM10 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM11 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM12 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM13 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM14 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM15 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPMALL +Date: Jan 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org> +Description: Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form + an RPM meter on the front of the controller diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bf43d9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led1 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led2 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led3 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led4 +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com> +Description: Make it possible to set/get current led state. Reading from it + returns 0 if led is off and 1 if it is on. Writing 0 to it + disables the led, writing 1 enables it. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/extension +Date: August 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized + extensions. It can be one of: none, motionp, nunchuck, classic, + motionp+nunchuck, motionp+classic + motionp is the official Nintendo Motion+ extension, nunchuck is + the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the + Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can + be combined with the other two. + + Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is + supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static + extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus + device then. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/devtype +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform + a device detection and signal a "change" uevent after it is + done. This file shows the detected device type. "pending" means + that the detection is still ongoing, "unknown" means, that the + device couldn't be detected or loaded. "generic" means, that the + device couldn't be detected but supports basic Wii Remote + features and can be used. + Other strings for each device-type are available and may be + added if new device-specific detections are added. + Currently supported are: + + ============= ======================================= + gen10: First Wii Remote generation + gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation + (builtin MP) + balanceboard: Wii Balance Board + ============= ======================================= + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + balance board. It provides a single line with 3 calibration + values for all 4 sensors. The values are separated by colons and + are each 2 bytes long (encoded as 4 digit hexadecimal value). + First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the + 17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4 + sensors. + + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/pro_calib +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + pro-controller. It provides a single line with 4 calibration + values for all 4 analog sticks. Format is: "x1:y1 x2:y2". Data + is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number. + Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of + the analog sticks of the pro-controller. + + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. + + Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup. + You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration. + You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to + set the calibration values manually. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5e671b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/startup +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org> +Description: Startup time in us. Board is powered on if the button is pressed + for more than <startup_time> + +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/shutdown +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org> +Description: Shutdown time in us. Board is powered off if the button is pressed + for more than <shutdown_time> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd7c578ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-exc3000 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/fw_version +Date: Aug 2020 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Reports the firmware version provided by the touchscreen, for example "00_T6" on a EXC80H60 + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented as string + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxx/model +Date: Aug 2020 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: Reports the model identification provided by the touchscreen, for example "Orion_1320" on a EXC80H60 + + Access: Read + + Valid values: Represented as string diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..979a2d625 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-m10-bmc @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../bmc_version +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the hardware build version of Intel + MAX10 BMC chip. + Format: "0x%x". + +What: /sys/bus/spi/devices/.../bmcfw_version +Date: June 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: Xu Yilun <yilun.xu@intel.com> +Description: Read only. Returns the firmware version of Intel MAX10 + BMC chip. + Format: "0x%x". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a7d2e217 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_events +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org> +Description: An integer representing a set of wakeup events as follows: + 1: Wake to enter hibernation when the wakeup timer expires + 2: Wake to enter hibernation when the battery reaches a + critical level + + These values are ORed together. For example, a value of 3 + indicates that the system will wake to enter hibernation when + either the wakeup timer expires or the battery reaches a + critical level. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_time +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org> +Description: An integer representing the length of time the system will + remain asleep before waking up to enter hibernation. + This value is in minutes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf595d68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-jz4780-efuse @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/nvmem +Date: December 2017 +Contact: PrasannaKumar Muralidharan <prasannatsmkumar@gmail.com> +Description: read-only access to the efuse on the Ingenic JZ4780 SoC + The SoC has a one time programmable 8K efuse that is + split into segments. The driver supports read only. + The segments are: + + ===== ======== ================= + 0x000 64 bit Random Number + 0x008 128 bit Ingenic Chip ID + 0x018 128 bit Customer ID + 0x028 3520 bit Reserved + 0x1E0 8 bit Protect Segment + 0x1E1 2296 bit HDMI Key + 0x300 2048 bit Security boot key + ===== ======== ================= + +Users: any user space application which wants to read the Chip + and Customer ID diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49f5fd0c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: + If the permissive attribute is set, then writing a string in + the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest + to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus: + Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional). + For example:: + + #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks + + will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration + register 0x0E. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/allow_interrupt_control +Date: Jan 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: + List of devices which can have interrupt control flag (INTx, + MSI, MSI-X) set by a connected guest. It is meant to be set + only when the guest is a stubdomain hosting device model (qemu) + and the actual device is assigned to a HVM. It is not safe + (similar to permissive attribute) to set for a devices assigned + to a PV guest. The device is automatically removed from this + list when the connected pcifront terminates. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a56fc507 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/ +Date: August 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical + Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this + folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command + 'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI, + please refer to the PPI specification from + + http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/ + + In Linux 4.2 ppi was moved to the character device directory. + A symlink from tpmX/device/ppi to tpmX/ppi to provide backwards + compatibility. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/version +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the version of the PPI supported by the + platform. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/request +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the request for an operation to be + executed in the pre-OS environment. It is the only input from + the OS to the pre-OS environment. The request should be an + integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request. + This file can be read and written. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/response +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the response to the most recent operation + request it acted upon. The format is "<request> <response num> + : <response description>". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/transition_action +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the platform-specific action that should + take place in order to transition to the BIOS for execution of + a requested operation. The format is "<action num>: <action + description>". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/tcg_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the requests defined by TCG, i.e. requests from 1 to 22. + The format is "<request> <status num>: <status description>". + This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/ppi/vs_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the verdor specific requests, i.e. requests from 128 to + 255. The format is same with tcg_operations. This attribute + is also only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28c9c040d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level +Date: January 1, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" + that can be modified by a function key, and by this + sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot + of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep + their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file + will show the current performance level. Writing to the + file can change this value. + + Valid options: + - "silent" + - "normal" + - "overclock" + + Note that not all laptops support all of these options. + Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option, + and it's still unknown if this value even changes + anything, other than making the user feel a bit better. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/battery_life_extender +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle + life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge + level. + + - 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge) + - 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even + when your laptop is powered off. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/lid_handling +Date: December 11, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Julijonas Kikutis <julijonas.kikutis@gmail.com> +Description: Some Samsung laptops handle lid closing quicker and + only handle lid opening with this mode enabled. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88cab66fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-st @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/bus/scsi/drivers/st/debug_flag +Date: October 2015 +KernelVersion: ?.? +Contact: shane.seymour@hpe.com +Description: + This file allows you to turn debug output from the st driver + off if you write a '0' to the file or on if you write a '1'. + Note that debug output requires that the module be compiled + with the #define DEBUG set to a non-zero value (this is the + default). If DEBUG is set to 0 then this file will not + appear in sysfs as its presence is conditional upon debug + output support being compiled into the module. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69f5af632 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/fuse +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Peter De Schrijver <pdeschrijver@nvidia.com> +Description: read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114 + and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once + data programmed at the factory. The data is layed out in 32bit + words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value + as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment + exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits. +Users: any user space application which wants to read the efuses on + Tegra SoC's diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5a438d84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_mode +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid + values are: + + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + + Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed + parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and + AUTO). + Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires + a reboot for changes to take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the timeout of the keyboard backlight + whenever the operation mode is set to AUTO (or TIMER), + valid values range from 0-60. + Note that the kernel 3.15 only had support for the first + keyboard type, the kernel 3.16 added support for the second + type and the range accepted for type 2 is 1-60. + See the entry named "kbd_type" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/position +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the absolute position of the built-in + accelereometer. + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/touchpad +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing + stick (if available), valid values are: + + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON + +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes + the system supports, which can be: + + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + + Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes. + See the entry named "available_kbd_modes" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_type +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type, + which can be: + + * 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO + * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which + can be: + + * 0 -> Disabled (0x00) + * 1 -> Alternate (0x09) + * 2 -> Auto (0x21) + * 3 -> Typical (0x11) + + Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed + values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three. + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and + set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted + values can be: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions + + Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the + feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the + current battery level set. + Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function + will only work when connected to power. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the current version of the driver +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid + values are: + + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation + mode, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Normal Operation + * 1 -> Special Functions + + In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual + and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the + hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever + the LID is opened, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2) + * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality) + + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/cooling_method +Date: 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Cooling Method feature. + Reading this file prints two values, the first is the actual cooling method + and the second is the maximum cooling method supported. + When the maximum cooling method is ONE, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Maximum Performance + * 1 -> Battery Optimized + + When the maximum cooling method is TWO, valid values are: + + * 0 -> Maximum Performance + * 1 -> Performance + * 2 -> Battery Optimized + +Users: KToshiba diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c938690ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_haps @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/protection_level +Date: August 16, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the built-in accelerometer protection level, + valid values are: + + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Low + * 2 -> Medium + * 3 -> High + + The default potection value is set to 2 (Medium). +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS620A:00/reset_protection +Date: August 16, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file turns off the built-in accelerometer for a few + seconds and then restore normal operation. Accepting 1 as the + only parameter. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport new file mode 100644 index 000000000..231471ad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-typec-displayport @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/configuration +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current DisplayPort configuration for the connector. + Valid values are USB, source and sink. Source means DisplayPort + source, and sink means DisplayPort sink. + + All supported configurations are listed as space separated list + with the active one wrapped in square brackets. + + Source example: + + USB [source] sink + + The configuration can be changed by writing to the file + + Note. USB configuration does not equal to Exit Mode. It is + separate configuration defined in VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on + USB Type-C Standard. Functionally it equals to the situation + where the mode has been exited (to exit the mode, see + Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-typec, and use file + /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../active). + +What: /sys/bus/typec/devices/.../displayport/pin_assignment +Date: July 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard defines six + different pin assignments for USB Type-C connector that are + labeled A, B, C, D, E, and F. The supported pin assignments are + listed as space separated list with the active one wrapped in + square brackets. + + Example: + + C [D] + + Pin assignment can be changed by writing to the file. It is + possible to set pin assignment before configuration has been + set, but the assignment will not be active before the + connector is actually configured. + + Note. As of VESA DisplayPort Alt Mode on USB Type-C Standard + version 1.0b, pin assignments A, B, and F are deprecated. Only + pin assignment D can now carry simultaneously one channel of + USB SuperSpeed protocol. From user perspective pin assignments C + and E are equal, where all channels on the connector are used + for carrying DisplayPort protocol (allowing higher resolutions). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08f259113 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-uacce @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/api +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Api of the device + Can be any string and up to userspace to parse. + Application use the api to match the correct driver + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/flags +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Attributes of the device, see UACCE_DEV_xxx flag defined in uacce.h + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/available_instances +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Available instances left of the device + Return -ENODEV if uacce_ops get_available_instances is not provided + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/algorithms +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Algorithms supported by this accelerator, separated by new line. + Can be any string and up to userspace to parse. + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/region_mmio_size +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Size (bytes) of mmio region queue file + +What: /sys/class/uacce/<dev_name>/region_dus_size +Date: Feb 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: linux-accelerators@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: Size (bytes) of dus region queue file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45cf62ad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/drivers/ucsi_ccg/.../do_flash +Date: May 2019 +Contact: Ajay Gupta <ajayg@nvidia.com> +Description: + Tell the driver for Cypress CCGx Type-C controller to attempt + firmware upgrade by writing [Yy1] to the file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adc0d0e91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs @@ -0,0 +1,1155 @@ +What: /sys/bus/*/drivers/ufshcd/*/auto_hibern8 +Date: March 2018 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This file contains the auto-hibernate idle timer setting of a + UFS host controller. A value of '0' means auto-hibernate is not + enabled. Otherwise the value is the number of microseconds of + idle time before the UFS host controller will autonomously put + the link into hibernate state. That will save power at the + expense of increased latency. Note that the hardware supports + 10-bit values with a power-of-ten multiplier which allows a + maximum value of 102300000. Refer to the UFS Host Controller + Interface specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device type. This is one of the UFS + device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_class +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device class. This is one of the UFS + device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_sub_class +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the UFS storage subclass. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/protocol +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the protocol supported by an UFS device. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_luns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of logical units. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of well known logical units. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/boot_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device is + enabled for boot. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device + descriptor could be read after partial initialization phase + of the boot sequence. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that defines the power mode after + device initialization or hardware reset. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the high priority lun. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the secure removal type. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/support_security_lun +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the security lun is supported. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the background operations termination + latency. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the initial active ICC level. This is one + of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/specification_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the specification version. This is one + of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the manufacturing date in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the manufacturee ID. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtt_capability +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of outstanding RTTs + supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device + descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtc_update +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the frequency and method of the realtime + clock update. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ufs_features +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows which features are supported by the device. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be + found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the FFU timeout. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/queue_depth +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device queue depth. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device version. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of secure write protect areas + supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device + descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum amount of data that may be + written during the pre-soldering phase of the PSA flow. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the command maximum timeout for a change + in PSA state. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/unipro_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the MIPI UniPro version number in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the MIPI M-PHY version number in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/raw_device_capacity +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the total memory quantity available to + the user to configure the device logical units. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of logical units + supported by the UFS device. This is one of the UFS + geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/segment_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the segment size. This is one of the UFS + geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the allocation unit size. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the minimum addressable block size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the optimal read block size. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the optimal write block size. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data-in buffer size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data-out buffer size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of RPMB frames allowed + in Security Protocol In/Out. This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the dynamic capacity resource policy. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows support for out-of-order data transfer. + This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum available number of contexts which + are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows system data tag unit size. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum storage area size allocated by + the device to handle system data by the tagging mechanism. + This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows supported secure removal types. This is + one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/memory_types +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows supported memory types. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of allocation units for + different memory types (system code, non persistent, + enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the memory capacity adjustment factor for + different memory types (system code, non persistent, + enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/eol_info +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows preend of life information. This is one + of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows indication of the device life time + (method a). This is one of the UFS health descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows indication of the device life time + (method b). This is one of the UFS health descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_descriptor/active_icc_levels_vcc* +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum VCC, VCCQ and VCCQ2 value for + active ICC levels from 0 to 15. This is one of the UFS + power descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/manufacturer_name +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a device manufactureer name string. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_name +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a product name string. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/oem_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a OEM ID string. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/serial_number +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a device serial number string. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_revision +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a product revision string. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/boot_lun_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows boot LUN information. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_write_protect +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN write protection status. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_queue_depth +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN queue depth. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/psa_sensitive +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows PSA sensitivity. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_memory_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN memory type. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/data_reliability +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file defines the device behavior when a power failure + occurs during a write operation. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the size of addressable logical blocks + (calculated as an exponent with base 2). This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows total number of addressable logical blocks. + This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/erase_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the erase block size. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/provisioning_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the thin provisioning type. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/physical_memory_resourse_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the total physical memory resources. This is + one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/context_capabilities +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the context capabilities. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/large_unit_granularity +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the granularity of the LUN. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/device_init +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device init status. The full information + about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/permanent_wpe +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether permanent write protection is enabled. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/power_on_wpe +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether write protection is enabled on all + logical units configured as power on write protected. The + full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/bkops_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device background operations are + enabled. The full information about the flag could be + found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/life_span_mode_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device life span mode is enabled. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/phy_resource_removal +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether physical resource removal is enable. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/busy_rtc +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device is executing internal + operation related to real time clock. The full information + about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/disable_fw_update +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device FW update is permanently + disabled. The full information about the flag could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/boot_lun_enabled +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the boot lun enabled UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/current_power_mode +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the current power mode UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/active_icc_level +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the active icc level UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ooo_data_enabled +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the out of order data transfer enabled UFS + device attribute. The full information about the attribute + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/bkops_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the background operations status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/purge_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the purge operation status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_in_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data size in a DATA IN + UPIU. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_out_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of bytes that can be + requested with a READY TO TRANSFER UPIU. The full information + about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/reference_clock_frequency +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the reference clock frequency UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the configuration descriptor is locked. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_number_of_rtt +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the maximum current number of + outstanding RTTs in device that is allowed. The full + information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_control +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the exception event control UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the exception event status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ffu_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the ffu status UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file show the PSA feature status. The full information + about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_data_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the amount of data that the host plans to + load to all logical units in pre-soldering state. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/dyn_cap_needed +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the The amount of physical memory needed + to be removed from the physical memory resources pool of + the particular logical unit. The full information about + the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_lvl +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device + runtime power management level. The current driver + implementation supports 6 levels with next target states: + + == ==================================================== + 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + stay active + 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + hibernate + 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + stay active + 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + hibernate + 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + hibernate + 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + be powered off + == ==================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device + for the chosen runtime power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_link_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link + for the chosen runtime power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_lvl +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device + system power management level. The current driver + implementation supports 6 levels with next target states: + + == ==================================================== + 0 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + stay active + 1 an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + hibernate + 2 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + stay active + 3 an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + hibernate + 4 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + hibernate + 5 an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + be powered off + == ==================================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device + for the chosen system power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_link_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link + for the chosen system power management level. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_presv_us_en +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows if preserve user-space was configured + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_shared_alloc_units +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the shared allocated units of WB buffer + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/wb_type +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the configured WB type. + 0x1 for shared buffer mode. 0x0 for dedicated buffer mode. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_buff_cap_adj +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the total user-space decrease in shared + buffer mode. + The value of this parameter is 3 for TLC NAND when SLC mode + is used as WriteBooster Buffer. 2 for MLC NAND. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_alloc_units +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the Maximum total WriteBooster Buffer size + which is supported by the entire device. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_max_wb_luns +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the maximum number of luns that can support + WriteBooster. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_red_type +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: The supportability of user space reduction mode + and preserve user space mode. + 00h: WriteBooster Buffer can be configured only in + user space reduction type. + 01h: WriteBooster Buffer can be configured only in + preserve user space type. + 02h: Device can be configured in either user space + reduction type or preserve user space type. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/wb_sup_wb_type +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: The supportability of WriteBooster Buffer type. + + === ========================================================== + 00h LU based WriteBooster Buffer configuration + 01h Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration + 02h Supporting both LU based WriteBooster. + Buffer and Single shared WriteBooster Buffer configuration + === ========================================================== + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_enable +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the status of WriteBooster. + + == ============================ + 0 WriteBooster is not enabled. + 1 WriteBooster is enabled + == ============================ + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_en +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows if flush is enabled. + + == ================================= + 0 Flush operation is not performed. + 1 Flush operation is performed. + == ================================= + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/wb_flush_during_h8 +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: Flush WriteBooster Buffer during hibernate state. + + == ================================================= + 0 Device is not allowed to flush the + WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state. + 1 Device is allowed to flush the + WriteBooster Buffer during link hibernate state. + == ================================================= + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_avail_buf +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the amount of unused WriteBooster buffer + available. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_cur_buf +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the amount of unused current buffer. + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_flush_status +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the flush operation status. + + + === ====================================== + 00h idle + 01h Flush operation in progress + 02h Flush operation stopped prematurely. + 03h Flush operation completed successfully + 04h Flush operation general failure + === ====================================== + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/wb_life_time_est +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows an indication of the WriteBooster Buffer + lifetime based on the amount of performed program/erase cycles + + === ============================================= + 01h 0% - 10% WriteBooster Buffer life time used + ... + 0Ah 90% - 100% WriteBooster Buffer life time used + === ============================================= + + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/wb_buf_alloc_units +Date: June 2020 +Contact: Asutosh Das <asutoshd@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the configured size of WriteBooster buffer. + 0400h corresponds to 4GB. + + The file is read only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e92aba4eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e17 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/19-<id>/speed +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: Jan Kandziora <jjj@gmx.de> +Description: When written, this file sets the I2C speed on the connected + DS28E17 chip. When read, it reads the current setting from + the DS28E17 chip. + + Valid values: 100, 400, 900 [kBaud]. + + Default 100, can be set by w1_ds28e17.speed= module parameter. +Users: w1_ds28e17 driver + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/19-<id>/stretch +Date: Sep 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.14 +Contact: Jan Kandziora <jjj@gmx.de> +Description: When written, this file sets the multiplier used to calculate + the busy timeout for I2C operations on the connected DS28E17 + chip. When read, returns the current setting. + Valid values: 1 to 9. + + Default 1, can be set by w1_ds28e17.stretch= module parameter. +Users: w1_ds28e17 driver diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a37dc33f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-w1_therm @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../alarms +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RW) read or write TH and TL (Temperature High an Low) alarms. + Values shall be space separated and in the device range + (typical -55 degC to 125 degC), if not values will be trimmed + to device min/max capabilities. Values are integer as they are + stored in a 8bit register in the device. Lowest value is + automatically put to TL. Once set, alarms could be search at + master level, refer to Documentation/w1/w1-generic.rst for + detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (WO) writing that file will either trigger a save of the + device data to its embedded EEPROM, either restore data + embedded in device EEPROM. Be aware that devices support + limited EEPROM writing cycles (typical 50k) + + * 'save': save device RAM to EEPROM + * 'restore': restore EEPROM data in device RAM + +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../ext_power +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RO) return the power status by asking the device + + * '0': device parasite powered + * '1': device externally powered + * '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading power status + +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../resolution +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RW) get or set the device resolution (on supported devices, + if not, this entry is not present). Note that the resolution + will be changed only in device RAM, so it will be cleared when + power is lost. Trigger a 'save' to EEPROM command to keep + values after power-on. Read or write are : + + * '9..14': device resolution in bit + or resolution to set in bit + * '-xx': xx is kernel error when reading the resolution + * Anything else: do nothing + + Some DS18B20 clones are fixed in 12-bit resolution, so the + actual resolution is read back from the chip and verified. Error + is reported if the results differ. +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../temperature +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RO) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC. + + * If a bulk read has been triggered, it will directly + return the temperature computed when the bulk read + occurred, if available. If not yet available, nothing + is returned (a debug kernel message is sent), you + should retry later on. + * If no bulk read has been triggered, it will trigger + a conversion and send the result. Note that the + conversion duration depend on the resolution (if + device support this feature). It takes 94ms in 9bits + resolution, 750ms for 12bits. + +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../w1_slave +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RW) return the temperature in 1/1000 degC. + *read*: return 2 lines with the hexa output data sent on the + bus, return the CRC check and temperature in 1/1000 degC + *write*: + + * '0' : save the 2 or 3 bytes to the device EEPROM + (i.e. TH, TL and config register) + * '9..14' : set the device resolution in RAM + (if supported) + * Anything else: do nothing + + refer to Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_therm.rst for detailed + information. +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/w1_bus_masterXX/therm_bulk_read +Date: May 2020 +Contact: Akira Shimahara <akira215corp@gmail.com> +Description: + (RW) trigger a bulk read conversion. read the status + + *read*: + * '-1': + conversion in progress on at least 1 sensor + * '1' : + conversion complete but at least one sensor + value has not been read yet + * '0' : + no bulk operation. Reading temperature will + trigger a conversion on each device + + *write*: + 'trigger': trigger a bulk read on all supporting + devices on the bus + + Note that if a bulk read is sent but one sensor is not read + immediately, the next access to temperature on this device + will return the temperature measured at the time of issue + of the bulk read command (not the current temperature). +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with + w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../conv_time +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Ivan Zaentsev <ivan.zaentsev@wirenboard.ru> +Description: + (RW) Get, set, or measure a temperature conversion time. The + setting remains active until a resolution change. Then it is + reset to default (datasheet) conversion time for a new + resolution. + + *read*: + Actual conversion time in milliseconds. + + *write*: + * '0': + Set the default conversion time from the datasheet. + * '1': + Measure and set the conversion time. Make a single + temperature conversion, measure an actual value. + Increase it by 20% for temperature range. A new + conversion time can be obtained by reading this + same attribute. + * other positive value: + Set the conversion time in milliseconds. + +Users: An application using the w1_term device + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../features +Date: July 2020 +Contact: Ivan Zaentsev <ivan.zaentsev@wirenboard.ru> +Description: + (RW) Control optional driver settings. + Bit masks to read/write (bitwise OR): + + == ============================================================ + 1 Enable check for conversion success. If byte 6 of + scratchpad memory is 0xC after conversion, and + temperature reads 85.00 (powerup value) or 127.94 + (insufficient power) - return a conversion error. + + 2 Enable poll for conversion completion. Generate read cycles + after the conversion start and wait for 1's. In parasite + power mode this feature is not available. + == ============================================================ + + *read*: + Currently selected features. + + *write*: + Select features. + +Users: An application using the w1_term device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16acaa571 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed file + controls reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading + from this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode + or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values + switches reporting speed. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/led +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs. + This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L, + and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 4 WL, Intuos 5 (LEDs only), + Intuos Pro (LEDs only) and Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD + (LEDs only). Therefore its presence implicitly signifies the + presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the tablet device. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status0_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus does not touch the tablet surface, and no + button is pressed on the stylus. This luminance level is + normally lower than the level when a button is pressed. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status1_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus touches the tablet surface, or any button is + pressed on the stylus. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led0_select +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4 + and Intuos 5) or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq + 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the + same side are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led1_select +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Writing to this file sets which one of the left four (for Cintiq 21UX2 + and Cintiq 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on + the left are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/buttons_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the overall luminance level (0..15) + of all eight button OLED displays. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/button<n>_rawimg +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When writing a 1024 byte raw image in Wacom Intuos 4 + interleaving format to the file, the image shows up on Button N + of the device. The image is a 64x32 pixel 4-bit gray image. The + 1024 byte binary is split up into 16x 64 byte chunks. Each 64 + byte chunk encodes the image data for two consecutive lines on + the display. The low nibble of each byte contains the first + line, and the high nibble contains the second line. + When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the + image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). + The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can + be summarized by converting:: + + 76543210 into GECA6420. + HGFEDCBA HFDB7531 + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/unpair_remote +Date: July 2015 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing the character sequence '*' followed by a newline to + this file will delete all of the current pairings on the + device. Other character sequences are reserved. This file is + write only. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_remote/<serial_number>/remote_mode +Date: July 2015 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + <obsoleted by the LED class API now exported by the driver> + Reading from this file reports the mode status of the + remote as indicated by the LED lights on the device. If no + reports have been received from the paired device, reading + from this file will report '-1'. The mode is read-only + and cannot be set through the driver. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d5de44cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_buffer_pages +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + Maximum number of free pages to keep in each block + backend buffer. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_persistent_grants +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + Maximum number of grants to map persistently in + blkback. If the frontend tries to use more than + max_persistent_grants, the LRU kicks in and starts + removing 5% of max_persistent_grants every 100ms. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/persistent_grant_unused_seconds +Date: August 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + How long a persistent grant is allowed to remain + allocated without being in use. The time is in + seconds, 0 means indefinitely long. + The default is 60 seconds. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/buffer_squeeze_duration_ms +Date: December 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sjpark@amazon.de> +Description: + When memory pressure is reported to blkback this option + controls the duration in milliseconds that blkback will not + cache any page not backed by a grant mapping. + The default is 10ms. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/feature_persistent +Date: September 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sjpark@amazon.de> +Description: + Whether to enable the persistent grants feature or not. Note + that this option only takes effect on newly connected backends. + The default is Y (enable). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f7659aa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max_indirect_segments +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Maximum number of segments that the frontend will negotiate + with the backend for indirect descriptors. The default value + is 32 - higher value means more potential throughput but more + memory usage. The backend picks the minimum of the frontend + and its default backend value. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/feature_persistent +Date: September 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.10 +Contact: SeongJae Park <sjpark@amazon.de> +Description: + Whether to enable the persistent grants feature or not. Note + that this option only takes effect on newly connected frontends. + The default is Y (enable). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b16d30a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/ +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + The BGRT is an ACPI 5.0 feature that allows the OS + to obtain a copy of the firmware boot splash and + some associated metadata. This is intended to be used + by boot splash applications in order to interact with + the firmware boot splash in order to avoid jarring + transitions. + + image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP. + status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it. + type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format. + + ======== =================================================== + version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1. + xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen + and the left edge of the image. + yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen + and the top edge of the image. + ======== =================================================== + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/ +Date: February 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + There are separate hotplug profiles for different classes of + devices supported by ACPI, such as containers, memory modules, + processors, PCI root bridges etc. A hotplug profile for a given + class of devices is a collection of settings defining the way + that class of devices will be handled by the ACPI core hotplug + code. Those profiles are represented in sysfs as subdirectories + of /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/. + + The following setting is available to user space for each + hotplug profile: + + ======== ======================================================= + enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of + hotplug events associated with the given class of + devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with + the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it + effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding + class of devices. + ======== ======================================================= + + The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set) + or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will + cause -EINVAL to be returned. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> +Description: + All ACPI interrupts are handled via a single IRQ, + the System Control Interrupt (SCI), which appears + as "acpi" in /proc/interrupts. + + However, one of the main functions of ACPI is to make + the platform understand random hardware without + special driver support. So while the SCI handles a few + well known (fixed feature) interrupts sources, such + as the power button, it can also handle a variable + number of a "General Purpose Events" (GPE). + + A GPE vectors to a specified handler in AML, which + can do a anything the BIOS writer wants from + OS context. GPE 0x12, for example, would vector + to a level or edge handler called _L12 or _E12. + The handler may do its business and return. + Or the handler may send send a Notify event + to a Linux device driver registered on an ACPI device, + such as a battery, or a processor. + + To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from, + /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing + every possible source, and the count of how many + times it has triggered:: + + $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts + $ grep . * + error: 0 + ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable + ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid + ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable + ff_rt_clk: 2 disable + ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid + gpe00: 0 invalid + gpe01: 0 enable + gpe02: 108 enable + gpe03: 0 invalid + gpe04: 0 invalid + gpe05: 0 invalid + gpe06: 0 enable + gpe07: 0 enable + gpe08: 0 invalid + gpe09: 0 invalid + gpe0A: 0 invalid + gpe0B: 0 invalid + gpe0C: 0 invalid + gpe0D: 0 invalid + gpe0E: 0 invalid + gpe0F: 0 invalid + gpe10: 0 invalid + gpe11: 0 invalid + gpe12: 0 invalid + gpe13: 0 invalid + gpe14: 0 invalid + gpe15: 0 invalid + gpe16: 0 invalid + gpe17: 1084 enable + gpe18: 0 enable + gpe19: 0 invalid + gpe1A: 0 invalid + gpe1B: 0 invalid + gpe1C: 0 invalid + gpe1D: 0 invalid + gpe1E: 0 invalid + gpe1F: 0 invalid + gpe_all: 1192 + sci: 1194 + sci_not: 0 + + =========== ================================================== + sci The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and claimed an interrupt. + + sci_not The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt. + + gpe_all count of SCI caused by GPEs. + + gpeXX count for individual GPE source + + ff_gbl_lock Global Lock + + ff_pmtimer PM Timer + + ff_pwr_btn Power Button + + ff_rt_clk Real Time Clock + + ff_slp_btn Sleep Button + + error an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. + + invalid it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that + doesn't have an event handler. + + disable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled. + + enable the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled. + =========== ================================================== + + Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg.:: + + # echo 0 > gpe11 + + All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci":: + + # echo 0 > sci + + None of these counters has an effect on the function + of the system, they are simply statistics. + + Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files + to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be + used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues. + + Note that only writing to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed, + i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and + Fixed Event with event handler installed. + + Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid + and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown + when pressing the power button:: + + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 0 enabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 4 enabled + /* + * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable + * bit is cleared, and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when + * the enable bit is set again + */ + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # press the power button for 3 times; + # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */ + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe0289c87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-entries @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/ +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + Many machines' firmware (x86 and ia64) export DMI / + SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this + information is often valuable to userland, especially in + cases where there are OEM extensions used. + + The kernel itself does not rely on the majority of the + information in these tables being correct. It equally + cannot ensure that the data as exported to userland is + without error either. + + DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where + each entry has a common header indicating the type and + length of the entry, as well as a firmware-provided + 'handle' that is supposed to be unique amongst all + entries. + + Some entries are required by the specification, but many + others are optional. In general though, users should + never expect to find a specific entry type on their + system unless they know for certain what their firmware + is doing. Machine to machine experiences will vary. + + Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order + to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is + assigned by the operating system an 'instance', which is + derived from an entry type's ordinal position. That is + to say, if there are 'N' multiple entries with the same type + 'T' in the DMI tables (adjacent or spread apart, it + doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as + entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)": + + Example entry directories:: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-2 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-3 + ... + + Instance numbers are used in lieu of the firmware + assigned entry handles as the kernel itself makes no + guarantees that handles as exported are unique, and + there are likely firmware images that get this wrong in + the wild. + + Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values + exported as attributes: + + ======== ================================================= + handle The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this + entry by the firmware. This handle may be + referred to by other entries. + length The length of the entry, as presented in the + entry itself. Note that this is _not the + total count of bytes associated with the + entry. This value represents the length of + the "formatted" portion of the entry. This + "formatted" region is sometimes followed by + the "unformatted" region composed of nul + terminated strings, with termination signalled + by a two nul characters in series. + raw The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the + "formatted" portion of the entry, the + "unformatted" strings portion of the entry, + and the two terminating nul characters. + type The type of the entry. This value is the same + as found in the directory name. It indicates + how the rest of the entry should be interpreted. + instance The instance ordinal of the entry for the + given type. This value is the same as found + in the parent directory name. + position The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry + within the entirety of the DMI entry table. + ======== ================================================= + + **Entry Specialization** + + Some entry types may have other information available in + sysfs. Not all types are specialized. + + **Type 15 - System Event Log** + + This entry allows the firmware to export a log of + events the system has taken. This information is + typically backed by nvram, but the implementation + details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data + is exported in the directory:: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log + + and has the following attributes (documented in the + SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)": + + - area_length + - header_start_offset + - data_start_offset + - access_method + - status + - change_token + - access_method_address + - header_format + - per_log_type_descriptor_length + - type_descriptors_supported_count + + As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute: + + ============= ==================================== + raw_event_log The raw binary bits of the event log + as described by the DMI entry. + ============= ==================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff3cac8ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi-tables @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/ +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@globallogic.com> +Description: + The firmware provides DMI structures as a packed list of + data referenced by a SMBIOS table entry point. The SMBIOS + entry point contains general information, like SMBIOS + version, DMI table size, etc. The structure, content and + size of SMBIOS entry point is dependent on SMBIOS version. + The format of SMBIOS entry point and DMI structures + can be read in SMBIOS specification. + + The dmi/tables provides raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI tables + through sysfs as an alternative to utilities reading them + from /dev/mem. The raw SMBIOS entry point and DMI table are + presented as binary attributes and are accessible via: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/smbios_entry_point + /sys/firmware/dmi/tables/DMI + + The complete DMI information can be obtained using these two + tables. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e4d0b27c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/fw_vendor +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of firmware vendor field in the + EFI system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of runtime service table entry in + the EFI system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/config_table +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI + system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/systab +Date: April 2005 +Contact: linux-efi@vger.kernel.org +Description: Displays the physical addresses of all EFI Configuration + Tables found via the EFI System Table. The order in + which the tables are printed forms an ABI and newer + versions are always printed first, i.e. ACPI20 comes + before ACPI. +Users: dmidecode + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/tables/rci2 +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Narendra K <Narendra.K@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: Displays the content of the Runtime Configuration Interface + Table version 2 on Dell EMC PowerEdge systems in binary format +Users: It is used by Dell EMC OpenManage Server Administrator tool to + populate BIOS setup page. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31b57676d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-esrt @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/ +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Provides userland access to read the EFI System Resource Table + (ESRT), a catalog of firmware for which can be updated with + the UEFI UpdateCapsule mechanism described in section 7.5 of + the UEFI Standard. +Users: fwupdate - https://github.com/rhinstaller/fwupdate + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The number of entries in the ESRT + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_count_max +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The maximum number of entries that /could/ be registered + in the allocation the table is currently in. This is + really only useful to the system firmware itself. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/fw_resource_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The version of the ESRT structure provided by the firmware. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/ +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Each ESRT entry is identified by a GUID, and each gets a + subdirectory under entries/ . + example: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry0/ + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_type +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: What kind of firmware entry this is: + + == =============== + 0 Unknown + 1 System Firmware + 2 Device Firmware + 3 UEFI Driver + == =============== + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_class +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: This is the entry's guid, and will match the directory name. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/fw_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The version of the firmware currently installed. This is a + 32-bit unsigned integer. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/lowest_supported_fw_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The lowest version of the firmware that can be installed. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/capsule_flags +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: Flags that must be passed to UpdateCapsule() + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_version +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The last firmware version for which an update was attempted. + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/esrt/entries/entry$N/last_attempt_status +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> +Description: The result of the last firmware update attempt for the + firmware resource entry. + + == ====================== + 0 Success + 1 Insufficient resources + 2 Incorrect version + 3 Invalid format + 4 Authentication error + 5 AC power event + 6 Battery power event + == ====================== + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4d581be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires + that all efi memory ranges which have the runtime attribute + bit set to be mapped to virtual addresses. + + The efi runtime services can only be switched to virtual + mode once without rebooting. The kexec kernel must maintain + the same physical to virtual address mappings as the first + kernel. The mappings are exported to sysfs so userspace tools + can reassemble them and pass them into the kexec kernel. + + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel + exports that information in. + + subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range:: + + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/2 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/3 + ... + + Each subdirectory contains five files: + + ========= ========================================= + attribute The attributes of the memory range. + num_pages The size of the memory range in pages. + phys_addr The physical address of the memory range. + type The type of the memory range. + virt_addr The virtual address of the memory range. + ========= ========================================= + + Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix. +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a558354c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/gsmi +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + Some servers used internally at Google have firmware + that provides callback functionality via explicit SMI + triggers. Some of the callbacks are similar to those + provided by the EFI runtime services page, but due to + historical reasons this different entry-point has been + used. + + The gsmi driver implements the kernel's abstraction for + these firmware callbacks. Currently, this functionality + is limited to handling the system event log and getting + access to EFI-style variables stored in nvram. + + Layout: + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/vars: + + This directory has the same layout (and + underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars. + See `Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars` + for more information on how to interact with + this structure. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/append_to_eventlog - write-only: + + This file takes a binary blob and passes it onto + the firmware to be timestamped and appended to + the system eventlog. The binary format is + interpreted by the firmware and may change from + platform to platform. The only kernel-enforced + requirement is that the blob be prefixed with a + 32bit host-endian type used as part of the + firmware call. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_config - write-only: + + Writing any value to this file will cause the + entire firmware configuration to be reset to + "factory defaults". Callers should assume that + a reboot is required for the configuration to be + cleared. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_eventlog - write-only: + + This file is used to clear out a portion/the + whole of the system event log. Values written + should be values between 1 and 100 inclusive (in + ASCII) representing the fraction of the log to + clear. Not all platforms support fractional + clearing though, and this writes to this file + will error out if the firmware doesn't like your + submitted fraction. + + Callers should assume that a reboot is needed + for this operation to complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b58e7c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/log +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/firmware/log is a binary file that represents a + read-only copy of the firmware's log if one is + available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f6f4d3a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/memmap/ +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Bernhard Walle <bernhard.walle@gmx.de> +Description: + On all platforms, the firmware provides a memory map which the + kernel reads. The resources from that memory map are registered + in the kernel resource tree and exposed to userspace via + /proc/iomem (together with other resources). + + However, on most architectures that firmware-provided memory + map is modified afterwards by the kernel itself, either because + the kernel merges that memory map with other information or + just because the user overwrites that memory map via command + line. + + kexec needs the raw firmware-provided memory map to setup the + parameter segment of the kernel that should be booted with + kexec. Also, the raw memory map is useful for debugging. For + that reason, /sys/firmware/memmap is an interface that provides + the raw memory map to userspace. + + The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there + are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name:: + + /sys/firmware/memmap/0 + /sys/firmware/memmap/1 + /sys/firmware/memmap/2 + /sys/firmware/memmap/3 + ... + + The maximum depends on the number of memory map entries provided + by the firmware. The order is just the order that the firmware + provides. + + Each directory contains three files: + + ======== ===================================================== + start The start address (as hexadecimal number with the + '0x' prefix). + end The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the + firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges). + type Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of + valid types. + ======== ===================================================== + + So, for example:: + + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/start + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/end + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/type + /sys/firmware/memmap/1/start + ... + + Currently following types exist: + + - System RAM + - ACPI Tables + - ACPI Non-volatile Storage + - reserved + + Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory + map in a human-readable format:: + + #!/bin/bash + cd /sys/firmware/memmap + for dir in * ; do + start=$(cat $dir/start) + end=$(cat $dir/end) + type=$(cat $dir/type) + printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type" + done diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw new file mode 100644 index 000000000..edcab3ccf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/devicetree/* +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Grant Likely <grant.likely@arm.com>, devicetree@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When using OpenFirmware or a Flattened Device Tree to enumerate + hardware, the device tree structure will be exposed in this + directory. + + It is possible for multiple device-tree directories to exist. + Some device drivers use a separate detached device tree which + have no attachment to the system tree and will appear in a + different subdirectory under /sys/firmware/devicetree. + + Userspace must not use the /sys/firmware/devicetree/base + path directly, but instead should follow /proc/device-tree + symlink. It is possible that the absolute path will change + in the future, but the symlink is the stable ABI. + + The /proc/device-tree symlink replaces the devicetree /proc + filesystem support, and has largely the same semantics and + should be compatible with existing userspace. + + The contents of /sys/firmware/devicetree/ is a + hierarchy of directories, one per device tree node. The + directory name is the resolved path component name (node + name plus address). Properties are represented as files + in the directory. The contents of each file is the exact + binary data from the device tree. + +What: /sys/firmware/fdt +Date: February 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Frank Rowand <frowand.list@gmail.com>, devicetree@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Exports the FDT blob that was passed to the kernel by + the bootloader. This allows userland applications such + as kexec to access the raw binary. This blob is also + useful when debugging since it contains any changes + made to the blob by the bootloader. + + The fact that this node does not reside under + /sys/firmware/device-tree is deliberate: FDT is also used + on arm64 UEFI/ACPI systems to communicate just the UEFI + and ACPI entry points, but the FDT is never unflattened + and used to configure the system. + + A CRC32 checksum is calculated over the entire FDT + blob, and verified at late_initcall time. The sysfs + entry is instantiated only if the checksum is valid, + i.e., if the FDT blob has not been modified in the mean + time. Otherwise, a warning is printed. +Users: kexec, debugging diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9b66ec4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-powercap @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/powercap +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: Powercap directory for Powernv (P8, P9) servers + + Each folder in this directory contains a + power-cappable component. + +What: /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap + /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-min + /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-max + /sys/firmware/opal/powercap/system-powercap/powercap-current +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: System powercap directory and attributes applicable for + Powernv (P8, P9) servers + + This directory provides powercap information. It + contains below sysfs attributes: + + - powercap-min : This file provides the minimum + possible powercap in Watt units + + - powercap-max : This file provides the maximum + possible powercap in Watt units + + - powercap-current : This file provides the current + powercap set on the system. Writing to this file + creates a request for setting a new-powercap. The + powercap requested must be between powercap-min + and powercap-max. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc2ece70e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-psr @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/psr +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: Power-Shift-Ratio directory for Powernv P9 servers + + Power-Shift-Ratio allows to provide hints the firmware + to shift/throttle power between different entities in + the system. Each attribute in this directory indicates + a settable PSR. + +What: /sys/firmware/opal/psr/cpu_to_gpu_X +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: PSR sysfs attributes for Powernv P9 servers + + Power-Shift-Ratio between CPU and GPU for a given chip + with chip-id X. This file gives the ratio (0-100) + which is used by OCC for power-capping. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a2dfe542 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-opal-sensor-groups @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/sensor_groups +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: Sensor groups directory for POWER9 powernv servers + + Each folder in this directory contains a sensor group + which are classified based on type of the sensor + like power, temperature, frequency, current, etc. They + can also indicate the group of sensors belonging to + different owners like CSM, Profiler, Job-Scheduler + +What: /sys/firmware/opal/sensor_groups/<sensor_group_name>/clear +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux for PowerPC mailing list <linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org> +Description: Sysfs file to clear the min-max of all the sensors + belonging to the group. + + Writing 1 to this file will clear the minimum and + maximum values of all the sensors in the group. + In POWER9, the min-max of a sensor is the historical minimum + and maximum value of the sensor cached by OCC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee0d6dbc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-qemu_fw_cfg @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/ +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Gabriel Somlo <somlo@cmu.edu> +Description: + Several different architectures supported by QEMU (x86, arm, + sun4*, ppc/mac) are provisioned with a firmware configuration + (fw_cfg) device, originally intended as a way for the host to + provide configuration data to the guest firmware. Starting + with QEMU v2.4, arbitrary fw_cfg file entries may be specified + by the user on the command line, which makes fw_cfg additionally + useful as an out-of-band, asynchronous mechanism for providing + configuration data to the guest userspace. + + The authoritative guest-side hardware interface documentation + to the fw_cfg device can be found in "docs/specs/fw_cfg.txt" + in the QEMU source tree. + + **SysFS fw_cfg Interface** + + The fw_cfg sysfs interface described in this document is only + intended to display discoverable blobs (i.e., those registered + with the file directory), as there is no way to determine the + presence or size of "legacy" blobs (with selector keys between + 0x0002 and 0x0018) programmatically. + + All fw_cfg information is shown under: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/ + + The only legacy blob displayed is the fw_cfg device revision: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/rev + + **Discoverable fw_cfg blobs by selector key** + + All discoverable blobs listed in the fw_cfg file directory are + displayed as entries named after their unique selector key + value, e.g.: + + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/32 + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/33 + /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key/34 + ... + + Each such fw_cfg sysfs entry has the following values exported + as attributes: + + ==== ==================================================== + name The 56-byte nul-terminated ASCII string used as the + blob's 'file name' in the fw_cfg directory. + size The length of the blob, as given in the fw_cfg + directory. + key The value of the blob's selector key as given in the + fw_cfg directory. This value is the same as used in + the parent directory name. + raw The raw bytes of the blob, obtained by selecting the + entry via the control register, and reading a number + of bytes equal to the blob size from the data + register. + ==== ==================================================== + + **Listing fw_cfg blobs by file name** + + While the fw_cfg device does not impose any specific naming + convention on the blobs registered in the file directory, + QEMU developers have traditionally used path name semantics + to give each blob a descriptive name. For example:: + + "bootorder" + "genroms/kvmvapic.bin" + "etc/e820" + "etc/boot-fail-wait" + "etc/system-states" + "etc/table-loader" + "etc/acpi/rsdp" + "etc/acpi/tables" + "etc/smbios/smbios-tables" + "etc/smbios/smbios-anchor" + ... + + In addition to the listing by unique selector key described + above, the fw_cfg sysfs driver also attempts to build a tree + of directories matching the path name components of fw_cfg + blob names, ending in symlinks to the by_key entry for each + "basename", as illustrated below (assume current directory is + /sys/firmware):: + + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/bootorder -> ../by_key/38 + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/e820 -> ../../by_key/35 + qemu_fw_cfg/by_name/etc/acpi/rsdp -> ../../../by_key/41 + ... + + Construction of the directory tree and symlinks is done on a + "best-effort" basis, as there is no guarantee that components + of fw_cfg blob names are always "well behaved". I.e., there is + the possibility that a symlink (basename) will conflict with + a dirname component of another fw_cfg blob, in which case the + creation of the offending /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_name + entry will be skipped. + + The authoritative list of entries will continue to be found + under the /sys/firmware/qemu_fw_cfg/by_key directory. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5210e0f06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/ +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> +Description: + SFI defines a number of small static memory tables + so the kernel can get platform information from firmware. + + The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification: + http://simplefirmware.org/documentation + + While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space + can observe them this way:: + + # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables + # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66800baab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/ +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Russ Anderson <rja@sgi.com> +Description: + The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information + about the SGI UV platform. + + Under that directory are a number of files:: + + partition_id + coherence_id + + The partition_id entry contains the partition id. + SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical + machines, which each partition running a unique copy + of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique + partition id. To display the partition id, use the command:: + + cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id + + The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id. + A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence + domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain + this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the + command:: + + cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8631f5a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-turris-mox-rwtm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/board_version +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) Board version burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board. + Format: %i + +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/mac_address* +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) MAC addresses burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox board. + Format: %pM + +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/pubkey +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) ECDSA public key (in pubkey hex compressed form) computed + as pair to the ECDSA private key burned into eFuses of this + Turris Mox Board. + Format: string + +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/ram_size +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) RAM size in MiB of this Turris Mox board as was detected + during manufacturing and burned into eFuses. Can be 512 or 1024. + Format: %i + +What: /sys/firmware/turris-mox-rwtm/serial_number +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz> +Description: (Read) Serial number burned into eFuses of this Turris Mox device. + Format: %016X diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99e3d92f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stats +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Controls whether the multiblock allocator should + collect statistics, which are shown during the unmount. + 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means not to collect + statistics + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_group_prealloc +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The multiblock allocator will round up allocation + requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the + stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_max_to_scan +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator + will search to find the best extent + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_min_to_scan +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator + will search to find the best extent + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_order2_req +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for + requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is + used + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stream_req +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable + parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a + block group specific preallocation pool, so that small + files are packed closely together. Each large file + will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique + preallocation pool. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of + inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead + algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/delayed_allocation_blocks +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks + that are dirty in the page cache, but which do not + have their location in the filesystem allocated yet. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes + of data that have been written to this filesystem since it was + created. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/session_write_kbytes +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of + kilobytes of data that have been written to this + filesystem since it was mounted. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_goal +Date: June 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal + inode used by the inode allocator in preference to + all other allocation heuristics. This is intended for + debugging use only, and should be 0 on production + systems. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/max_writeback_mb_bump +Date: September 2009 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will + try to write out before move on to another inode. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/extent_max_zeroout_kb +Date: August 2012 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed + out in preference to creating a new uninitialized + extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree. Note + that using a larger value will increase the + variability of time necessary to complete a random + write operation (since a 4k random write might turn + into a much larger write due to the zeroout + operation). + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/journal_task +Date: February 2019 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the pid of journal thread in + current pid-namespace or 0 if task is unreachable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b3ed8e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_max_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the maximum sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_min_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the minimum sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_no_gc_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the default sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection. + Setting gc_idle = 0(default) will disable this option. Setting: + + =========== =============================================== + gc_idle = 1 will select the Cost Benefit approach & setting + gc_idle = 2 will select the greedy approach & setting + gc_idle = 3 will select the age-threshold based approach. + =========== =============================================== + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments +Date: October 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: This parameter controls the number of prefree segments to be + reclaimed. If the number of prefree segments is larger than + the number of segments in the proportion to the percentage + over total volume size, f2fs tries to conduct checkpoint to + reclaim the prefree segments to free segments. + By default, 5% over total # of segments. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/main_blkaddr +Date: November 2019 +Contact: "Ramon Pantin" <pantin@google.com> +Description: + Shows first block address of MAIN area. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ipu_policy +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the in-place-update policy. + updates in f2fs. User can set: + + ==== ================= + 0x01 F2FS_IPU_FORCE + 0x02 F2FS_IPU_SSR + 0x04 F2FS_IPU_UTIL + 0x08 F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL + 0x10 F2FS_IPU_FSYNC + 0x20 F2FS_IPU_ASYNC, + 0x40 F2FS_IPU_NOCACHE + ==== ================= + + Refer segment.h for details. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the FS utilization condition for the in-place-update + policies. It is used by F2FS_IPU_UTIL and F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_fsync_blocks +Date: September 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for the in-place-update + policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_seq_blocks +Date: August 2018 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for batched sequential + writes in writepages. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_hot_blocks +Date: March 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the dirty page count condition for redefining hot data. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ssr_sections +Date: October 2017 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls the free section threshold to trigger SSR allocation. + If this is large, SSR mode will be enabled early. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_small_discards +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the issue rate of discard commands that consist of small + blocks less than 2MB. The candidates to be discarded are cached until + checkpoint is triggered, and issued during the checkpoint. + By default, it is disabled with 0. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_granularity +Date: July 2017 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls discard granularity of inner discard thread. Inner thread + will not issue discards with size that is smaller than granularity. + The unit size is one block(4KB), now only support configuring + in range of [1, 512]. Default value is 4(=16KB). + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/umount_discard_timeout +Date: January 2019 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Set timeout to issue discard commands during umount. + Default: 5 secs + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search +Date: January 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment + when conducting SSR and cleaning operations. The default value + is 4096 which covers 8GB block address range. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/migration_granularity +Date: October 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls migration granularity of garbage collection on large + section, it can let GC move partial segment{s} of one section + in one GC cycle, so that dispersing heavy overhead GC to + multiple lightweight one. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dir_level +Date: March 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the directory level for large directory. If a + directory has a number of files, it can reduce the file lookup + latency by increasing this dir_level value. Otherwise, it + needs to decrease this value to reduce the space overhead. + The default value is 0. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ram_thresh +Date: March 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the memory footprint used by free nids and cached + nat entries. By default, 1 is set, which indicates + 10 MB / 1 GB RAM. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/batched_trim_sections +Date: February 2015 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the trimming rate in batch mode. + <deprecated> + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_interval +Date: October 2015 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the checkpoint timing, set to 60 seconds by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/idle_interval +Date: January 2016 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls the idle timing of system, if there is no FS operation + during given interval. + Set to 5 seconds by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/discard_idle_interval +Date: September 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Contact: "Sahitya Tummala" <stummala@codeaurora.org> +Description: Controls the idle timing of discard thread given + this time interval. + Default is 5 secs. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle_interval +Date: September 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Contact: "Sahitya Tummala" <stummala@codeaurora.org> +Description: Controls the idle timing for gc path. Set to 5 seconds by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_enable +Date: August 2017 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls to enable/disable IO stat. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ra_nid_pages +Date: October 2015 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com> +Description: Controls the count of nid pages to be readaheaded. + When building free nids, F2FS reads NAT blocks ahead for + speed up. Default is 0. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dirty_nats_ratio +Date: January 2016 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <chao2.yu@samsung.com> +Description: Controls dirty nat entries ratio threshold, if current + ratio exceeds configured threshold, checkpoint will + be triggered for flushing dirty nat entries. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes +Date: January 2016 +Contact: "Shuoran Liu" <liushuoran@huawei.com> +Description: Shows total written kbytes issued to disk. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/features +Date: July 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows all enabled features in current device. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/inject_rate +Date: May 2016 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com> +Description: Controls the injection rate of arbitrary faults. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/inject_type +Date: May 2016 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com> +Description: Controls the injection type of arbitrary faults. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dirty_segments +Date: October 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Shows the number of dirty segments. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reserved_blocks +Date: June 2017 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Controls target reserved blocks in system, the threshold + is soft, it could exceed current available user space. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/current_reserved_blocks +Date: October 2017 +Contact: "Yunlong Song" <yunlong.song@huawei.com> +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Shows current reserved blocks in system, it may be temporarily + smaller than target_reserved_blocks, but will gradually + increase to target_reserved_blocks when more free blocks are + freed by user later. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_urgent +Date: August 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Do background GC agressively when set. When gc_urgent = 1, + background thread starts to do GC by given gc_urgent_sleep_time + interval. When gc_urgent = 2, F2FS will lower the bar of + checking idle in order to process outstanding discard commands + and GC a little bit aggressively. It is set to 0 by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_urgent_sleep_time +Date: August 2017 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Controls sleep time of GC urgent mode. Set to 500ms by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/readdir_ra +Date: November 2017 +Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com> +Description: Controls readahead inode block in readdir. Enabled by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_pin_file_thresh +Date: January 2018 +Contact: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: This indicates how many GC can be failed for the pinned + file. If it exceeds this, F2FS doesn't guarantee its pinning + state. 2048 trials is set by default. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list +Date: Feburary 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: Used to control configure extension list: + - Query: cat /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - Add: echo '[h/c]extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - Del: echo '[h/c]!extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - [h] means add/del hot file extension + - [c] means add/del cold file extension + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/unusable +Date April 2019 +Contact: "Daniel Rosenberg" <drosen@google.com> +Description: If checkpoint=disable, it displays the number of blocks that + are unusable. + If checkpoint=enable it displays the enumber of blocks that + would be unusable if checkpoint=disable were to be set. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/encoding +Date July 2019 +Contact: "Daniel Rosenberg" <drosen@google.com> +Description: Displays name and version of the encoding set for the filesystem. + If no encoding is set, displays (none) + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/free_segments +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of free segments in disk. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_foreground_calls +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of checkpoint operations performed on demand. Available when + CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/cp_background_calls +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of checkpoint operations performed in the background to + free segments. Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_foreground_calls +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of garbage collection operations performed on demand. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_background_calls +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of garbage collection operations triggered in background. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/moved_blocks_foreground +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of blocks moved by garbage collection in foreground. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/moved_blocks_background +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Number of blocks moved by garbage collection in background. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/avg_vblocks +Date: September 2019 +Contact: "Hridya Valsaraju" <hridya@google.com> +Description: Average number of valid blocks. + Available when CONFIG_F2FS_STAT_FS=y. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/mounted_time_sec +Date: February 2020 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Show the mounted time in secs of this partition. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/data_io_flag +Date: April 2020 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to data writes + given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate: + + +-------------------+-------------------+ + | REQ_META | REQ_FUA | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/node_io_flag +Date: June 2020 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: Give a way to attach REQ_META|FUA to node writes + given temperature-based bits. Now the bits indicate: + + +-------------------+-------------------+ + | REQ_META | REQ_FUA | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + | Cold | Warm | Hot | Cold | Warm | Hot | + +------+------+-----+------+------+-----+ + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/iostat_period_ms +Date: April 2020 +Contact: "Daeho Jeong" <daehojeong@google.com> +Description: Give a way to change iostat_period time. 3secs by default. + The new iostat trace gives stats gap given the period. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..304ba84a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show current revision of NILFS file system driver. + This value informs about file system revision that + driver is ready to support. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/features group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show NILFS file system revision on volume. + This value informs about metadata structures' + revision on mounted volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/blocksize +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's block size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/device_size +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/free_blocks +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of free blocks on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/uuid +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's UUID (Universally Unique Identifier). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/volume_name +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's label. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device> group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show last write time of super block in human-readable + format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show last write time of super block in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show current write count of super block. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_update_frequency +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show/Set interval of periodical update of superblock + (in seconds). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_pseg_block +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show start block number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show sequence value of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show segment sequence counter. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_last_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show index number of the latest full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show index number of the full segment index + to be used next. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_pseg_offset +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show offset of next partial segment in the current + full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in + human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/dirty_data_blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of dirty data blocks. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/segments_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of segments on a volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/blocks_per_segment +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of blocks in segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/clean_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of clean segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/dirty_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of dirty segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/checkpoints_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of checkpoints on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/snapshots_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of snapshots on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe content of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/inodes_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of inodes for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of blocks for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id> + group. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea0cc8c42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_head_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current head of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_tail_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current tail of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/reserve_grant_head +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The current state of the log reserve grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + outstanding transactions. The grant head is exported in + "cycle:bytes" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/write_grant_head +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The current state of the log write grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + oustanding transactions, including regrants due to + rolling transactions. The grant head is exported in + "cycle:bytes" format. +Users: xfstests diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4dbe0c49b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-hypervisor-xen @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/hypervisor/guest_type +Date: June 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: If running under Xen: + Type of guest: + "Xen": standard guest type on arm + "HVM": fully virtualized guest (x86) + "PV": paravirtualized guest (x86) + "PVH": fully virtualized guest without legacy emulation (x86) + +What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_mode +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com> +Description: If running under Xen: + Describes mode that Xen's performance-monitoring unit (PMU) + uses. Accepted values are: + + ====== ============================================ + "off" PMU is disabled + "self" The guest can profile itself + "hv" The guest can profile itself and, if it is + privileged (e.g. dom0), the hypervisor + "all" The guest can profile itself, the hypervisor + and all other guests. Only available to + privileged guests. + ====== ============================================ + +What: /sys/hypervisor/pmu/pmu_features +Date: August 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.3 +Contact: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com> +Description: If running under Xen: + Describes Xen PMU features (as an integer). A set bit indicates + that the corresponding feature is enabled. See + include/xen/interface/xenpmu.h for available features + +What: /sys/hypervisor/properties/buildid +Date: June 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: If running under Xen: + Build id of the hypervisor, needed for hypervisor live patching. + Might return "<denied>" in case of special security settings + in the hypervisor. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d6725fe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table initiator data. + Usually this contains the Initiator name. + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table target data. + Usually this contains the target's IP address, boot LUN, + target name, and what NIC it is associated with. It can also + contain the CHAP name (and password), the reverse CHAP + name (and password) + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table NIC data. + Usually this contains the IP address, MAC, and gateway of the NIC. + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/acpi_header +Date: March 2016 +Contact: David Bond <dbond@suse.com> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/acpi_header directory will contain files + that expose the SIGNATURE, OEM_ID, and OEM_TABLE_ID fields of the + acpi table header of the iBFT structure. This will allow for + identification of the creator of the table which is useful in + determining quirks associated with some adapters when used in + hardware vs software iscsi initiator mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f9bda453 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/boot_params +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two + files: "data" and "version" and one subdirectory "setup_data". + It is used to export the kernel boot parameters of an x86 + platform to userspace for kexec and debugging purpose. + + If there's no setup_data in boot_params the subdirectory will + not be created. + + "data" file is the binary representation of struct boot_params. + + "version" file is the string representation of boot + protocol version. + + "setup_data" subdirectory contains the setup_data data + structure in boot_params. setup_data is maintained in kernel + as a link list. In "setup_data" subdirectory there's one + subdirectory for each link list node named with the number + of the list nodes. The list node subdirectory contains two + files "type" and "data". "type" file is the string + representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary + representation of setup_data payload. + + The whole boot_params directory structure is like below:: + + /sys/kernel/boot_params + |__ data + |__ setup_data + | |__ 0 + | | |__ data + | | |__ type + | |__ 1 + | |__ data + | |__ type + |__ version + +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c9744b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-btf @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/btf +Date: Aug 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Contains BTF type information and related data for kernel and + kernel modules. + +What: /sys/kernel/btf/vmlinux +Date: Aug 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: bpf@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only binary attribute exposing kernel's own BTF type + information with description of all internal kernel types. See + Documentation/bpf/btf.rst for detailed description of format + itself. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f7a64a81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fadump @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/* +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: + The /sys/kernel/fadump/* is a collection of FADump sysfs + file provide information about the configuration status + of Firmware Assisted Dump (FADump). + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/enabled +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Primarily used to identify whether the FADump is enabled in + the kernel or not. +User: Kdump service + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/registered +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Helps to control the dump collect feature from userspace. + Setting 1 to this file enables the system to collect the + dump and 0 to disable it. +User: Kdump service + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/release_mem +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + This is a special sysfs file and only available when + the system is booted to capture the vmcore using FADump. + It is used to release the memory reserved by FADump to + save the crash dump. + +What: /sys/kernel/fadump/mem_reserved +Date: Dec 2019 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Provide information about the amount of memory reserved by + FADump to save the crash dump in bytes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcff34665 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/fscaps +Date: February 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de> +Description: + Shows whether file system capabilities are honored + when executing a binary + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups new file mode 100644 index 000000000..017f5bc39 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.5 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ contains a number of sub- + directories, each representing an IOMMU group. The + name of the sub-directory matches the iommu_group_id() + for the group, which is an integer value. Within each + subdirectory is another directory named "devices" with + links to the sysfs devices contained in this group. + The group directory also optionally contains a "name" + file if the IOMMU driver has chosen to register a more + common name for the group. +Users: + +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions +Date: January 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.11 +Contact: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com> +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions list IOVA + regions that are reserved. Not necessarily all + reserved regions are listed. This is typically used to + output direct-mapped, MSI, non mappable regions. Each + region is described on a single line: the 1st field is + the base IOVA, the second is the end IOVA and the third + field describes the type of the region. + +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/reserved_regions +Date: June 2019 +KernelVersion: v5.3 +Contact: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com> +Description: In case an RMRR is used only by graphics or USB devices + it is now exposed as "direct-relaxable" instead of "direct". + In device assignment use case, for instance, those RMRR + are considered to be relaxable and safe. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8910d0c4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/irq +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: Directory containing information about the system's IRQs. + Specifically, data from the associated struct irq_desc. + The information here is similar to that in /proc/interrupts + but in a more machine-friendly format. This directory contains + one subdirectory for each Linux IRQ number. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/actions +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: The IRQ action chain. A comma-separated list of zero or more + device names associated with this interrupt. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/chip_name +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: Human-readable chip name supplied by the associated device + driver. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/hwirq +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: When interrupt translation domains are used, this file contains + the underlying hardware IRQ number used for this Linux IRQ. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/name +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: Human-readable flow handler name as defined by the irq chip + driver. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/per_cpu_count +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: The number of times the interrupt has fired since boot. This + is a comma-separated list of counters; one per CPU in CPU id + order. NOTE: This file consistently shows counters for all + CPU ids. This differs from the behavior of /proc/interrupts + which only shows counters for online CPUs. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/type +Date: September 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.9 +Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> +Description: The type of the interrupt. Either the string 'level' or 'edge'. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/wakeup +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com> +Description: The wakeup state of the interrupt. Either the string + 'enabled' or 'disabled'. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bea7bd5a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Interface for kernel live patching + + The /sys/kernel/livepatch directory contains subdirectories for + each loaded live patch module. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The patch directory contains subdirectories for each kernel + object (vmlinux or a module) in which it patched functions. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/enabled +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A writable attribute that indicates whether the patched + code is currently applied. Writing 0 will disable the patch + while writing 1 will re-enable the patch. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/transition +Date: Feb 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An attribute which indicates whether the patch is currently in + transition. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/force +Date: Nov 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A writable attribute that allows administrator to affect the + course of an existing transition. Writing 1 clears + TIF_PATCH_PENDING flag of all tasks and thus forces the tasks to + the patched or unpatched state. Administrator should not + use this feature without a clearance from a patch + distributor. Removal (rmmod) of patch modules is permanently + disabled when the feature is used. See + Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.rst for more information. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The object directory contains subdirectories for each function + that is patched within the object. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/<function,sympos> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The function directory contains attributes regarding the + properties and state of the patched function. + + The directory name contains the patched function name and a + sympos number corresponding to the nth occurrence of the symbol + name in kallsyms for the patched object. + + There are currently no such attributes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..190d523ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm +Date: July 2008 +Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, VM maintainers +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/ should contain any and all VM + related information in /sys/kernel/. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages new file mode 100644 index 000000000..294387e2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, hugetlb maintainers +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ contains a number of subdirectories + of the form hugepages-<size>kB, where <size> is the page size + of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination. + + Under these directories are a number of files: + + - nr_hugepages + - nr_overcommit_hugepages + - free_hugepages + - surplus_hugepages + - resv_hugepages + + See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c9bed559 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm +Date: September 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for Kernel Samepage Merging (KSM) + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/full_scans +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_shared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_sharing +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_unshared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_volatile +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs +Date: September 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface + + full_scans: how many times all mergeable areas have been + scanned. + + pages_shared: how many shared pages are being used. + + pages_sharing: how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how + much saved. + + pages_to_scan: how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes + to sleep. + + pages_unshared: how many pages unique but repeatedly checked + for merging. + + pages_volatile: how many pages changing too fast to be placed + in a tree. + + run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled. + + - write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running. + - write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages. + + sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between + scans. + + See Documentation/vm/ksm.rst for more information. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes. + + When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged, + otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94672016c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-swap @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/swap/ +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for swapping + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/swap/vma_ra_enabled +Date: August 2017 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Enable/disable VMA based swap readahead. + + If set to true, the VMA based swap readahead algorithm + will be used for swappable anonymous pages mapped in a + VMA, and the global swap readahead algorithm will be + still used for tmpfs etc. other users. If set to + false, the global swap readahead algorithm will be + used for all swappable pages. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000..156cca9db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-oops_count @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/oops_count +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2.0 +Contact: Linux Kernel Hardening List <linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has Oopsed since last boot. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9f12baf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/slab +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache. Certain + files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and + any cache it aliases, if any). +Users: kernel memory tuning tools + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches + have merged into this cache. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/align +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object + alignment in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code + locations from which allocations for this cache were performed. + The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is + enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.rst). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the + current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has + been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list + of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current + count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist + was empty but there were objects available as the result of + remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to + be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the slow path because of a refill or + allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects + are from ZONE_DMA. + Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs + are active and their NUMA locality. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs + have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a + cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an + allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the + current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object + constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a + new slab is allocated. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab + has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed + remotely. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether + slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's + partial list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of + object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see + Documentation/vm/slub.rst). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab. + It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to + a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from + its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current + count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been + freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear + the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can + be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether + objects are aligned on cachelines. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial +Date: February 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> +Description: + The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall + remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of + allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing + the shrink file. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's + object size. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are + active and from which nodes they are from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many + objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are + from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many + objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order + specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are + allocated. It is writable and can be changed to increase the + number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated + because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order + possible depending on its characteristics. + + When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified + (see Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst), the minimum possible + order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change + the order at run time. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a + new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead + fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to + clear the current count. + + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The partial file is read-only and displays how long many + partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned + when a new slab is allocated. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects + are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red + zoned. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of + times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial + slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on + the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over + the entire system but can be expensive. + + Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks + should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free + checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with + caches that do not. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The shrink file is used to reclaim unused slab cache + memory from a cache. Empty per-cpu or partial slabs + are freed and the partial list is sorted so the slabs + with the fewest available objects are used first. + It only accepts a value of "1" on write for shrinking + the cache. Other input values are considered invalid. + Shrinking slab caches might be expensive and can + adversely impact other running applications. So it + should be used with care. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size + with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs + there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are + from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The store_user file specifies whether the location of + allocation or free should be tracked for a cache. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total + objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees + should be traced. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its + cache's objects and check the validity of metadata. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f1087a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/vmcoreinfo +Date: October 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp> + Kexec Mailing List <kexec@lists.infradead.org> + Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com> +Description: + Shows physical address and size of vmcoreinfo ELF note. + First value contains physical address of note in hex and + second value contains the size of note in hex. This ELF + note info is parsed by second kernel and exported to user + space as part of ELF note in /proc/vmcore file. This note + contains various information like struct size, symbol + values, page size etc. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90a029813 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-warn_count @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/warn_count +Date: November 2022 +KernelVersion: 6.2.0 +Contact: Linux Kernel Hardening List <linux-hardening@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Shows how many times the system has Warned since last boot. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e14703f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address + written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the + physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt + to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or + dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed + on the bad page list and never be reused. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The + kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather + fail the offline. Return value is the size of the + number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading + the file is not allowed. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical + address written into this file. Input is a hex number + specifying the physical address of the page. The + kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by + trying to drop the page or killing any owner or + triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill + any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid + to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the + hardware. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + Return value is the size of the number, or a error when + the offlining failed. + Reading the file is not allowed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module new file mode 100644 index 000000000..353c0db5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read GbE MAC address. + +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read Option ROM data. + + +What: /sys/module/ehci_hcd/drivers/.../uframe_periodic_max +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru> +Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs) + + Note: + USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per + microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125 + microseconds (full microframe). + + However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is + too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110 + microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work + together. + + Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that + the host controller would allow allocating more than 100 + microseconds of periodic bandwidth per microframe. + + Beware, non-standard modes are usually not thoroughly tested by + hardware designers, and the hardware can malfunction when this + setting differ from default 100. + +What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize} +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module size in bytes. + +What: /sys/module/*/taint +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module taint flags: + == ===================== + P proprietary module + O out-of-tree module + F force-loaded module + C staging driver module + E unsigned module + == ===================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7cc516a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/ +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the + ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version + of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem. This version + covers how ocfs2 uses distributed locking between cluster + nodes. + + The protocol version has a major and minor number. Two + cluster nodes can interoperate if they have an identical + major number and an overlapping minor number - thus, + a node with version 1.10 can interoperate with a node + sporting version 1.8, as long as both use the 1.8 protocol. + + Reading from this file returns a single line, the major + number and minor number joined by a period, eg "1.10". + + This file is read-only. The value is compiled into the + driver. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes + the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation. + A cluster plugin is required to use ocfs2 in a cluster. + There are currently two available plugins: + + * 'o2cb' - The classic o2cb cluster stack that ocfs2 has + used since its inception. + * 'user' - A plugin supporting userspace cluster software + in conjunction with fs/dlm. + + Reading from this file returns the names of all loaded + plugins, one per line. + + This file is read-only. Its contents may change as + plugins are loaded or removed. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which + cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem. + The active plugin will appear in the loaded_cluster_plugins + file as well. Only one plugin can be used at a time. + + Reading from this file returns the name of the active plugin + on a single line. + + This file is read-only. Which plugin is active depends on + the cluster stack in use. The contents may change + when all filesystems are unmounted and the cluster stack + is changed. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name + of current ocfs2 cluster stack. This value is set by + userspace tools when bringing the cluster stack online. + + Cluster stack names are 4 characters in length. + + When the 'o2cb' cluster stack is used, the 'o2cb' cluster + plugin is active. All other cluster stacks use the 'user' + cluster plugin. + + Reading from this file returns the name of the current + cluster stack on a single line. + + Writing a new stack name to this file changes the current + cluster stack unless there are mounted ocfs2 filesystems. + If there are mounted filesystems, attempts to change the + stack return an error. + +Users: + ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@oss.oracle.com> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c78d358db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + This file allows display switching. The value + is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow:: + + 4321 + |||`- LCD + ||`-- CRT + |`--- TV + `---- DVI + + Ex: + - 0 (0000b) means no display + - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be + used to display several items of information. + To control the LED display, use the following:: + + echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ + + where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display. + The DDD table can be found in Documentation/admin-guide/laptops/asus-laptop.rst + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + This may control the led, the device or both. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wlan device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + This may control the led, the device or both. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wimax +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wimax device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wwan +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wwan (3G) device. 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f8f0772d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cpufv +Date: Oct 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration (write-only). + There are three available clock configuration: + + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/camera +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cardr +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/touchpad +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card touchpad. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/lid_resume +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: "AceLan Kao" <acelan.kao@canonical.com> +Description: + Resume on lid open. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/fan_boost_mode +Date: Sep 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Contact: "Yurii Pavlovskyi" <yurii.pavlovskyi@gmail.com> +Description: + Fan boost mode: + * 0 - normal, + * 1 - overboost, + * 2 - silent + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/throttle_thermal_policy +Date: Dec 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: "Leonid Maksymchuk" <leonmaxx@gmail.com> +Description: + Throttle thermal policy mode: + * 0 - default, + * 1 - overboost, + * 2 - silent + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/dgpu_disable +Date: Aug 2022 +KernelVersion: 5.17 +Contact: "Luke Jones" <luke@ljones.dev> +Description: + Disable discrete GPU: + * 0 - Enable dGPU, + * 1 - Disable dGPU diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b146be74b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/at91_can/net/<iface>/mb0_id +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Marc Kleine-Budde <kernel@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Value representing the can_id of mailbox 0. + + Default: 0x7ff (standard frame) + + Due to a chip bug (errata 50.2.6.3 & 50.3.5.3 in + "AT91SAM9263 Preliminary 6249H-ATARM-27-Jul-09") the + contents of mailbox 0 may be send under certain + conditions (even if disabled or in rx mode). + + The workaround in the errata suggests not to use the + mailbox and load it with an unused identifier. + + In order to use an extended can_id add the + CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example: + + - standard id 0x7ff:: + + echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id + + - extended id 0x1fffffff:: + + echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1bad92bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/devices/../../gisb_arb_timeout +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> +Description: + Returns the currently configured raw timeout value of the + Broadcom Set Top Box internal GISB bus arbiter. Minimum value + is 1, and maximum value is 0xffffffff. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f58cfb06b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> +Description: + Can be set and read. + Set a_bus_req(A-device bus request) input to be 1 if + the application running on the A-device wants to use the bus, + and to be 0 when the application no longer wants to use + the bus(or wants to work as peripheral). a_bus_req can also + be set to 1 by kernel in response to remote wakeup signaling + from the B-device, the A-device should decide to resume the bus. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns 1 if the application running on the A-device + is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_drop +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> +Description: + Can be set and read + The a_bus_drop(A-device bus drop) input is 1 when the + application running on the A-device wants to power down + the bus, and is 0 otherwise, When a_bus_drop is 1, then + the a_bus_req shall be 0. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns 1 if the bus is off(vbus is turned off) by + A-device, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> +Description: + Can be set and read. + The b_bus_req(B-device bus request) input is 1 during the time + that the application running on the B-device wants to use the + bus as host, and is 0 when the application no longer wants to + work as host and decides to switch back to be peripheral. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns if the application running on the B device + is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_clr_err +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com> +Description: + Only can be set. + The a_clr_err(A-device Vbus error clear) input is used to clear + vbus error, then A-device will power down the bus. + + Valid value is "1" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0f4684a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb2 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/role +Date: Mar 2017 +Contact: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com> +Description: + It returns string "gadget" or "host" when read it, it indicates + current controller role. + + It will do role switch when write "gadget" or "host" to it. + Only controller at dual-role configuration supports writing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82bcfe9df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: + This file allows to control the automatic keyboard + illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient + light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto + mode, 0 to disable it. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: + This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value, + as reported by the ambient light sensor. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: + This file allows to control the input triggers that + turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is + disabled because of inactivity. + Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones + enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'. + + To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to + this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded + by '-' instead. + + For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:: + + echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + + To disable it:: + + echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + + Note that not all the available triggers can be configured. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> +Description: + This file allows to specify the interval after which the + keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity. + The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and + days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd' + respectively. + + To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along + with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value + is assumed to be expressed in seconds. + + For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:: + + echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout + + Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be + expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout + was set. + + Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that + some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case + an invalid timeout is written to this file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6e0f7f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-smbios @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/tokens/* +Date: November 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Description: + A read-only description of Dell platform tokens + available on the machine. + + Each token attribute is available as a pair of + sysfs attributes readable by a process with + CAP_SYS_ADMIN. + + For example the token ID "5" would be available + as the following attributes: + + - 0005_location + - 0005_value + + Tokens will vary from machine to machine, and + only tokens available on that machine will be + displayed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6ab34e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-fme @@ -0,0 +1,246 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/ports_num +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. One DFL FPGA device may have more than 1 + port/Accelerator Function Unit (AFU). It returns the + number of ports on the FPGA device when read it. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/bitstream_id +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region) + identifier number, which includes the detailed version + and other information of this static FPGA region. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/bitstream_metadata +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns Bitstream (static FPGA region) meta + data, which includes the synthesis date, seed and other + information of this static FPGA region. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/cache_size +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns cache size of this FPGA device. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/fabric_version +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns fabric version of this FPGA device. + Userspace applications need this information to select + best data channels per different fabric design. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/socket_id +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns socket_id to indicate which socket + this FPGA belongs to, only valid for integrated solution. + User only needs this information, in case standard numa node + can't provide correct information. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/pcie0_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file for errors detected on pcie0 link. + Write this file to clear errors logged in pcie0_errors. Write + fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code + doesn't match. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/pcie1_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file for errors detected on pcie1 link. + Write this file to clear errors logged in pcie1_errors. Write + fails with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code + doesn't match. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/nonfatal_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns non-fatal errors detected. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/catfatal_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns catastrophic and fatal errors detected. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/inject_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to check errors injected. Write this + file to inject errors for testing purpose. Write fails with + -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input inject error code isn't + supported. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/fme_errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on FME. + Write this file to clear errors logged in fme_errors. Write + fials with -EINVAL if input parsing fails or input error code + doesn't match. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/first_error +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first error detected by + hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/errors/next_error +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the second error detected by + hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/name +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the name of hwmon device, it + supports values: + + ================= ========================= + 'dfl_fme_thermal' thermal hwmon device name + 'dfl_fme_power' power hwmon device name + ================= ========================= + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_input +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns FPGA device temperature in millidegrees + Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware threshold1 temperature in + millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this + threshold, hardware starts 50% or 90% throttling (see + 'temp1_max_policy'). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_crit +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware threshold2 temperature in + millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this + threshold, hardware starts 100% throttling. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_emergency +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns hardware trip threshold temperature in + millidegrees Celsius. If temperature rises at or above this + threshold, a fatal event will be triggered to board management + controller (BMC) to shutdown FPGA. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max_alarm +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if temperature is currently at or above + hardware threshold1 (see 'temp1_max'), otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_crit_alarm +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if temperature is currently at or above + hardware threshold2 (see 'temp1_crit'), otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/temp1_max_policy +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. Read this file to get the policy of hardware threshold1 + (see 'temp1_max'). It only supports two values (policies): + + == ========================== + 0 AP2 state (90% throttling) + 1 AP1 state (50% throttling) + == ========================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_input +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns current FPGA power consumption in uW. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_max +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get current hardware power + threshold1 in uW. If power consumption rises at or above + this threshold, hardware starts 50% throttling. + Write this file to set current hardware power threshold1 in uW. + As hardware only accepts values in Watts, so input value will + be round down per Watts (< 1 watts part will be discarded) and + clamped within the range from 0 to 127 Watts. Write fails with + -EINVAL if input parsing fails. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_crit +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get current hardware power + threshold2 in uW. If power consumption rises at or above + this threshold, hardware starts 90% throttling. + Write this file to set current hardware power threshold2 in uW. + As hardware only accepts values in Watts, so input value will + be round down per Watts (< 1 watts part will be discarded) and + clamped within the range from 0 to 127 Watts. Write fails with + -EINVAL if input parsing fails. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_max_alarm +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if power consumption is currently at or + above hardware threshold1 (see 'power1_max'), otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_crit_alarm +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns 1 if power consumption is currently at or + above hardware threshold2 (see 'power1_crit'), otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_xeon_limit +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns power limit for XEON in uW. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_fpga_limit +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Only. It returns power limit for FPGA in uW. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-fme.0/hwmon/hwmonX/power1_ltr +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get current Latency Tolerance + Reporting (ltr) value. It returns 1 if all Accelerated + Function Units (AFUs) can tolerate latency >= 40us for memory + access or 0 if any AFU is latency sensitive (< 40us). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65658267f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dfl-port @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/id +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It returns id of this port. One DFL FPGA device + may have more than one port. Userspace could use this id to + distinguish different ports under same FPGA device. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/afu_id +Date: June 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.19 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. User can program different PR bitstreams to FPGA + Accelerator Function Unit (AFU) for different functions. It + returns uuid which could be used to identify which PR bitstream + is programmed in this AFU. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/power_state +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. It reports the APx (AFU Power) state, different APx + means different throttling level. When reading this file, it + returns "0" - Normal / "1" - AP1 / "2" - AP2 / "6" - AP6. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ap1_event +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-write. Read this file for AP1 (AFU Power State 1) event. + It's used to indicate transient AP1 state. Write 1 to this + file to clear AP1 event. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ap2_event +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-write. Read this file for AP2 (AFU Power State 2) event. + It's used to indicate transient AP2 state. Write 1 to this + file to clear AP2 event. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/ltr +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-write. Read or set AFU latency tolerance reporting value. + Set ltr to 1 if the AFU can tolerate latency >= 40us or set it + to 0 if it is latency sensitive. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcmd +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Write-only. User writes command to this interface to set + userclock to AFU. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqsts +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the status of issued command + to userclck_freqcmd. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcntrcmd +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Write-only. User writes command to this interface to set + userclock counter. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/userclk_freqcntrsts +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the status of issued command + to userclck_freqcntrcmd. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/errors +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-Write. Read this file to get errors detected on port and + Accelerated Function Unit (AFU). Write error code to this file + to clear errors. Write fails with -EINVAL if input parsing + fails or input error code doesn't match. Write fails with + -EBUSY or -ETIMEDOUT if error can't be cleared as hardware + in low power state (-EBUSY) or not respoding (-ETIMEDOUT). + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/first_error +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first error detected by + hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/dfl-port.0/errors/first_malformed_req +Date: August 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.4 +Contact: Wu Hao <hao.wu@intel.com> +Description: Read-only. Read this file to get the first malformed request + captured by hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..141834342 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/charger_type +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The charger type - Traditional, Hybrid or NVDC. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/adapter_rating_mw +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Adapter rating in milliwatts (the maximum Adapter power). + Must be 0 if no AC Adaptor is plugged in. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/max_platform_power_mw +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Maximum platform power that can be supported by the battery + in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/platform_power_source +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the platform power source + + ========= ============================ + bits[3:0] Current power source + - 0x00 = DC + - 0x01 = AC + - 0x02 = USB + - 0x03 = Wireless Charger + bits[7:4] Power source sequence number + ========= ============================ + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/battery_steady_power +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The maximum sustained power for battery in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/rest_of_platform_power_mw +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Shows the rest (outside of SoC) of worst-case platform power. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/prochot_confirm +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Confirm embedded controller about a prochot notification. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/max_platform_power_mw +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The maximum platform power that can be supported by the battery in milli watts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/max_steady_state_power_mw +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The maximum sustained power for battery in milli watts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/high_freq_impedance_mohm +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The high frequency impedance value that can be obtained from battery + fuel gauge in milli Ohms. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/no_load_voltage_mv +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The no-load voltage that can be obtained from battery fuel gauge in + milli volts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3532:00/dptf_battery/current_discharge_capbility_ma +Date: June, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.8 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The battery discharge current capability obtained from battery fuel gauge in + milli Amps. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/freq_mhz_low_clock +Date: November, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The PCH FIVR (Fully Integrated Voltage Regulator) switching frequency in MHz, + when FIVR clock is 19.2MHz or 24MHz. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INTC1045:00/pch_fivr_switch_frequency/freq_mhz_high_clock +Date: November, 2020 +KernelVersion: v5.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) The PCH FIVR (Fully Integrated Voltage Regulator) switching frequency in MHz, + when FIVR clock is 38.4MHz. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70dbe0733 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + This file allows display switching. + + - 1 = LCD + - 2 = CRT + - 3 = LCD+CRT + + If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv +Date: Jun 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration. + On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration: + + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + + On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations. + Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file. + Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which + is defined as follow:: + + | 8 bit | 8 bit | + | `---- Current mode + `------------ Availables modes + + For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv +Date: Jun 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + List available cpufv modes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fca40a54d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-*/chid + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8061:*/chid +Date: Dec 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains the ID of the channel within the HIDMA instance. + It is used to associate a given HIDMA channel with the + priority and weight calls in the management interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b6c5c9ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-hidma-mgmt @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/priority + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/priority +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if the DMA channel is a + low priority (0) or high priority (1) channel. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chanops/chan*/weight + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chanops/chan*/weight +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains 0..15 and indicates the weight of the channel among + equal priority channels during round robin scheduling. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/chreset_timeout_cycles + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/chreset_timeout_cycles +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains the platform specific cycle value to wait after a + reset command is issued. If the value is chosen too short, + then the HW will issue a reset failure interrupt. The value + is platform specific and should not be changed without + consultance. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/dma_channels + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/dma_channels +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains the number of dma channels supported by one instance + of HIDMA hardware. The value may change from chip to chip. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_major + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_major +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Version number major for the hardware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/hw_version_minor + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/hw_version_minor +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Version number minor for the hardware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_rd_xactions + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_rd_xactions +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of + read transactions that can be issued back to back. + Choosing a higher number gives better performance but + can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals + sharing the same bus. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_read_request + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_read_request +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Size of each read request. The value needs to be a power + of two and can be between 128 and 1024. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_wr_xactions + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_wr_xactions +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Contains a value between 0 and 31. Maximum number of + write transactions that can be issued back to back. + Choosing a higher number gives better performance but + can also cause performance reduction to other peripherals + sharing the same bus. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/hidma-mgmt*/max_write_request + /sys/devices/platform/QCOM8060:*/max_write_request +Date: Nov 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.4 +Contact: "Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>" +Description: + Size of each write request. The value needs to be a power + of two and can be between 128 and 1024. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6a138b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-i2c-demux-pinctrl @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/available_masters +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com> +Description: + Reading the file will give you a list of masters which can be + selected for a demultiplexed bus. The format is + "<index>:<name>". Example from a Renesas Lager board:: + + 0:/i2c@e6500000 1:/i2c@e6508000 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<i2c-demux-name>/current_master +Date: January 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Wolfram Sang <wsa+renesas@sang-engineering.com> +Description: + This file selects/shows the active I2C master for a demultiplexed + bus. It uses the <index> value from the file 'available_masters'. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd2ac02bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power +Date: Dec 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>" +Description: + Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/fan_mode +Date: June 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Change fan mode + There are four available modes: + + * 0 -> Super Silent Mode + * 1 -> Standard Mode + * 2 -> Dust Cleaning + * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/touchpad +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: "Ritesh Raj Sarraf <rrs@debian.org>" +Description: + Control touchpad mode. + * 1 -> Switched On + * 0 -> Switched Off + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<bdf>/<device>/VPC2004:00/fn_lock +Date: May 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.18 +Contact: "Oleg Keri <ezhi99@gmail.com>" +Description: + Control fn-lock mode. + + * 1 -> Switched On + * 0 -> Switched Off + + For example:: + + # echo "0" > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:00:1f.0/PNP0C09:00/VPC2004:00/fn_lock diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02ae1e9bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-sbl-fw-update @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/wmi/devices/44FADEB1-B204-40F2-8581-394BBDC1B651/firmware_update_request +Date: April 2020 +KernelVersion: 5.7 +Contact: "Jithu Joseph" <jithu.joseph@intel.com> +Description: + Allow user space entities to trigger update of Slim + Bootloader (SBL). This attribute normally has a value + of 0 and userspace can signal SBL to update firmware, + on next reboot, by writing a value of 1. + There are two available states: + + * 0 -> Skip firmware update while rebooting + * 1 -> Attempt firmware update on next reboot diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e19144fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-intel-wmi-thunderbolt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/force_power +Date: September 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.15 +Contact: "Mario Limonciello" <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Description: + Modify the platform force power state, influencing + Thunderbolt controllers to turn on or off when no + devices are connected (write-only) + There are two available states: + + * 0 -> Force power disabled + * 1 -> Force power enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7f81de68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/dev_name +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip + is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0". + + The device name flows down to architecture specific board + initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader + firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space + dameon and opens the device when install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + The maximum reliable baud-rate the host can support. + Different platforms tend to have different high-speed + UART configurations, so the baud-rate needs to be set + locally and also sent across to the WL128x via a HCI-VS + command. The entry is read and made use by the user-space + daemon when the ldisc install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/flow_cntrl +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + The WL128x makes use of flow control mechanism, and this + entry most often should be 1, the host's UART is required + to have the capability of flow-control, or else this + entry can be made use of for exceptions. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/install +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + When one of the protocols Bluetooth, FM or GPS wants to make + use of the shared UART transport, it registers to the shared + transport driver, which will signal the user-space for opening, + configuring baud and install line discipline via this sysfs + entry. This entry would be polled upon by the user-space + daemon managing the UART, and is notified about the change + by the sysfs_notify. The value would be '1' when UART needs + to be opened/ldisc installed, and would be '0' when UART + is no more required and needs to be closed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf47749b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/reader_mode +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control reader mode. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fn_lock +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control FN lock mode. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/battery_care_limit +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Maximal battery charge level. Accepted values are 80 or 100. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fan_mode +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control fan mode. 1 for performance mode, 0 for silent mode. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/usb_charge +Date: October 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.20 +Contact: "Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org> +Description: + Control USB port charging when device is turned off. + 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e79ca22e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-mellanox-bootctl @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/lifecycle_state +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + The Life-cycle state of the SoC, which could be one of the + following values. + + ============== ============================================= + Production Production state and can be updated to secure + GA Secured Secure chip and not able to change state + GA Non-Secured Non-Secure chip and not able to change state + RMA Return Merchandise Authorization + ============== ============================================= + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/post_reset_wdog +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + The watchdog setting in seconds for the next booting. It's used + to reboot the chip and recover it to the old state if the new + boot partition fails. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/reset_action +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + The source of the boot stream for the next reset. It could be + one of the following values: + + =========== =============================================== + external boot from external source (USB or PCIe) + emmc boot from the onchip eMMC + emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode + =========== =============================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/second_reset_action +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + Update the source of the boot stream after next reset. It could + be one of the following values and will be applied after next + reset. + + =========== =============================================== + external boot from external source (USB or PCIe) + emmc boot from the onchip eMMC + emmc_legacy boot from the onchip eMMC in legacy (slow) mode + swap_emmc swap the primary / secondary boot partition + none cancel the action + =========== =============================================== + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/MLNXBF04:00/secure_boot_fuse_state +Date: Oct 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Contact: "Liming Sun <lsun@mellanox.com>" +Description: + The state of eFuse versions with the following values. + + ======= =============================================== + InUse burnt, valid and currently in use + Used burnt and valid + Free not burnt and free to use + Skipped not burnt but not free (skipped) + Wasted burnt and invalid + Invalid not burnt but marked as valid (error state). + ======= =============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..307a247ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/lcd_level +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Screen brightness: contains a single integer in the range 0..8. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_brightness +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Enable automatic brightness control: contains either 0 or 1. If + set to 1 the hardware adjusts the screen brightness + automatically when the power cord is plugged/unplugged. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/wlan +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + WLAN subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/bluetooth +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Bluetooth subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. Please + note that this file is constantly 0 if no Bluetooth hardware is + available. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/touchpad +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if touchpad is turned on. + Touchpad state can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F3. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if turbo mode is turned + on. In turbo mode power LED is orange and processor is + overclocked. Turbo mode is available only if charging. It is + only possible to toggle turbo mode state by pressing Fn+F10, + and there is a few seconds cooldown between subsequent toggles. + If user presses Fn+F10 too frequent, turbo mode state is not + changed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/eco_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if ECO mode is turned on. + In ECO mode power LED is green and userspace should do some + powersaving actions. ECO mode is available only on battery + power. ECO mode can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F10. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_cooldown +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains value in range 0..3: + * 0 -> Turbo mode is off + * 1 -> Turbo mode is on, cannot be turned off yet + * 2 -> Turbo mode is off, cannot be turned on yet + * 3 -> Turbo mode is on + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_fan +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if fan speed is controlled + automatically (1) or fan runs at maximal speed (0). Can be + toggled in software. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc510ccc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-phy-rcar-gen3-usb2 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<phy-name>/role +Date: October 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com> +Description: + This file can be read and write. + The file can show/change the phy mode for role swap of usb. + + Write the following strings to change the mode: + + - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host. + - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral. + + Read the file, then it shows the following strings: + + - "host" - The mode is host now. + - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8af5b9c3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-renesas_usb3 @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<renesas_usb3's name>/role +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com> +Description: + This file can be read and write. + The file can show/change the drd mode of usb. + + Write the following string to change the mode: + + - "host" - switching mode from peripheral to host. + - "peripheral" - switching mode from host to peripheral. + + Read the file, then it shows the following strings: + + - "host" - The mode is host now. + - "peripheral" - The mode is peripheral now. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5f6e21f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-sst-atom @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/8086%x:00/firmware_version +Date: November 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.10 +Contact: "Sebastien Guiriec" <sebastien.guiriec@intel.com> +Description: + LPE Firmware version for SST driver on all atom + plaforms (BYT/CHT/Merrifield/BSW). + If the FW has never been loaded it will display:: + + "FW not yet loaded" + + If FW has been loaded it will display:: + + "v01.aa.bb.cc" + + aa: Major version is reflecting SoC version: + + === ============= + 0d: BYT FW + 0b: BSW FW + 07: Merrifield FW + === ============= + + bb: Minor version + + cc: Build version diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e20ce4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/otg_mode +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi> +Description: + Set or read the current OTG mode. Valid values are "host" and + "peripheral". + + Reading: returns the current mode. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/vbus +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi> +Description: + Read the current VBUS state. + + Reading: returns "on" or "off". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e685957ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present, + the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers + 2, 3 and 4 are set. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/name +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Model name of the TS board, e.g. "TS-5500". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485 +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..512c51be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-twl4030-usb @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/*twl4030-usb/vbus +Description: + Read-only status reporting if VBUS (approx 5V) + is being supplied by the USB bus. + + Possible values: "on", "off". + + Changes are notified via select/poll. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53622d3ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-usbip-vudc @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/dev_desc +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + This file allows to read device descriptor of + gadget driver which is currently bound to this + controller. It is possible to read this file + only if gadget driver is bound, otherwise error + is returned. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_status +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + Current status of the device. + Allowed values: + + == ========================================== + 1 Device is available and can be exported + 2 Device is currently exported + 3 Fatal error occurred during communication + with peer + == ========================================== + +What: /sys/devices/platform/usbip-vudc.%d/usbip_sockfd +Date: April 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: Krzysztof Opasiak <k.opasiak@samsung.com> +Description: + This file allows to export usb device to + connection peer. It is done by writing to this + file socket fd (as a string for example "8") + associated with a connection to remote peer who + would like to use this device. It is possible to + close the connection by writing -1 instead of + socked fd. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4439d0644 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-wilco-ec @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/boot_on_ac +Date: April 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Boot on AC is a policy which makes the device boot from S5 + when AC power is connected. This is useful for users who + want to run their device headless or with a dock. + + Input should be parseable by kstrtou8() to 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/build_date +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Display Wilco Embedded Controller firmware build date. + Output will a MM/DD/YY string. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/build_revision +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Display Wilco Embedded Controller build revision. + Output will a version string be similar to the example below: + d2592cae0 + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/model_number +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Display Wilco Embedded Controller model number. + Output will a version string be similar to the example below: + 08B6 + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/usb_charge +Date: October 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.5 +Description: + Control the USB PowerShare Policy. USB PowerShare is a policy + which affects charging via the special USB PowerShare port + (marked with a small lightning bolt or battery icon) when in + low power states: + + - In S0, the port will always provide power. + - In S0ix, if usb_charge is enabled, then power will be + supplied to the port when on AC or if battery is > 50%. + Else no power is supplied. + - In S5, if usb_charge is enabled, then power will be supplied + to the port when on AC. Else no power is supplied. + + Input should be either "0" or "1". + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/GOOG000C\:00/version +Date: May 2019 +KernelVersion: 5.3 +Description: + Display Wilco Embedded Controller firmware version. + The format of the string is x.y.z. Where x is major, y is minor + and z is the build number. For example: 95.00.06 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51c0f578b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ +What: /sys/power/ +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power directory will contain files that will + provide a unified interface to the power management + subsystem. + +What: /sys/power/state +Date: November 2016 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/state file controls system sleep states. + Reading from this file returns the available sleep state + labels, which may be "mem" (suspend), "standby" (power-on + suspend), "freeze" (suspend-to-idle) and "disk" (hibernation). + + Writing one of the above strings to this file causes the system + to transition into the corresponding state, if available. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst for more + information. + +What: /sys/power/mem_sleep +Date: November 2016 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/mem_sleep file controls the operating mode of + system suspend. Reading from it returns the available modes + as "s2idle" (always present), "shallow" and "deep" (present if + supported). The mode that will be used on subsequent attempts + to suspend the system (by writing "mem" to the /sys/power/state + file described above) is enclosed in square brackets. + + Writing one of the above strings to this file causes the mode + represented by it to be used on subsequent attempts to suspend + the system. + + See Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst for more + information. + +What: /sys/power/disk +Date: September 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the + suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns + the name of the method by which the system will be put to + sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported: + + 'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk + by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the + firmware will handle the system suspend. + + 'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g. + ACPI or other PM registers). + + 'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be powered off. + + 'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be rebooted. + + Additionally, /sys/power/disk can be used to turn on one of the + two testing modes of the suspend-to-disk mechanism: 'testproc' + or 'test'. If the suspend-to-disk mechanism is in the + 'testproc' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause + the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, wait for 5 + seconds, unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. If it is in + the 'test' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause + the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, shrink + memory, suspend devices, wait for 5 seconds, resume devices, + unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. Then, we are able to + look in the log messages and work out, for example, which code + is being slow and which device drivers are misbehaving. + + The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this + file one of the accepted strings: + + - 'firmware' + - 'platform' + - 'shutdown' + - 'reboot' + - 'testproc' + - 'test' + + It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system + supports that. + +What: /sys/power/image_size +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image + created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a + string representing a non-negative integer that will be used + as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes. The kernel's + suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size + will not exceed this number. However, if it turns out to be + impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the + smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to + this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible. + + Reading from this file will display the current image size + limit, which is set to around 2/5 of available RAM by default. + +What: /sys/power/pm_trace +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the + last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can + debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more + commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only used to save + the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially + it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a + string representing a nonzero integer into it. + + To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend + the machine, then reboot it and run:: + + dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches' + + If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false + positives), it is possible that the last PM event point + referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In + this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after + your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded. + + CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS) + clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume. + +What; /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match +Date: October 2010 +Contact: James Hogan <jhogan@kernel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the + device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC + across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it + contains the list of current devices (including those + registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match + the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each + one. + + The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the + kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes + devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules. + + Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is + possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which + case further investigation is required to determine which + device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock + values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still + match a device and output it's name here. + +What: /sys/power/pm_async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the + user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume + of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device + drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel + with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled + if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be + disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices + will be suspended and resumed synchronously. + +What: /sys/power/wakeup_count +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the + system into a sleep state while taking into account the + concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns + the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if + some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is + read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current + number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if + successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition + to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the + write has returned. + +What: /sys/power/reserved_size +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/reserved_size file allows user space to control + the amount of memory reserved for allocations made by device + drivers during the "device freeze" stage of hibernation. It can + be written a string representing a non-negative integer that + will be used as the amount of memory to reserve for allocations + made by device drivers' "freeze" callbacks, in bytes. + + Reading from this file will display the current value, which is + set to 1 MB by default. + +What: /sys/power/autosleep +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/autosleep file can be written one of the strings + returned by reads from /sys/power/state. If that happens, a + work item attempting to trigger a transition of the system to + the sleep state represented by that string is queued up. This + attempt will only succeed if there are no active wakeup sources + in the system at that time. After every execution, regardless + of whether or not the attempt to put the system to sleep has + succeeded, the work item requeues itself until user space + writes "off" to /sys/power/autosleep. + + Reading from this file causes the last string successfully + written to it to be returned. + +What: /sys/power/wake_lock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_lock file allows user space to create + wakeup source objects and activate them on demand (if one of + those wakeup sources is active, reads from the + /sys/power/wakeup_count file block or return false). When a + string without white space is written to /sys/power/wake_lock, + it will be assumed to represent a wakeup source name. If there + is a wakeup source object with that name, it will be activated + (unless active already). Otherwise, a new wakeup source object + will be registered, assigned the given name and activated. + If a string written to /sys/power/wake_lock contains white + space, the part of the string preceding the white space will be + regarded as a wakeup source name and handled as descrived above. + The other part of the string will be regarded as a timeout (in + nanoseconds) such that the wakeup source will be automatically + deactivated after it has expired. The timeout, if present, is + set regardless of the current state of the wakeup source object + in question. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of it that are active at + the moment, separated with spaces. + + +What: /sys/power/wake_unlock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_unlock file allows user space to deactivate + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock. + When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be + assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate. + + If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at + the moment, it will be deactivated. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock + that are inactive at the moment, separated with spaces. + +What: /sys/power/pm_print_times +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Sameer Nanda <snanda@chromium.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_print_times file allows user space to + control whether the time taken by devices to suspend and + resume is printed. These prints are useful for hunting down + devices that take too long to suspend or resume. + + Writing a "1" enables this printing while writing a "0" + disables it. The default value is "0". Reading from this file + will display the current value. + +What: /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq +Date: April 2015 +Contact: Alexandra Yates <alexandra.yates@linux.intel.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_wakeup_irq file reports to user space the IRQ + number of the first wakeup interrupt (that is, the first + interrupt from an IRQ line armed for system wakeup) seen by the + kernel during the most recent system suspend/resume cycle. + + This output is useful for system wakeup diagnostics of spurious + wakeup interrupts. + +What: /sys/power/pm_debug_messages +Date: July 2017 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_debug_messages file controls the printing + of debug messages from the system suspend/hiberbation + infrastructure to the kernel log. + + Writing a "1" to this file enables the debug messages and + writing a "0" (default) to it disables them. Reads from + this file return the current value. + +What: /sys/power/resume_offset +Date: April 2018 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Description: + This file is used for telling the kernel an offset into a disk + to use when hibernating the system such as with a swap file. + + Reads from this file will display the current offset + the kernel will be using on the next hibernation + attempt. + + Using this sysfs file will override any values that were + set using the kernel command line for disk offset. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats directory contains suspend related + statistics. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/success +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/success file contains the number + of times entering system sleep state succeeded. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/fail +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/fail file contains the number + of times entering system sleep state failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_freeze +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_freeze file contains the + number of times freezing processes failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_prepare +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_prepare file contains the + number of times preparing all non-sysdev devices for + a system PM transition failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume file contains the + number of times executing "resume" callbacks of + non-sysdev devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_early +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_early file contains + the number of times executing "early resume" callbacks + of devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_noirq +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_resume_noirq file contains + the number of times executing "noirq resume" callbacks + of devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend file contains + the number of times executing "suspend" callbacks + of all non-sysdev devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_late +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_late file contains + the number of times executing "late suspend" callbacks + of all devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_noirq +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/failed_suspend_noirq file contains + the number of times executing "noirq suspend" callbacks + of all devices failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_dev +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_dev file contains + the last device for which a suspend/resume callback failed. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_errno +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_errno file contains + the errno of the last failed attempt at entering + system sleep state. + +What: /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step +Date: July 2019 +Contact: Kalesh Singh <kaleshsingh96@gmail.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/suspend_stats/last_failed_step file contains + the last failed step in the suspend/resume path. + +What: /sys/power/sync_on_suspend +Date: October 2019 +Contact: Jonas Meurer <jonas@freesources.org> +Description: + This file controls whether or not the kernel will sync() + filesystems during system suspend (after freezing user space + and before suspending devices). + + Writing a "1" to this file enables the sync() and writing a "0" + disables it. Reads from the file return the current value. + The default is "1" if the build-time "SUSPEND_SKIP_SYNC" config + flag is unset, or "0" otherwise. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25028c7bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/pps/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the PPS sources. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ directory is related to X-th + PPS source into the system. Each directory will + contain files to manage and control its PPS source. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert file reports the assert events + and the assert sequence number of the X-th source in the form: + + <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence> + + If the source has no assert events the content of this file + is empty. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear file reports the clear events + and the clear sequence number of the X-th source in the form: + + <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence> + + If the source has no clear events the content of this file + is empty. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode file reports the functioning + mode of the X-th source in hexadecimal encoding. + + Please, refer to linux/include/linux/pps.h for further + info. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo file reports if the X-th does + or does not support an "echo" function. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name file reports the name of the + X-th source. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path file reports the path name of + the device connected with the X-th source. + + If the source is not connected with any device the content + of this file is empty. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e39dd3a0c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/profiling +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + /sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent + of the boot-time profile= option. + + You can get the same effect running:: + + echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling + + as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot + command line. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2363ad810 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +What: /sys/class/ptp/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains files and directories + providing a standardized interface to the ancillary + features of PTP hardware clocks. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains the attributes of the Nth PTP + hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver + subsystem. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/clock_name +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock + as a human readable string. The purpose of this + attribute is to provide the user with a "friendly + name" and to help distinguish PHY based devices from + MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have + to be any kind of unique id. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the PTP hardware clock's maximum + frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in + parts per billion. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_alarms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of periodic or one shot + alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_external_timestamps +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of external timestamp + channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_periodic_outputs +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable periodic + output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_pins +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable pins + offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pins +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains one file for each programmable + pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name + is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this + file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see + the `PTP_PF_` enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h) + and the channel number. The function and channel + assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into + the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_available +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file indicates whether the PTP hardware clock + supports a Pulse Per Second to the host CPU. Reading + "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means + not supported. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/extts_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables external + timestamps. To enable external timestamps, write the + channel index followed by a "1" into the file. + To disable external timestamps, write the channel + index followed by a "0" into the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/fifo +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file provides timestamps on external events, in + the form of three integers: channel index, seconds, + and nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/period +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables periodic + outputs. To enable a periodic output, write five + integers into the file: channel index, start time + seconds, start time nanoseconds, period seconds, and + period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set + all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables delivery of + PPS events to the Linux PPS subsystem. To enable PPS + events, write a "1" into the file. To disable events, + write a "0" into the file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar new file mode 100644 index 000000000..feebb8c57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-secvar @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/secvar +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: This directory is created if the POWER firmware supports OS + secureboot, thereby secure variables. It exposes interface + for reading/writing the secure variables + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: This directory lists all the secure variables that are supported + by the firmware. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/format +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: A string indicating which backend is in use by the firmware. + This determines the format of the variable and the accepted + format of variable updates. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable name> +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: Each secure variable is represented as a directory named as + <variable_name>. The variable name is unique and is in ASCII + representation. The data and size can be determined by reading + their respective attribute files. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/size +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: An integer representation of the size of the content of the + variable. In other words, it represents the size of the data. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/data +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain h<nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: A read-only file containing the value of the variable. The size + of the file represents the maximum size of the variable data. + +What: /sys/firmware/secvar/vars/<variable_name>/update +Date: August 2019 +Contact: Nayna Jain <nayna@linux.ibm.com> +Description: A write-only file that is used to submit the new value for the + variable. The size of the file represents the maximum size of + the variable data that can be written. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e157130a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +What: /sys/class/tty/console/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: + Shows the list of currently configured + console devices, like 'tty1 ttyS0'. + The last entry in the file is the active + device connected to /dev/console. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/tty0/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: + Shows the currently active virtual console + device, like 'tty1'. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/uartclk +Date: Sep 2012 +Contact: Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com> +Description: + Shows the current uartclk value associated with the + UART port in serial_core, that is bound to TTY like ttyS0. + uartclk = 16 * baud_base + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty type for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/line +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty line number for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/port +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty port I/O address for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/irq +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current primary interrupt for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/flags +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the tty port status flags for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/xmit_fifo_size +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the transmit FIFO size for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/close_delay +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the closing delay time for this port in ms. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/closing_wait +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the close wait time for this port in ms. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/custom_divisor +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the custom divisor if any that is set on this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/io_type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the I/O type that is to be used with the iomem base + address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_base +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The I/O memory base for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_reg_shift +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the register shift indicating the spacing to be used + for accesses on this iomem address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/rx_trig_bytes +Date: May 2014 +Contact: Yoshihiro YUNOMAE <yoshihiro.yunomae.ez@hitachi.com> +Description: + Shows current RX interrupt trigger bytes or sets the + user specified value to change it for the FIFO buffer. + Users can show or set this value regardless of opening the + serial device file or not. + + The RX trigger can be set one of four kinds of values for UART + serials. When users input a meaning less value to this I/F, + the RX trigger is changed to the nearest lower value for the + device specification. For example, when user sets 7bytes on + 16550A, which has 1/4/8/14 bytes trigger, the RX trigger is + automatically changed to 4 bytes. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/console +Date: February 2020 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Allows user to detach or attach back the given device as + kernel console. It shows and accepts a boolean variable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b6227706 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-uevent @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +What: /sys/.../uevent +Date: May 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.13 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Enable passing additional variables for synthetic uevents that + are generated by writing /sys/.../uevent file. + + Recognized extended format is:: + + ACTION [UUID [KEY=VALUE ...] + + The ACTION is compulsory - it is the name of the uevent + action (``add``, ``change``, ``remove``). There is no change + compared to previous functionality here. The rest of the + extended format is optional. + + You need to pass UUID first before any KEY=VALUE pairs. + The UUID must be in ``xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx`` + format where 'x' is a hex digit. The UUID is considered to be + a transaction identifier so it's possible to use the same UUID + value for one or more synthetic uevents in which case we + logically group these uevents together for any userspace + listeners. The UUID value appears in uevent as + ``SYNTH_UUID=xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx`` environment + variable. + + If UUID is not passed in, the generated synthetic uevent gains + ``SYNTH_UUID=0`` environment variable automatically. + + The KEY=VALUE pairs can contain alphanumeric characters only. + + It's possible to define zero or more pairs - each pair is then + delimited by a space character ' '. Each pair appears in + synthetic uevent as ``SYNTH_ARG_KEY=VALUE``. That means the KEY + name gains ``SYNTH_ARG_`` prefix to avoid possible collisions + with existing variables. + + Example of valid sequence written to the uevent file:: + + add fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed A=1 B=abc + + This generates synthetic uevent including these variables:: + + ACTION=add + SYNTH_ARG_A=1 + SYNTH_ARG_B=abc + SYNTH_UUID=fe4d7c9d-b8c6-4a70-9ef1-3d8a58d18eed + +Users: + udev, userspace tools generating synthetic uevents diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2969d3694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_* +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Various files for managing Cable Based Association of + (wireless) USB devices. + + The sequence of operations should be: + + 1. Device is plugged in. + + 2. The connection manager (CM) sees a device with CBA capability. + (the wusb_chid etc. files in /sys/devices/blah/OURDEVICE). + + 3. The CM writes the host name, supported band groups, + and the CHID (host ID) into the wusb_host_name, + wusb_host_band_groups and wusb_chid files. These + get sent to the device and the CDID (if any) for + this host is requested. + + 4. The CM can verify that the device's supported band + groups (wusb_device_band_groups) are compatible + with the host. + + 5. The CM reads the wusb_cdid file. + + 6. The CM looks it up its database. + + - If it has a matching CHID,CDID entry, the device + has been authorized before and nothing further + needs to be done. + + - If the CDID is zero (or the CM doesn't find a + matching CDID in its database), the device is + assumed to be not known. The CM may associate + the host with device by: writing a randomly + generated CDID to wusb_cdid and then a random CK + to wusb_ck (this uploads the new CC to the + device). + + CMD may choose to prompt the user before + associating with a new device. + + 7. Device is unplugged. + + References: + [WUSB-AM] + Association Models Supplement to the + Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus + Specification, version 1.0. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_chid +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The CHID of the host formatted as 16 space-separated + hex octets. + + Writes fetches device's supported band groups and the + the CDID for any existing association with this host. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_name +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + A friendly name for the host as a UTF-8 encoded string. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_band_groups +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The band groups supported by the host, in the format + defined in [WUSB-AM]. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_device_band_groups +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The band groups supported by the device, in the format + defined in [WUSB-AM]. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_cdid +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The device's CDID formatted as 16 space-separated hex + octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_ck +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Write 16 space-separated random, hex octets to + associate with the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1db89b0cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-charger-uevent @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: Raise a uevent when a USB charger is inserted or removed +Date: 2020-01-14 +KernelVersion: 5.6 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: There are two USB charger states: + + - USB_CHARGER_ABSENT + - USB_CHARGER_PRESENT + + There are five USB charger types: + + ======================== ========================== + USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE Charger type is unknown + USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE Standard Downstream Port + USB_CHARGER_CDP_TYPE Charging Downstream Port + USB_CHARGER_DCP_TYPE Dedicated Charging Port + USB_CHARGER_ACA_TYPE Accessory Charging Adapter + ======================== ========================== + + https://www.usb.org/document-library/battery-charging-v12-spec-and-adopters-agreement + + Here are two examples taken using ``udevadm monitor -p`` when + USB charger is online:: + + UDEV change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform) + ACTION=change + DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1 + DRIVER=usb_phy_generic + MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1 + OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1 + OF_NAME=usbphynop1 + SEQNUM=2493 + SUBSYSTEM=platform + USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_PRESENT + USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_SDP_TYPE + USEC_INITIALIZED=227422826 + + USB charger is offline:: + + KERNEL change /devices/soc0/usbphynop1 (platform) + ACTION=change + DEVPATH=/devices/soc0/usbphynop1 + DRIVER=usb_phy_generic + MODALIAS=of:Nusbphynop1T(null)Cusb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_0=usb-nop-xceiv + OF_COMPATIBLE_N=1 + OF_FULLNAME=/usbphynop1 + OF_NAME=usbphynop1 + SEQNUM=2494 + SUBSYSTEM=platform + USB_CHARGER_STATE=USB_CHARGER_ABSENT + USB_CHARGER_TYPE=USB_CHARGER_UNKNOWN_TYPE diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b8eca4bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: Raise a uevent when a USB Host Controller has died +Date: 2019-04-17 +KernelVersion: 5.2 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: When the USB Host Controller has entered a state where it is no + longer functional a uevent will be raised. The uevent will + contain ACTION=offline and ERROR=DEAD. + + Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p:: + + KERNEL[130.428945] offline /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb) + ACTION=offline + BUSNUM=002 + DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001 + DEVNUM=001 + DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 + DEVTYPE=usb_device + DRIVER=usb + ERROR=DEAD + MAJOR=189 + MINOR=128 + PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414 + SEQNUM=2168 + SUBSYSTEM=usb + TYPE=9/0/1 + +Users: chromium-os-dev@chromium.org |